+7 the weber pe sete MT 29 aging ailbes wt | {ROR aes Sec e o &KeCe Ree < C Bite eee AS Ko eee arte Me ae Kae Cae a Bf « Cis COCKE & Cc : 5 « J ee eee A A Ay A ahh: At Ay r aiatacere a < < < N = < GQ Mec CS" oe Gee OCLC Ga @ a < & acca ce Ce Cer (Qi QC EH Y Oem CRG Caste ES AR on AAA A alata AA A AANNS AA AAR. la ip cst a aerate: x oN POC ECC KE CE CCE STS CR’ EK Parag Rn GE CE WMO € COE OC Ce « CESK KS ME EES CEG GE ES ECG OE GG < < + ¢ E47 ¢ if : We ai - . 4 —- b > . oa Tee ES td ¢ a * % " e ‘ _. + 4 0) TAO mig: - om Te en | ads aS Ae 16 ata yr ‘ —- york =. i> t ee ae sea . i 2 a 4 P ¢ MW < 4’ we re | a ‘ BANAT: Pay we ' d « ‘ ft ; $ ae a re ad paths Agus eek dt.sooagte ky ipo be TYP pea! tee +e Re a} ae Bes, Maly 5g para ent me Fa rar: sagt! me. 2 a > ; , ‘ n ae ? ae i | ae) at it ie ee Soe eee ae ; rast a Oe rT Ott i eer sg 4, Le hf Anas : . e, tt Uf Ae ae vw ae Bae® Tg i ey ; 5 ait Bay ru’ a4 tee OF Aly AR a OIE is Ppxety *n® eae nthe se ees, Hitos wf 4 . , 4em., - y ith Nef aire awd CANARY Hare bot ee nh ‘5 PREFACE. My attention was especially directed to the subject of the distribution of the land shells of the West Indies in 1849, by Professor C. B. Adams, with whom [I then, in the island of Jamaica, had first the pleasure of becoming acquainted. In conjunction with the Hon. Edward Chitty, I aided him in his researches in that island. During the same year, after his return to the United States, Professor Adams commenced the pub- lication of his “ Contributions to Conchology.” JI continued in corres- pondence with him until the middle of 1852, in the Autumn of which year I resided for several nonths at Amherst; he was then engaged in issuing his admirable work on the Shells of Paeanet Foblonieal Geography at this time very much engrossed the attention of Prof. Adams, as well as my own; and our discussions on the subject resulted in the publication by him, i No. 11 of the “ Contributions,” (Oct., 1852) of a paper entitled “ Hints on the Geographical Distribu- tion of Animals, with especial reference to the Mollusca,” and by myself, in the American Journal of Science and Art (Nov. 1852) of one bearing the title of “Facts and Principles relating to the Ongm and the Geographical Distribution of Mollusca.” In order to improve his impaired health, and earnestly wishing to complete the collection of facts, with a view to an elaborate work on the Caribbean Zoological Province, Professor Adams determined upon a visit to the West Indies. He left New York for the Island of St. Thomas early in December, 1852, arrived there on the 17th, and took up his abode, as he had been kindly invited to do, with our mutual friend, Mr. Robert Swift. On the 18th of the same month the Professor wrote to me, describing the great number of individuals of marine and terrestrial species of shells which he had collected during a stay at Bermuda, on his passage to St. Thomas, of less than forty-eight hours. As an illustration of his activity and enthusiasm, I extract the following passage from the letter referred to, the last which I received from him: —“T was perfectly enraptured with Bermuda for scenery and shells. I must have taken three or four thousand specimens, not yet assorted. vl PREFACE. It will be curious to learn the distribution of the land shells on the different islands. Mr. John H. Redfield, you, and myself must make a special expedition to Bermuda, have a skiff, and visit them all.” At the end of December the Professor was attacked by a fever then prevalent, and died on the 19th of January, 1853. A tablet in the graveyard at St. Thomas, recording that it was “erected by his friends, resident in the United States, who appreciated his worth, and sympa- thized with him in his pursuits,” marks the spot where his remains repose, After the death of Professor Adams, Mr. John H. Redfield and myself, at the request of his widow, Mrs. Mary H. Adams, took charge of his duplicate shells, and I continued much of his correspondence. Enjoying such, and other great advantages, especially the active co-operation of my esteemed friend Mr. John H. Redfield, 1 pursued the study of the West India land shells. It would be difficult to enumerate the names of all to whom I have been indebted for information and specimens, but I have mentioned many in the Notes appended to the annexed Catalogue. To all I offer my grateful acknowledgments, particularly to my worthy friend Mr. Hugh Cuming, of London, for his unvarying kindness and liberality. I should also express my great obligations to Professor Poey and Dr. Gundlach of Havanna; to them Naturalists generally owe very much of their knowledge of the fauna of Cuba. From an intimate correspon- dence with the former (carried* on since 1852), 1 personally have derived much instruction and encouragement. The invaluable Monographs, and Naor works of Dr. Pfeiffer, base afforded assistance, the importance of which cannot be over-estimated. The subject of Zoological Geography has latterly met with increased, and I may add, since the appearance of Mr. Darwin’s remarkable work on the Origin of Species, increasing attention. The facts as to the distribution of land shells compared with that of other organized beings, are peculiar, and this appears to be an appro- priate time for the publication of such data and information as I have collected on the questions involved. Accordingly, and in performance of the obligation which I assumed on the decease of Professor Adams, I have prepared the subjoined paper. By a strange and sad coincidence I received, a few months ago, much assistance in the compilation of the Catalogue and Tables from the Pro- fessor’s son, my young friend, Charles B. Adams, whose recent untimely death I sincerely lament. T. Buanp. Brooxtyn, N. Y., October, 1861. West India Land Shells. 9 On the Geographical Distribution of the Genera and Species of Land Shells of the West India Islands ; with a Catalogue of the Species of each Island. By Tusomas Buianp. Read, June 17, 1861. Reprinted from the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History, New York. Tue researches carried on, especially during the last fifteen years, have developed the extraordinary richness in Land Shells of the West India Islands. To the late Professor C. B. Adams belongs to a great extent the merit of directing the attention of Naturalists to the subject, and it has, since the result of his first visit to Jamaica was published, been zealously followed up. The West Indies consist of a curvilinear chain of islands extending in a south-east and then southerly direction from the coast of Florida in North America, to the Gulf of Paria, on the east coast of Venezuela in South America. The portion of the Atlantic Ocean, in a manner inclosed by these islands and the shores of the adjacent continents, is divided into two great basins—the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea. The for- mer is separated to a considerable extent from the latter by the Island of Cuba, the western end of which lies about midway between Florida and the peninsula of Yucatan; the distance from the island to Florida being about 140, and to Yucatan about 120 miles. The Gulf of Mexico is about 1000 miles long, and has an average width of 650, or thereabouts. The Carib- bean Sea is in length 1400, and in width at the narrowest part about 400 miles. The islands are divided into three groups, viz. the Bahamas, the Great Antilles (Cuba, Jamaica, Hayti, and Porto Rico), and the Lesser Antilles; the area of the first group is estimated to be 5,424, of the second 75,638, and of the last, 4,961 square miles. Of the great Antilles, Cuba, with the Isle of Pines, 1 10 Geographical Distribution contains 43,412, Jamaica 4,256, and Porto Rico 2,970 square miles; the area of Hayti is said to be about 25,000 square miles. The area of the whole, including the Bermuda group, and also Curacao and Buen Ayre, being less than that of England, with Wales and Scotland. The Bermudas are situate in the Atlantic Ocean, 580 miles E. by 8. from Cape Hatteras, and 645 miles N. E. from the nearest point of the Bahamas. Looking cursorily at a map, the idea is suggested that the West Indies formed at some period a part of the adjacent conti- nents, but there is no conclusive, if indeed any evidence of the fact. The depth of the basin in which the waters of the Gulf of Mexico are held is very great: on the north side of Cuba, within five miles of the shore near Havana, there is an abrupt descent to the bottom of nearly a mile! Still greater depths exist in the Caribbean Sea. The islands, in fact, stand as pinnacles resting on the solid crust of the earth in the watery abyss. There is evidence to show, that the last important geological movement of the greater number, if not of all the islands, and of the adjacent parts of the contiguous continents, was of an elevatory character. The geological changes, indeed, which have occurred since the islands can have formed part of any continent, must have been enormous. Humboldt (Cosmos, v. p. 421) remarks on the parallelism of the volcanic fissure extending from south to north through the islands of St. Vincent, St. Lucia, Martinique, and Guada- loupe, with that of Central America, and also on the intersec- tion of a great basin of which, in his view, the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea form a part, by the plutonic mountain chain ranging from west to east, from Cape Catoche in Yuca- tan, through Cuba, Haiti, and Porto Rico to Tortola and Virgin Gorda, parallel with the granite and gneiss chain of Caraccas. The mountains in Cuba, Jamaica, and Hayti, attain a height of from 7,000 to 8,000 feet; further to the eastward they de- of West India Land Shells. 11 crease in height, being in Porto Rico under 4,000, in the Virgin Islands less than 2,000, and in Virgin Gorda only a few hun- dred feet. The strait which lies between Virgin Gorda and Anguilla separates the region just referred to from the islands _to the south, in some of which there is still active volcanic agency. In this latter chain of islands, the mountains rise from 2,560 to 5000 feet. Anguilla, at the northern extremity, and Barbuda and Barbadoes to the eastward of the chain, have comparatively but little elevation. The number of species of land shells described by Pfeiffer in his Monographs and publications of later date, exceeds 6000, of which nearly one-sixth inhabit the West Indies.* This appears, perhaps, the less extraordinary, when it is considered that about one-half of all the known species are peculiar to islands. | Darwin, in his “ Origin of Species,” remarks :—“ The species of all kinds which inhabit oceanic islands are few in number, compared with those on equal continental areas. Alph. de Candolle admits this for plants, and Wollaston for insects.” The author adds, “ Although in oceanic islands the number of kinds of inhabitants is scanty, the proportion of endemic species (7. e. those found nowhere else in the world) is often extremely large.” Dr. J. D. Hooker, in his “ Introductory Essay to the Flora of Tasmania,” observes, that the total number of spe- cies which islands contain, seems to be invariably less than an . equal continental area possesses; and the relative numbers of species to genera (or other higher groups) are also much less than in similar continental areas.” : Now it is true with respect to land shells, that the proportion of insular endemic species is great, but the number of species, and also their number relatively to genera, far exceed in amount those which inhabit equal continental areas. By way of illus- * In using the general term “ West Indies,” I include Bermuda, and also Curagao, and the adjacent island of Buen Ayre. 12 Geographical Distribution tration, I may mention, that the entire American continents, from Greenland to Cape Horn, have afforded very few more species than the West, India Islands. Prof. C. B. Adams notices (Cont. to Conchology, p. 218) that if large groups of such islands as the West Indies should be united in a common area of dry land, “ there would be Zoological provinces containing five to tenfold as many species as any which now exist.” Darwin refers to the striking and important fact in regard to the inhabitants of islands, that their affinity is “to those of the nearest mainland without being actually the same species.” He instances the Gallajagos Archipelago, ‘“‘ where almost every production of the land and water bears the unmistakable stamp of the American Continent.” This imstance, as regards land shells, is peculiarly appropriate. In the Gallapagos, Buli- mus, the genus most largely developed in South America, is alone represented. Dr. Hooker, in the Essay already referred to, asserts “that most of those Australian orders and genera which are found in other countries around Australia, have their maximum development in Australia at points approximating in geographical position towards those neighboring countries.” The generic affinity of the land shells of the West India Islands to those of the adjacent parts of the American Continents is certainly intimate, but the existence of several genera not represented on the Continents shows other relationships—the operation, it may be, of local causes. Seeing, moreover, the greater number of both genera and species, absolutely and proportionately, in the islands under consideration, it may not unreasonably be suggested that the insular stamp has rather been impressed on the fauna of the adjacent continents, than the reverse. Woodward (Manual, p. 387) referring to the Madeiras, and the problem of their colonization, observes —“ There is evidence that this mountain group has not arisen newly from the sea, and great probability that it has become insulated by the sub- of West India Land Shells. 13 sidence of the surrounding land. The character and arrange- ment of its fauna are probably nearly the same now as when it formed part of a continent.” The origin and condition of the West Indies are very different. The presumption is, if indeed there be not evidence of the fact, that the elevation of the islands was gradual—that the tertiary beds which occur there were deposited after the elevation of the central mountains, and the inland cliffs and terraces plainly traceable (I have per- sonally noticed them in Jamaica, Haiti, and Barbados) indieate subsequent elevatory movements, syncbronons probably with those which upraised the adjoining continents. There is no reason for believing that subsidence of contiguous lands caused the geographical isolation of this group of islands, certainly not within the period subsequent to the introduction of existing species. The characteristics of the insular faunas were pro- bably the same at the time of their origin on the islands as at present. As the number of species of land shells in insular provinces is generally much greater proportionally to the area of the provinces than in a continental province, of which the Madeira group is itself a striking example, it may with more reason be assumed that the land shells originated there after, and not anterior to the isolation of the group. Continents by submerg- ence become islands, and islands by emergence become conti- nents, but, as Prof. C. B. Adams* remarks, “such changes require an amount of time exceeding one geological period, during which time there is a change of faunas.” Dr. Hooker states, as a general result of investigation, that the sinking islands, those (so determined by Darwin) character- ized as atolls, or as having barrier reefs, contain comparatively fewer species, and fewer generic types than those which are rising. The West Indies are in the latter category, while the * The paper entitled “Hints on the Geographical Distribution of Animals with special reference to the Mollusca,” by C. B. Adams, in the Contributions, is extremely interesting, and werthy of mere notice than it appears to have received. 14 Geographical Distribution Madeira Islands (although not in either at the present period), if the number of species of land shells be any criterion, have not been since the origination of such speeies in the former. Wollaston (On the Variation of Species, p. 129) quotes it as the opinion of Lyell that the Madeira beds in whieh fossil Helices are found were deposited anterior to the destruction of the “Atlantic Provinee,” of which the Madeira Islands are sup- posed to have been a part; whereas the condition of the fauna would lead to the supposition of its insular rather than conti- nental origin. Wollaston, referring especially to three species of Helix found in the Madeiras, says, “that these are actual species (saved alive from their fellows, after the wholesale destructions in this Atlantic province had been completed), and no results of insular development, is demonstrated by the faet that two of them (for the third has apparently become extinct *) have not altered one iota since the fossdl period.” From that and other similar faets, he coneludes,—first, that this guondam continent was densely stocked at the beginning with foci of radiation created expressly for itself; and, secondly, that the areas which these various ereatures had overspread, before the land of passage was broken up, was extremely limited,—or, which amounts to the same thing, that their megratory progress was unusually slow.” As regards the West Indies, the ‘‘ gwondam continent” question does not arise,—there is no evidence of the breaking up of “the land of passage.” Not only are each of the larger islands, according to Wollaston’s views, ‘foci of radiation,” but as he states is the case in Madeira, so is it in the West Indies, scarcely a gorge or woodland sierra exists within their bounds “ which does not harbor some species essen- tially its own ; and in many instances the ranges of these erea- tures are so loeal or confined, that they might be easily over- looked in their respective neighborhoods.” I admit to the fullest extent the slow migratory progress of * The species referred to, H. tiarella W. & B., has since been found alive. of West India Land Shells. fo terrestrial mollusks, but do not believe in any save very trifling modifications of species being induced by local conditions and influences. Causes now in operation are insufficient to account for the present distribution of land shells on such groups of islands as the West Indies, and speaking generally, I can only refer the origin of their faunas to creation subsequent to the elevation of the insulated areas. Such insular faunas, Professor Adams remarks, “prove that the islands which they inhabit, have been geographically sepa- rate since an era anterior to the introduction of the existing species.” But this conclusion, he adds, ‘does not depend on the assumption that the species would have dispersed them- selves over several islands, if they had not always been re- strained by water; but on the fact that such small zoological provinces exist nowhere on continents.” Pfeiffer, in his Monographs, divides the inoperculate land shells, including the Proserpinaces, into thirty-three genera, of which twenty are specifically represented on the continents of America, and eighteen in the West India Islands. The sub- joined table shows the distribution of the latter. Ceres, peculiar to North America (Mexico), and Anostoma, Tomigerus, and Megaspira, belonging to the southern continent, are not found in the islands, and Ennea and Proserpina are wanting on the continents. It will be seen that Vitrina of North America, and also Pro- serpina, belonging to that part of the continent by affinity, are found only in the islands west of Portorico, while of the genera of the southern continent Streptaxis is represented only in Trinidad, Clausilia in Portorico, Tornatellina in Portorico and islands east and south* of it, and Baleain Cuba. As regards genera, and also the relative number of species, as shown in * Here, and in the tables, I refer to those islands of which lists of species are given in the catalogue. With the islands actually east and south of Portorico I include Curacao and Buen Ayre. 16 Geographical Distribution Table L., the islands west of Portorico are more connected with North America, and those east and south with South America. Portorico itself has in both respects marked aftinities with each of the continents. North South North Islands Tslands America. | America, | and South| West of | Portorico. |E. and S. of America. | Portorico. Portorico. Helix Tess ws wie «0 gaat eese a dene % Me * * SPO tAXIS,. . . ss< sins eile * Maik saat hoor * IE = oA ct es et ee sen by Ae re a ee Bete * 1 no a i * * * * gi rea ee me * “ a ene Orthalicus .......... eu ite * * isk +# CTA ie iol, eels eee * * * * Cleacina, 505 esis aes * * * * Tornatellina......... bak . jade baie * * Pupa ee eee eee * oa * * Macroceramus....... exh 2B * *K * * Cyhndrella. ....<5 a5 ar ee * #* * * Balea. egie bc 0.6 £6 6.0 WPS eve * ees * eeee eoee Stands * -« : ” ‘o 7 ~< a, ow ry * ‘4 ~ > ha Sis i 4 + ee : G a ‘ 4. = +. a ee ees 4 ee — - ~ 4 ry aes a , >. 5 < S ary _ — > ‘ “a 2 ned : poe é Weiteae eee oN ERED og. 7 - 4 wa bien st > Re “i ‘ fc Pen f 3 j ee a = a5 @ bad ‘ my ow Fs . Pt “actd atl wet eT wes + eel ge ry eH tothe RAS eacte Gags “are . cs. ‘ Ae, Tee Sear 4 ie i ; es - a ee a ts ~~ i > Pde de - = cc a 45 <8 ; Pe ST ae “ me” 1 aes ee coe “— Bact a | Kee . PARA halen tis T po 4 = : S . ! one iy Ae be age Cero oad. ’ oa O eee tt i : . eh ae it gers Sik war Saeed op oh = apni ange ‘witvee ecard Joni efe* wete ine ars. Dheearey pai ‘. an 43 57 Gla ‘ ett net Say un Baayen jae ee ~~ ae ies ¢ $ i of ~ ce - eo } - ‘ % > « , d F 4 oh . + é : » af ’ 4 . ( ‘ « ‘ ~~) ~ “ » a = — « ~'% i -Shey : ' eae get srt oe ete Vis " ~~ “ 4 ‘ a 4 , ¥ ; ern , * Te ong? . 4 4 4 | cr) . al eM £ % ; f we a . 5 L onde * ae to a, ‘| ’ ee ‘4 * “a ee, %ee F is P ¢ . Tie ~ : AP Bl pie h Th. et i% - : wy 4 Ail Poe a a ata pa: 6 2 ; a 1% . 5 a fat + , s 7 J hg it cs marke i oe 3 te ‘oH ; ' ae yp Ye pr tage i. if as, > ¢ >> te & 4 Pd th 2 Ws 3 é ei) oe wind , r ¥ ° > « é * ‘ y “ ee . . ae p | ey ¢ y. Se ibeoree > oe - # . a | wi as io 5 a3 on 7 ; ~ ate F ; q % fp 4 tf ‘ dele Ei cs - rid « | at e ¢ “he eae Sere) : ot “EP ipc ‘ hts 7 5 * 4 Ps . ¢ may j ‘a 4 5 : ats. 4 + 2 eda’ at om —,* mk. 7-5 bs a gi. 7 ‘ tts e , A iS? >: na 4 ee Lec > : ‘ ~" ae ‘ a¢ R y Te. hue . ' ° Hai te ee ae a oa Bee ts + ag aE d att SA 2 : oa " - Cal ey es a eee mt aa a , oe | a , tie. 2 ‘ ¢ J bd 9 + FES “ i ak 4 on — i oo on ae on - fo ae : , re ay ; Ta - ,,' rit: ae hie : Us a * io Pe awe oy eee | ee er) ell a of West India Land Shelis. 17 posed another, Diplopoma, which is peculiar to Cuba. Bour- ciera and Hydrocena, represented on the southern continent, do not inhabit the islands. The following table displays the dis- tribution of the insular genera. North South | North Islands Islands America. | America. |and South} West of | Portorico. |E. and 8. of America. | Portorico. Portorico. Geomelania ......... wor x see oeee Praneatella ......... x vas * x * Oe Oe Jabs * * -* * Cyclophorus:........ 5-26: says * ainrae ee * Megalomastoma......| .... * see * * * Oamialeia...........- Bae ae ES. ree eaiale LL ae : Beane *% cee Choanopoma........ ae : wee * * * Ctenopoma.......... x : +. * rece sical) Agaimsiella..c....... wie a eet * cee Cyclostomus......... cee Ass ee * * Marae eo * ie ae 2 * * Diplopamia.\... 0c...» ate aoe cee % e ere LiL? (ga epee ae ¥ * * * Chondropoma ....... : aad * % * * DtOaShOMIA ... = ss wens- ae Se ees x * . Trochatella.......... % ners x cere ameidelly «or. oii. ss ss cae ie % ay Helena oo ....5. se nee ‘ % x * * Sehasicheila ......... * a ecce * ee oo OE ° * ° * As regards the operculate shells the generic connexion of the islands west of Portorico seems to be greatest with the northern continent, and of those east and south with South America, while Portorico holds an intermediate position. The richness of the West India Islands in operculate genera peculiar to themselves, is very remarkable. The relative number of spe- cies to genera on the continents and islands, as with the inoper- culate shells, is also noticeable. The existence in Opara, one of the Polynesian Islands, of the only species of Stoastoma* found elsewhere than in the West Indies is the more curious, seeing that A. octona inhabits that * §. succineum Sowb. of Opara differs considerably from the species of the West Indies. Gray separates it from the others, under the subgeneric name of Elec- trina. The shell is smooth, not spirally costate. 18 Geographical Distribution island, Pupa Paredesii Orb. is attributed to it as well as to South America, and several species of other genera nearly allied to West Indian forms also occur in it. In Table II. lists are given of those species, inhabitants of the West Indies, which are found in other parts of the world, and also of those which are in more than one of the islands. Certain of the islands are distinguished by name,—the last column includes those E. and 8. of Portorico and Viéque. ‘The object of the Table is to show the specific, as of Table I. the generze connexion of the islands with the N. and 8. American con- tinents. The only species common to Europe and the West Indies are B. acicula Mill. (Bermuda), B. decollatus L. (Cuba), and B. ventrosus Fer. (Bermuda),—the two former occur also in the southern part of Eastern N. America. “/. similaris Fer., a widely distributed species, found in Brazil, inhabits Barbados, but not Cuba, as stated by Pfeiffer (Mon. Hel. L.). S. unguis Fer. referred to Guadeloupe by Bean, is also said to belong to Bolivia. The otherS. American species mentioned in Table II. are found north of the Equator. There are twenty-three species of N. America, and twenty- one (exclusive of /Z. stmilaris and S. ungwis) of 8. America, N. of the Equator, O. wndatus and A. octona being in both, which also occur in the West Indies. Omitting the two latter species, the following is the distribution of the others. N. American Species. S. American Species. In Bermuda ; ‘ ‘ : 2 None. In Bahamas, Cuba, and I. of Pines, 15 None. In Jamaica 6 1 In Haiti : 4 2 In Portorico and Viéque ; _ eta. : 3 Total in Islands W. of Viéque . Pe : : ‘ 3 Total in Islands E. and 8. of Viéque. 7 f : : 18 Of species found in Portorico and Viéque (not on the conti- nents) ten are in the islands to the westward, and twenty-one of West India Land Shells. 19 in those to the east and south. These facts show, the distribu- tion of species being considered, a result similar to that arrived at with regard to the distribution of genera, viz. that the islands west of Portorico are more related to the N. American, and those east and south to the S. American continent—Porto- rico (with Viéque) being connected with both. It is also noticeable (Table I.) that the species of N. American generic type which are represented in the islands west, and also east and south of Portorico, are generally more numerous in the former, and those of S. American character in the latter. Only one operculate species, Helicina subglobulosa Poey, is common to the American continents and the islands. With that exception all the operculated species inhabiting the islands W. of Portorico (exclusive of Truncatella*) are peculiar to those which they respectively inhabit, while six found in Porto- rico and Viéque occur in the islands to the eastward. The following is the number of species in the islands :— Inoperculate. Operculate. Islands W. of Portorico. Cuba and I. of Pines . y ? 251 ; 3 179 Jamaica S % : ‘ 5 225 3 i 160 Haiti . A ; - P , 100 : Z 41 576 3880 Portorico and Viéque . ; 80 NG 30 Islands E. and 8. of Viéque. 183 Aue 50 The large proportion of operculate species in the islands W. of Portorico, and the diminution of them in that island, and the islands E. and S. of it, is very remarkable. The relative proportion of operculate and inoperculate species prevailing on the continents is shown in Table I. The species common to * T omit Truncatella in Table II., having, as I consider, insufficient data as to the distribution of the species, which are, however, included in the Catalogue. 20 Geographical Distribution more than one island are enumerated as belonging to each; but the number peculiar to the islands exceeds one thousand. The foregoing remarks are with regard to the relationship of the West India Islands generally with the American continents, and the division of the islands into two groups, those west and those east and south of Portorico, which itself rather belongs to the latter, but this gives an inadequate idea of the interesting and peculiar character of these Insular faunas. My limits pre- elude any very extended observations; but I propose to state some, at least, of the most striking facts as to the relationships of the islands cxter se. The Bahamas, Cuba, and the Isle of Pines are especially con- nected ; Cuba has 17 species found also in Jamaica, 8 in Haiti, 15 in Portorieo, and 13 in the islands east and south of Porto- rico. The development of the subgenus Strophia (Pupa), of Macroceramus, Megalomastoma, Ctenopoma, Chondropoma, Trochatella, and Helicina, the occurrence of the only Balea, and the absence of Geomelania,* Jamaicia, Licina, Stoastoma, and Lucidella are the principal peculiarities of the Cuban fauna. With respect to Jamaica, there are common to it and to Cuba 17, to Haiti 4, to Portorico 10, and to the islands east and south of that island 10 species. The numerous represen- tatives of Sagda (Helix), Proserpina, Adamsiella, Cyclostomus, Tudora, and Alcadia, the exclusive presence of Geomelania, Jamaicia, Licina, Stoastoma (with the exception of one species in Portorico and one in Opara), and Lucidella, and the absence of Strophia (Pupa), Megalomastoma, and Chondropoma, greatly distinguish Jamaica from the neighboring islands. I doubt whether any province in the world of equal area is so rich as Jamaica both in genera and species. Haiti has in common with Cuba 8, with Jamaica 4, with Portorico 8, and with the islands east and south of the latter 8 species. This island has the following peculiarities—the development of Macroceramus * Information received at a late moment induces me to suspect the occurrence of Geomelania in Cuba. of West India Land Sheils. 21 and Chondropoma, the occurrence of the only speeies of Vitrina, and the absence of Proserpina and genera peeuliar to Jamaica. Strophia and Megalomastoma, whieh prevail in Cuba, but are not in Jamaica, are represented in Haiti. The only insular species of Simpulopsis are in Haiti and Portorieo; those two islands, nearly equidistant from North and South America, have not the species of Orthalicus which inhabits both sections of the continent and the islands more immediately adjacent to them. I should remark that several of the species common to Cuba, Jamaica, and Haiti, are otherwise widely distributed. No other conclusion, under all the circumstances stated, can be arrived at, but that Cuba with the Isle of Pines and the Bahamas, Jamaica, and Haiti, are entitled to be ranked as three distinct zoological! provinces; althongh Haiti has cer- tainly more relationship with Cuba on the one side and Por- torico on the other, than exists between it or Cuba with Jamaica. Portorico (with Viéque) is characterized by the occurrence of the only species of Clausilia, and one of Tornatellina, two South American genera, absent on the islands westward, asingle one of Stoastoma, the absence of several genera of Cyclo- stomaceze which are found in the islands to the westward, by the increased number of Bulimi relatively to Helix, and the diminished representation of Macroceramus and Pupa. Por- torico is unmistakably related to St. Croix, St. Thomas, St. John, Tortola, Anegada, St. Bartholomew, and Anguilla, as those islands are inter se. Megalomastoma* is not represented further to the eastward of Portorico than St. John (I am not certain as to Tortola), and Macroceramus than Anguilla, to the south of which neither of them occurs. Enneat lias one species * Megalomastoma is found fossil in the Eocene strata of the Isle of Wight and Paris. + As to the occurrence of Ennea bicolor Gould in St. Thomas, see my remarks in the Annals VI. p. 147. Mr. Theo. Gill subsequently discovered the same spe- eies in Trinidad ; its occurrence there also is a curious fact, 22 Geographical Distribution (the same being found in India) in St. Thomas and Trinidad. Strophia, which occurs in Portorico, has a semi-fossil species in St. Croix, but disappears in the islands east and south of Por- torico, with the solitary exception of S. wa in Curacao. The islands above-mentioned as being related to Portorico, have, in common with many of those south of Anguilla, species of Bulimi which also occur in South America.* St. Christopher, Antigua, the French islands, and those fur- ther south, are all more or less connected dnter se, and in a marked manner with South America.: The preponderance of Bulimus, and the paucity of operculated genera and species, are noticeable. Norepresentative of the family Cyclostomacea has yet been found in Barbados. The single Streptaxis, dis- covered by Mr. Gill in 1859, occurs in Trinidad. Plecochilus (a subgenus of Bulimus), characteristic of South America, only inhabits the islands east and south of Portorico, with the excep- tion of one species, P. glaber, attributed, but I think erroneously, to Haiti. Stenopus, a subgenus of Nanina (separated from Helix), is peculiar to St. Vincent. The number of species com- mon to the French West India Islands, and French Guiana, but absent in the intermediate islands, as shown by Dronét (Vide Mai. Blatt, 1860, p. 126), is remarkable. In connexion with the fact that the Spanish Islands of Cuba and Portorico have more species in common than either has with Haiti which lies between them, can the partial similarity of faunas be attri- buted to increased intercourse between the inhabitants belong- ing in modern times to the same European nation? Some of the species common to the continent and islands, and to more than one island, are, size and habits considered, such as are most likely to have been distributed by human agency. On the whole, Portorico, with Viéque, and the islands east- ward towards Anguilla, may be considered as forming a dis- tinct province, and the remaining islands, more to the south, as * Woodward (Manual, p. 388) remarks on several species common to St. Tho- mas and the Canary Islands, but none such exist. of West India Land Shells. 23 another. Whether the division (based on the distribution of the Land Shells) of the West Indies generally into two groups, the one extending eastward from the Northern Continent to Anguilla, and the other southerly from Anguilla to the South American coast, has any connexion with the geological rela- tions of the two mountain chains remarked upon by Humboldt, to which I have already referred, is a curious subject of Inquiry. The extent to which species vary, especially in the larger islands of the West Indies, deserves notice. Dr. Hooker says, “Tt has been remarked (Bory de St. Vincent, in Voy. au Quatre Iles de V Afrique) that the species of islands are more variable than those of continents, an opinion I can scarcely subscribe to, and which is opposed to Darwin’s facts, Inasmuch as Insular Floras are characterized by peculiar genera, and by having few species in proportion to genera.” It appears to me that Bory de St. Vincent’s observation does, and that “ Darwin’s facts” do not, apply to land shells. I admit, however, that even on continents their tendency to variation is considerable. Dr. Hooker remarks—“ If a genus is numerically increasing, and consequently running into varieties, it will present a group of species with complex relations enter se; if, on the contrary, it is numerically decreasing, such decrease must lead to the extinction of some varieties, and hence result in the better limi- tation of the remainder.” Now, without adopting Dr. Hooker’s and Darwin’s views as to the origin of species, and their greater limitability by the extinction of varieties, I would state that as in the great majority of the genera of land shells there are numerous groups of species with complex relations enter se, that fact may indicate their comparative recent creation. The geo- logical record,* of prior date to the tertiary formations, has * A small fossil body resembling a land shell of the genus Pupa was found by Lyell, with fossil reptilian remains, in the interior of an erect fossil tree in the coal measures of Nova Scotia. 24. Geographical Distribution little evidence of the existence of terrestrial species of shells. The wonderful development both of genera and species on islands, especially those the later geological movements of which have been of elevation, do not at least negative the indication above suggested. With respect to the Freshwater Shells of the West Indies, which are by no means numerons, the distribution of the genera shows the same connexion of the islands west of Portorico with the northern, and of those east and south with the southern continent of America, as do the Land Shells. Of Melania five species occur in Cuba, none in the other islands; one of Mela- nopsis inhabits Jamaica. The only Unio in the islands is found in Cuba. Two or three species of Ampularia are in Cuba, and one in Jamaica, of North American type, while A. rugosa Lam., of South America, occurs in Trinidad and Tobago, and A. Knorri Phil, closely allied to A. cornu arietis? L., of New Granada, also inhabits the former island. The species of other genera, which are in the islands westward of Portorico, do not generally extend to the islands east and south of it. Several, however, have a remarkably wide distribution. PJlanorbis lucidus Pf. occurs in Cuba, Jamaica, Portorico, and Guade- loupe; Ancylus obscurus Hald., of North America, in Jamaica, Portorico, St. Thomas, and Guadeloupe ; and Amnicola crystal- lina Pf., which I found abundant in the river Magdalena, at Barranquilla, New Granada, inhabits Cuba, Jamaica, Portorico, Viéque, St. Thomas, St. John, Tortola, and Guadeloupe.* * The wide distribution, on the continent of North America, of some of the Unionide is really wonderful. Mr. Isaac Lea mentions, in a communication made in 1858 to the Philadelphia Academy, that some species common in the Ohio River, as high up as Pittsburg, are found also in Moose River of Hudson’s Bay, 52° N.; in the Red River of the North, 50° N.; in Upper Missouri, 47° N.; and in the Big Sioux, 43° N. ; also as far south as Louisiana. The same remark applies to several terrestrial species of North America. H. alternata Say is found from Labrador to Texas, and from the Atlantic ocean to the Rocky Mountains, H. arborea Say, which, according to Beau, occurs in Guadeloupe, inhabits an equally wide area, and extends even into New Mexico. Se Se Eee ( J f 4 . en % ; q 7 A Ae ‘e. > ai 4 PU el) pi ; ie art po y a - rv ] rid ‘ Pit) Se ee wr aa ee CS Af. ~ » ws La ee ae } pa : [ a ' * 2 hts ? ’ is ~ | ‘ i ’ r) . Pe Mae avert) 2 7 et Ce es Ae tk SAS Ne eae - i, oth a. i Ae he Aye ¢ | a é Dea) Mi ry! boa 2% ra Ae ’ vy ‘Ws ‘ har NOY gid (ted “4s Y 4 de x oa J ry : r pont . Uy 7 AS Pe Py 4 sy ‘HL! ; id Lanai TABLE II. LIST OF THE SPECIES OF LAND SHELLS, INHABITANTS OF THE WEST INDIA ISLANDS, : WHICH ARE FOUND IN OTHER PARTS OF THE WORLD; a 7 AND ALSO OF THOSE WINCH OCCUR IX MORE THAN ONE OF THE SLANT | ena ~~ | = jell 4 = }2 = } = When be rT to a “ihe name of tbe bad bigieens : ae g airs = 2 s = Guadeloupe. ; Carpenterinnia Bid. PT SSEA SS dentions F. ae Martinique, euclasta Sh. Cee Gundlachi P. Tenbella F...- Rei. indentata Say... ae indistincta Toxephinac F, + cE ‘ Iychnuchus Mall = fin St. Christopher. margisella Gui a Lin St Gris mlerouante DE To Bermuda and N. P., Babamax nuailentiulata C Martinique, fc Ottonis P.,... pachygasten Gray, | 2 paludosa P. } provisoria P. (N:P, Dalamax piles ce In Brazil and Barbadoes. subaqniln tarbiniformis varians Mk. evens yortex P.. Also in Bermuda. Stmevtaxis. deformis F........05| 0. ce C i +. | Bermuda and Europe. Viequensis B.. baal 5: A * | Vidque nud Barbadows Vincentinus P. eelicn Rs 2 | St Vincent, Orthalicns. ed undatus Br. Pipe! lhe » | Trinidad. Achatina. fnscinta Lam, +))|\ +a s Gundluchi P: vo ia allel es octona Ch. = oe (ite * es Olencinn. | if F. 4c - . polidula P, ba Si esr *> | Also N, P., Bahamas, yenusta P. aaa | = Tornatellina. ‘Antillarnm Sh df! 03 3 a Runekiysiee shee allie allies ** | Grenada. Jomelinta Poand Mess] 2 | i) al | oe z £ | Gundeloupe eel ene) «3! shee ie * jostoma P.. eal are 3c i Also N, P,, Babamas, By oc oo enact Ad, Sl Sea Alko in Bermuda, el eim | or | die ‘ Ay ees Also N. P,, Buhamas, Pad) io |) ee |} | 3 ee eons |. | 2. [alto NP, Bahamas a S lee * <. | gy» | St Thomas, St. John, Tortola. sf Pf fe | te Tortola nud Anguilla. } 00) Piel ac-i\peas|liceo | tricolor P. piven Meee | Alera f Si il os Succinea, | angustior Ad... oe ec approximana Sh A te Burbadensi maeude ne eeeet oy = | > |Barbadoes, also Bermuda. 4 a ty * | Also Bermuda. : « eh a ditto, , on - « 3 = } Stc Tubescens Dit. q ‘3 id 1D | Martinique. ine | *. . pow Bee 4 3 Bae eae Guadeloupe and Bolivia, Megalomastoms, | AntilJarum Sowb.....| -+ “ . “ : ‘ee | St. Thomas ond St, John. Choanopoma. | ’ suloulosum F,..- weil] “cs | MMRSeaoN Po ate yet es = | Viéque and St, Bartholomew. Chondropoma, | Neweombinnum Ad. maiijiezan | == « |<. | ge | St Thomas and St John. Soutacruzense P.,. efar] e | ef 2 | ol | SS [st croteandst Thomas, | Helicina. | fasciata Lam... .«. | ae az eo foveata P.. 7 huis S| St Thomas. phasianella Sowb.,... oc eage of ete letgelll SET subfusea Mk... 4 se) 2 | c. | 2 | St Thomas and St Jobn. subglobulosa P 3 2 Seeena eta paid i Bee eedlocs. || -o em Ree pe ex | St Thomas and St. John. —_— ae ke - fe eS me a ee # as + 1’ @ . ¢ mm . 7 7 ‘ t nl | ak eed — ‘ 7 ek ‘ : ; Se * ‘ : ; ‘ a a. ‘ « ; » i. eo SER ii Ces cu 4 : st . a) ‘ ot dj Bea) ee =? Pees e,. a eo: ~~? f : ; i na 2) int i-st r aod a 4 wore t,,, Gre ieear ts” 7 WEbEs Bp th ee “g 4 * . art f U as ea e wy ele. E eg add, hg pee Pera fh ary ot Eh). pegs a : Sete Sie aot) toa CsA et HE al lactel VEU VR atcha 1 PA - i” toafi ft’ wwe hy Re Sepdrirediee? ‘ ee oT Sigel res, enh te Sox Mee di 2 ra “Wethe hAe ocere et a ae eee a? a Nest die “dé es SS e Map sish : an PIA sib wiry é OMI rhe ey a EE >, | pees us) Pan eas HoT ool Heese > em Abs Od iad oe lee PE ets “rs x ee, a ~~ 7 +, “ue j mie et ‘gee u tabs i at + ae . ; P f ih eee + 8 OS - “- Aue art a ss # ae , ‘ “J View a “On Bala thee Beg wile a die ae ee pay. 2 ‘ ¢ id af a Pe s Liv hc eee atone.) df i oes Pav Ym ec bow a of West India Land Shells. 25 CATALOGUE OF THE LAND SHELLS OF THE WEST INDIA ISLANDS. [Abbreviations. Ad., C. B. Adams, F., Férussac, G., Gundlach, P., Pfeiffer, Py, Poey, W. & M., Weinland and Marten.] Anegada. Barbados (°). HELIx. HELIX. notabilis Sh. Isabella F. . imilaris Anguilla. SIM1 - vortex P. MACROCERAMUS. BoLaies. signatus Guild. Barbadensis P, Antigua (’). HELIX. exilis Gm. formosa F. fraterculus F. BULIMUS. fuscus Guild. Caraccasensis Rv. Goodalli Mil. exilis Gm. é - oblongus Miill. fraterculus F. octonoides Ad. ‘subula P. subula P. ACHATINA. Viequensis P. octona Ch. ACHATINA. CISTULA. Gundlachi P. Antiguensis Sh. octona Ch. TORNATELLINA, Bahamas (’). Antillarum Sh. HELIX. UPA: Bahamensis P. Barbadensis P. (N. P. and Turk’s Is.)| Jamaicensis Ad. gallopavonisVal.(7’k’s Is.)| pellucida P. microdonta Dh. (NM. Prov.)|CYLINDRELLA. multifasciata W. & M. costata Guild. ( Crooked Is.)|\SUCCINEA. provisoria P. (N. P.)| Barbadensis Guild. Troscheli P. (T's Js.)?} Bermudensis P. varians Mk. (WV. P.)|TRUNCATELLA. BULIMUS. Barbadensis P. nitidulus P. (Tk's Js.)| HBLICINA. sepulcralis? Py. (N.P.)} Barbadensis P. OLEACINA. conoidea P. solidula P. (N. P.)| substriata Gray. Pupa. alvearia Kust. (N.P.)| Bermuda (‘). lostoma P. (Tk’'s Is.) pellucida P. (Tk’s Is )|Hewix. Caraceasensis Ry. Ins. St. George. striatella F. (N. P.)} Bermudensis P. Weinlandi Kurr, (Cr. Js.)| circumfirmata Redf. MACROCERAMUS. microdonta Dh. Gossei P. (NW. P.)} ochroleuca F. ? CYLINDRELLA, vortex P. Bahamensis P. (N. P.)|Burmus. CISTULA. nitidulus P. scabrosa Humph. (7. Js.)} ventrosus F. CHONDROPOMA. ACHATINA. biforme P. (Tk's Is.)} acicula Mull. Hjalmarsoni P. (7k’s Js.)|Pupa. HELICINA candida P. (TR's Is.) SCHASICHEILA. Jamaicensis Ad. pellucida P. SUCCINEA. minuscula? P. (NP.)| Bermudensis P. 2 fulgens Lea. margarita P. TRUNCATELLA. subcylindrica Gray. HELICINA. convexa P. Buen Ayre. BULIMUS. elongatus Bolt. Cuba (°). HELIX. alauda F, amplecta G. Apollo P. Auberi O. auricoma F, avellana F. Baracoensis Gut. Bartlettiana P. Bayamensis P. Bonplandii Lam. Boothiana P. Carpenteriana Bld. cesticulus G. comta G. erassilabris P. Cubensis P. cyclostomoides P. debilis P. deflexa P. Dennisoni P. emarginata G. euclasta Sh. fuscolabiata Py. gilva F. gracilis Py. Guanensis Py. Guantanamensis Py. Gundlachi P. Gutierrezi Py. immersa G. imperator Mtf. incrustata Py. jactata G. Jeannereti P. Lescaillei G. Letranensis P. Lindeni P. lucipeta Py. maculifera Gut. marginelloides O. melanocephala G. Mina P. 26 minuscula By. Montetaurina P. morbida Mor. multistriata Dh. muscarum Lea, naevula Mor. notata Py. Ottonis P. ovum-reguli Lea. paludosa P. Parraiana O. parallela Py. paucispira Py. Pazenzis Py. pemphigodes P. penicillata P, Petitiana O. picta Born. Poeyi Pet. proboscidea P. prominula P. provisoria P. Rangelina P. raripila Mor. rostrata P. rufo-apicata Py» Sagemon Bk. Sagraiana O. saxicola P. scabrosa Py. stigmatica P. suavis G. sulphurosa Mor. supertexta P. tephritis Mor, tichostoma P transitoria P, translucens G, Trinitaria G. turbiniformis P. versicolor Born. vortex P. BULIMUS. acuticostatus O angustatus G, assurgens P, decollatus L. gigas Py. Goodalli Mil. gracillimus P. hasta P. homalogyrus Sh. lucidus Py. Manzanillensis G. marginatus Lay. Marielinus Py. nitidulus P. octonoides Ad. Poeyanus P. sepulchralis Py. strictus Py. subula P. terebraster Lam. SPIRAXIS. Cubaniana O. episcopalis Mor. melanielloides G. paludinoides O. suturalis P. ORTHALICUS. undatus Brug. ACHATINA. abdita Py. Blainiana Py. consobrina O. elata G. exilis P. emarginata Swain ? fasciata Mill. Gundlachi P. octona Ch. picta Rv. Poeyana P. pusilla P. pygmaea P. subulatoides O. Trinitaria G. OLEACINA. eyanozoaria G, Lindoni P. oleacea F. orysacea O. Ottonis P. regularis G. saturata G. sicilis Mor. solidula P. subulata P. translucida G. Trinitaria G. PUPA. Cumingiana P, cyclostoma K. Gundlachi P. incana By. iostoma P. marginalba P. maritima P, marmorata P. microstoma P, multicosta K. Mumia Brug, MumiolaP. | neglecta Arango, pellucida P. Proteus G. Sagraiana P, sealarina G. sculpta Py. striatella F. Geographical Distribution tenuidens Ad. tumidula Dh? venusta Py. vulnerata K. MACROCERAMUS. amplus G. angulosus G. catenatus G. claudens G. costulatus G. festus G. Gossei P. Gundlachi P. inermis G. Jeannereti G. notatus G. Pazi G. pictus G. turricula P, unicarinatus Lam. CYLINDRELLA. acus P. angulifera G. Brooksiana G. Camoensis P. cinerea P. coerulans Py. crispula P. cyclostoma P, discors Py. elegans P. Elliotti Py. Fabreana Py. fastigiata G. gracillima Py. Gundlachiana Py. Humboladtiana P. integra P, interrupta G. intusmalleata G. irrorata G, laevigata G. lateralis Paz. Lavalleana O. marmorata Sh. minuta G. nubila Py. ornata G. Oviedoiana O. perlata G. Philippiana P. planospira P. plicata Py. Poeyana O. porrecta Gould. producta G. Rugeli Sh. Sagraiana P. Sauvalleana G. sealarina Sh. Shuttleworthi Py. Sowerbyana P. strangulata Py, subita Py. torquata Mor. Tureasiana G. unecata G. variegata P. ventricosa G. volubilis Mor. BALEA, Canteroiana G. SUCCINEA. angustior Ad. fulgens Lea. Gundlachi P. macta Py. nobilis Py. ochracina G, Sagra O. tenuis G. TRUNCATELLA. bilabiata P. capillacea G. Caribzeensis Sow. elongata Py. filicosta G.? lirata Py. ? pulchella P. sealaris Mich. subcylindrica Gray. CYCLOTUS. minimus G. perdistinctus G. MEGALOMASTOMA, alutaceum Mk, apertum Py. auriculatum O. bituberculatum Sow complanatum P. digitale G. Gundlachi P. leoninum P. Mani Py. seminudum Py. tortum Wood. ventricosum QO. CHOANOPOMA. alatum P. Arangianum G. auricomum G. Daudinoti G. decoloratum G. eburneum G. fragile G. minium G. majusculum Mor. perplicatum G, Pretrei O. tractum G. of West India Land Shells. Yaterasense P. Yunquense P. CTENOPOMA. argutum P, bilabiatum O. coronatum Py. deficiens G. denegatum Py. echinatum Py. enode Py. Garridoianum Py. honestum Py. immersum G, nigriculum G, nodulatum Py. perspectivum G. rotundatum Py. Tugulosum P. sculptum G. Semicoronatum G. sordidum G. torquatum Gut. ADAMSIELLA. chordatum G. CYCLOSTOMUS. Rangelinus Py. TUDORA. | canescens P. erectum G. excurrens G. lurida G. DIPLOPOMA. architectonicum G. CISTULA. Agassizi Charp. agrestis G. catenata Gould. illustris Py. ineulta Py. interstitiale G. limbiferum Mk, Mackinlayi G. pallida P. procax Py. radula P, CHONDROPOMA. abnatum G. Candeanum O. claudicans Py. crenimargo P. decurrens Py. Delatreanum O. dilatatum G. egrecium G. Gutierrezi G. harpa P. irradians Sh. laetum Gut. latilabre O. latum G. marginalbum G. moestum Sh. neglectum G. obesum Mk. Ottonis P. oxytremum G. perlatum G. Pfeifferianum Py. pictum P. Poeyanum O. revinctum Py. revocatum G, rufopictum G. Sagebieni Py. semicanum Mor. sericatum Mor. Shuttleworthi P. solidulum G. tenebrosum Mor. textum G. unilabiatum G violaceum P, TROCHATELLA. chrysostoma Sh. conica P. dilataja Py. hians Py. Petitiana O. petrosa G. politula Py. regina Mor. rubicunda G. rupestris P. Sloanei O. stellata Val. subunguiculata Py. HELICINA. acuminata Val. adspersa P. Bastidana Py. Bayamensis Py. bellula G. Blandiana G. Briarea Py. chrysochasma Py. ciliata Py. columellaris G. concinna G. continua G. declivis G. elongata O. exserta G. glabra Gould. elobulosa O. granum P. jugulata Py. Lembeyana Py. littoricola G. Mayarina Py. nitida P. 28 Orbignyi P. Poeyi P. proxima G. pulcherrima Lea. pyramidalis Sow. Reeveana P. remota Py. retracta Py. rotunda O. rubromarginata G. rugosa P. Sagraiana O. silacea Mor. spectabilis G. straminea Mor. subdepressa Py. subglobulosa Py. submarginata Gray. Titanica Py. LOADIA. capax G. dissimulans Py. gonostoma G. Gundlachi P. hispida P. incrustataG. @ minima O. velutina Py. PROSERPINA. depressa O. Curacao. HE.ix. ; pentodon Mke. PUPA. uva L. TUDORA. megacheila P. & M. Grenada (°). HELIX. perplexa F. BuLIMvs. Caraccasensis Ry. glaber Gm. octonoides Ad, subula P. TORNATELLINA. Funcki P. CYCLOTUS. Granadensis Sh, HELICINA. Heatei P. Grenadines. HELIX. perplexa F. ORTHALICUS. undulatus Guild.( UnionL.) Guadeloupe (7). HELIX. arborea Say. badia F. Baudoni P, dentiens F. Josephine F. lychnuchus Mill. pachygastra Gr. Schrammii Fisch. BULIMUS. Caraccasensis Ry. chrysalis P. elongatus Bolt. exilis Gm. Lherminieri Fisch, limnoides F. ACHATINA. octona Ch. OLEACINA. Guadeloupensis P. TORNATELLINA. lamellata P. & M. CYLINDRELLA. collaris F, SUCCINEA Candeana Lea. depressa Rang. patula Br. unguis F. TRUNCATELLA. Caribeensis Sow. clathrus Lowe modesta Ad. scalaris Mich. CYCLOPHORUS. Beauianus Pet. Schrammi Sh. CHONDROPOMA., crenulatum F, HELICINA. fasciata Lam. Guadaloupensis Sow. ? rhodostoma Gray ? similis Sow. ? Haiti (°). HELIx. acuminata P. Albersiana P. angistoma F. angustata F. Audebardi P. Caracolla L, cepa Mill. cornu-militare L. crispata F. desiderata P. dilatata P. disculus Dh, Geographical Distribution dissita Dh. Dominicensis P. excellens P. Gaskoini P. Haitensis W. & M, hilum W. & M. Hjalmarsoni P. indentata Say. indistincta F. Justi F. lampas Mill. ? leucoraphe P. loxodon P. monodonta Lea. Phaedra P. polyodon W. & M. prumosa P. ptycoraphe W. & M. pubescens P. sarecocheila Méreh. strumosa P, trizonalis Grat. undulata F, vortex P, BULIMUS. Caraccasensis Rv, Dominicus Ry. exilis Gm. glaber Gm. ?) hasta P. marginatus Say. Moussoni P. nitidulus P, reetus P. Salleanus Rv. SantanensisP. SPIRAXIS. Dunkeri P. Richardi P. Salleana P, ACHATINA. impressa P. oetona Ch. virginea L, OLEACINA. biplicata W. & M. oleacea F, ‘ptycoraphe W. & M. terebreeformis Sh. texta W. & M. PUPA. glans Kust. microstoma P, striatella F. MACROCERAMUS, angulatus W. & M. cyrtopleurus P, formosus Wood. Gundlachi P, Hermanni P. lineatus Br. Ludovici P. Richaudi Pet. signatus Guild. tenuiplicatus P, virgineus W. & M. CYLINDRELLA. Adamsiana P, arcuata W. & M. crenata W.& M. cristata W. & M. Dominicensis P. Eugenii Dorhn. fasciata Ch. flammulata P. Gouldiana P. Gruneri Dunk. Guigouana Pet. Hjalmarsoni P. Laterradii Grat. Ins. Bente. Ludersi P. malleata P. Menkeana P. monilifera P. obesa W. & M. puncturata P, Salleana P, sericea P, tricolor P, tumidula W. & M. Weinlandi P. SIMPULOPSIS. '## Dominicensis P. VITRINA. 2 sp. ind. SUCCINEA. - Dominicensis P. margarita P, CYCLOTUS. floecosus Sh. MEGALOMASTOMA. Orbignyi P. CHOANOPOMA, Adolfi P. Puertoplatense P. Rosaliae P. solutum Rich, tentorium P. Wilhelmi P. CTENOPOMA. Dominicense P. CYCLOSTOMUS. Aminensis P. TUDORA. nobilis P. pupaeformis Sow. CISTULA. cinclidodes P. CHONDROPOMA. adulterinum P. of West India Land Shells. 29 blandum P. Caricae P. eusarcum P. hemiotum P. litturatum P. Loweanum P. magnificum Salle, Petiteanum P, Salleanum P. semilabre Lam. simplex P. TROCHATELLA. elegantula P, opima Sh. virginea Lea. HELICINA. cingulata P. - Dominicensis P. festiva Sow. globosa Gray. malleata P. oleosa P. pygmaea P. & M. rufa P. rugosa P. Salleana P. versicolor P. viridis Lam. ALCADIA. succinea P. I. of Pines. HELIX. auricoma F. Bonplandii Lam. Boothiana P, comes Py. Pityonesica P. ‘|BULIMUS. Beathinus Py. Poeyanus P. strictus Py. terebra Py. ACHATINA. fasciata Miill. OLEACINA. follicularis Mor. oleacea Fer. orysacea Mor. solidula P. subulata P. CYLINDRELLA. pruinosa Mor, MEGALOMASTOMA. procer Py. TUDORA. Moreletiana Pet. pupoides Mor. CHONDROPOMA. dissolutum P. TROCHATELLA. callosa Py. constellata Mor. luteo-apicata Py. HELICINA. scopulorum Mor. PROSERPINA. globulosa O, Jamaica (°). HELIX. abnormis P. acuta Lam. albicans P. alligans Ad. alveus Ad. ambigua Ad. angustispira Ad. anomala P. Anthoniana Ad. aspera F. atavus Sh. Bainbridgei P. ? Blandiana Ad. Boothiana P. brevior Ad. brevis Ad. Bronni P. Buddiana Ad, cara Ad. Carmelita F. Chemnitziana P. cognata F, columellata Ad. connectens Ad. conspersula P. Cookiana Gm. diminuta Ad. dioscoricola Ad. epistylioides F. epistyliulum Ad. Foremaniana Ad. fuscocinata Ad. fuscolabris Ad. fuscula Ad. Gossei Ad. graminicola Ad. Haldemaniana Ad. Hollandi Ad. immunda Ad. inconspicua Ad. ingens Ad invalida Ad. invasa P. Jacobensis Ad. Jamaicensis Ch. Jayana Ad. lamellifera Ad. lucerna Mill. Mac Murrayi Ad. 30 | margarita P. MecNabiana Chitty. minuscula By. munda Ad. nemoraloides Ad. nobilis Ad. Okeniana P. osculans Ad. pallescens Sh. paludosa P. patina Ad. peracutissima Ad. peraffinis Ad. perdepressa Ad. picturata Ad. pila Ad. pretiosa Ad. propenuda Ad. Proserpinula P. ptychodes P. rufula P. Schroeteriana P. similis Ad. Simson P. simulans Ad. sincera Ad. sinuata Mill. sinuosa F. soror F. Spengleriana P. spiculosa Sh. spreta Ad. straminea Alb. strangulata Ad. subeonica Ad. tenerrima Ad. torrefacta Ad. tridentina F. triptycha Sh. tumida P. turbiniformis F. valida Ad. virginea Ad. BuLIMvs. confertus P. erubescens P. Goodalli Mil. hortensis Ad. immaculatus Ad. Jamaicensis Rv. laeviusculus Ad, macrospira Ad. marginatus Say. minimus Ad. monodon Ad. nitidiusculus Ad. nitidulus P. octonoides Ad. pallidus Ad. rufescens Gray. ’ subula P. terebella Ad. SPIRAXIS. aberrans P. Adamsiana P. brevis Ad. contorta Chitty. costulosa Ad. inusitata Ad. mirabilis Ad. ORTHALICUS. undatus Brng. ACHATINA. Adamsiana Chitty. arcuata P. costulata Ad. curvilabris P. Gossei P. eracilior Ad. Gundlachi P. iota Ad. levis Ad. longispira Ad. micans Ad. octona Ch. osculans Ad. parvula Chitty. pellucens Ad. puella Ad. solitaria Ad. striosa Ad. tenera Ad. OLEACEA, angiostoma Ad, Blandiana Ad. costulosa Ad. Dominicensis Gm. Gayana Ad. Griffithsi Ad. Ingallsiana Ad. Jamaicensis P. leucozonias Walch. ligata Ad. nemorensis Ad. nitida Ad, perplexa Ad. Philippiana P. Philipsi Ad. procera Ad. propinqua Ad. proxima Ad. similis Ad. unicolor Ad, venusta Ad. vicina Ad. PUPA. contracta Say? exilis Ad. Grevillei Chitty. hexodon Ad. Geographical Distribution Jamaicensis Ad. Jardineana Chitty. lata Ad. pellucida P. tenuidens Ad. MACROCERAMUS. Gossei P. CYLINDRELLA. abbreviata Dh. ? Agnesiana Ad. alabastrina P. alba Ad. amethystina Chitty. aspera Ad. Augustae Ad. Baquieana Chitty. Blandiana P. brevis P. ecolumna Ad. costulata Ad. eylindrus Ch. dubia Chitty. Dunkeriara P. elatior Ad. elongata Ch, Gossei P. gracilis Wood. Gravesii Ad. Hollandi Ad. Humboldtiana P. ? humilis Ad. hydrophana Chitty. inornata Ad. lata Ad. macrostoma P. Maugeri Wood. _ megacheila Chitty. nobilior Ad. ovata Desh. ? Pearmaneana Chitty. princeps Ad. pupaeformis Ad. pusilla Ad. Robertsi Ad. rosea P sanguinea P. seminuda Ad. similis Ad. simplex Ad. striata Chitty. subula F, tenella Ad. tricolor P. variegata P.? zebrina. P. zonata Ad. SUCCINEA. angustior Ad, contorta Ad. latior Ad. Sagra 0. GEOMELANTA. affinis Ad. Beardsleana Ad. conica Ad. costulosa Ad. elegans Ad. exilis Ad. expansa Ad. fortis Ad. gracilis Ad. Greyana Ad. Hilliana Ad inornata Chitty. Jamaicensis P. magna Ad. media Ad. minor Ad. parva Chitty. pauperata Ad. procera Ad, pygmaea Ad. pyramidata Ad. sinuosa Chitty. striosa Ad. typica Ad. vicina Ad, TRUNCATELLA. Adamsi P. Caribaeensis Sow. modesta Ad. pulchella P. sealaris Mich. CYCLOTUS. asperulus Som. corrugatus Sow. crassus Ad, dubiosus Ad. Jamaicensis Ch. jugosus Ad. pallescens Ad. perpallidus Ad. subrugosus Sow. suturalis Sow. varians Ad. JAMAICIA. anomala Ad. Movssoniana Ad. LIcina, dubia Gm. labeo Mill. CHOANOPOMA. Chittyi Ad. fimbriatulum Sow. granosum Ad. Hillianum Ad. interruptum Lam. lima Ad. lincina L. lincinellum Lam. mite P. pulchrum Wood. scabriculum Sow. spinulosum Ad. CTENOPOMA. Campbelli Ad. pisum Ad. Wilkinsoni Ad. ADAMSIELLA. chlorostoma Sow. Grayana P. ignilabris Ad. intermedia Ad. mirabilis Wood. miranda Ad. ‘monstrosa Ad. moribunda Ad. Pearmaneana Chitty. pulchrior Ad. variabilis Ad. xanthostoma Sow. CYCLOSTOMUS. albus Sow. Banksianus Sow. Bronni Ad. Chevalieri Ad. crenulosus Ad. Humphreyanus P. Jayanus Ad. lamellosus Ad. Redfieidianus Ad. retrorsus Ad. serecinus Ad. tectilabris Ad. thysanoraphe Sow. Yallahensis Ad. TUDORA. Adamsi P. armata Ad. Augustae Ad. avena Ad. Barklyana Chitty. columna Wood. fascia Wood. fecunda Ad. Griffithiana Ad. maritima Ad. mutica Ad. papyracea Ad. pauperata Ad. simulans Ad. Tappaniana Ad. versicolor P ? CISTULA. dislocata Baird. lugubris P. mordax Ad. sagittifera Ad. of West India Land Shells. Sauliae Sow. Shephardiana Ad. STOASTOMA. Agassizianum Ad. Anthonianum Ad, Blandianum Ad. Chittyanum Ad. Cumingianum Ad. Fadyenianum Ad. Gouldianum Ad. Hollandianum Ad. Jayanum Ad. Leanum Ad. Lindsleyanum Ad. Moricandianum Ad. Petitianum Ad. Pfeifferianum Ad. Philippianum Ad. pisum Ad. Redfieldianum Ad. Tappanianum Ad. Vilkinsoniae Ad, TROCHATELLA. Chittyana P. Grayana P. Josephinae Ad. nobilis Ad. pulchella Gray. Tankervillei Gray. tenuis Ad. LUCIDELLA. aureola F. nana P. HELICINA. Adamsiana P. ampliata Ad. aurantia Gray. costata Gray. depressa Gray. Jamaicensis Sow. lineata Ad. maxima Sow. ? neritella Lam. nobilis Ad. ALCADIA. Brownei Gray. citrinolabris Ad. consanguinea Ad. dubiosa Ad. Gossei P. hirsuta Ad. Hollandi Ad. macilenta Ad. major Gray. megastoma Ad. microstoma Ad. palliata Ad. pusilla Ad. solitaria Ad. 31 32 PROSERPINA. bidentata Ad. linguifera Jonas. nitida Gray. pisum Ad. Marie-Galante. HELIX. badia F, HELICINA. fasciata Lam. Martinique. HELIX, auridens Rang. badia F. bracteola F. crassidens P. dentiens F. desidens Rang. discolor F. lychnuchus Mill. nigrescens Wood. ? nucleola Rang. nuxdenticulata Ch. obesa Bk. orbieulata F. pachygastra Gray. parilis F, stenostoma P. BULIMUS. chrysalis P. elongatus Bolt. Martinicensis P. multifasciatus Lam. ACHATINA, semitarum Rang. CYLINDRELLA. collaris F. SUCCINEA. Candeana Lea. haliotoidea Mitt. rubescens Dh. CYCLOTUS Martinicensis Sh. CYCLOPHORUS. rufescens Sow. CHOANOPOMA. occidentale P. HELICINA. Antillarum Sow. fasciata Lam. platycheila Mulhf. plicatula P. striatula Sow. Portorico (!°). HELIX. angulata F. Arecibensis P, bryodes Sh. Caracolla L. concolor F. dermatina Sh. diaphana Lam. euclasta Sh. Gundlachi P. lima F. Luquillensis Sh. marginella Gm. minuscula By. musicola Sh. obliterata F. plagioptycha Sh. Portoricensis P. Riisei P. squamosa F, subaquila Sh, velutina Lam. vortex P, BULIMUS. alabastrinus Sh. elongatus Bolt. exilis Gm. fraterculus F, Gompharium Sh. Goodalli Mil. hasta P. Hjalmarsoni P, liliaceus F. margaritaceus Sh. marginatus Say. nitidulus P. octonoides Ad. opalescens Sh. stylodon Sh. subula P. Swiftianus P. terebraster Lam. ACHATINA, acicularis Sh. octona Ch. OLEACINA. glabra P. interrupta Sh. Portoricensis’ P. suleulosa Sh. terebraeformis Sh. TORNATELLINA. Antillarum Sh. PUPA. hexodon Ad. microstoma P. pellucida P. striatella F. MACROCERAMUS. microdon P. CYLINDRELLA. pallida Guild. Geographical Distribution Portoricensis P. Riisei P. CLAUSILIA. tridens Ch. SIMPULOPSIS. Portoricensis Sh. SUCCINEA. approximans Sh. hyalina Sh. Riisei P. TRUNCATELLA. clathrus Lowe. pulchella P. subcylindrica Gray. MEGALOMASTOMA. eylindraceum Ch, verruculosum Sh. CHOANOPOMA. decussatum Lam. senticosum Sh, CISTULA. lineolata Lam. Riisei P. CHONDROPOMA. Blauneri Sh. Newcombianum Ad. Newtoni Sh. Swifti Sh. STOASTOMA. Portoricense P. HELICINA. fasciata Lam. foveata P, Hjalmarsoni P. phasianella Sow. striata Lam. subfusea Menke. trochulina O. umbonata Sh. vinosa Sh St. Bartholomew. HELIX. notabilis Sh. CHOANOPOMA. sulculosum F, St. Christopher. HELIX. Josephinae F, s. f. BULIMUS. exilis Gm. fraterculus F. multifasciatus Lam. SUCCINEA. patula Brug. HELICINA. fasciata Lam. of West India Land Shells. St. Croix ("). HELIX. Caracolla L. s. f. marginella Gm. s. 7. Santacruzensis P, variegata Ch. ? vortex P. BULIMUS. elongatus Bolt. extinctus P. s. 7. fraterculus F. marginatus Say. PUPA. rudis P. CYLINDRELLA. chordata P. SUCCINEA. Riisei P. CYCLOSTOMUS. fallax P.? CISTULA. rufilabris Beck. CHONDROPOMA. Santaeruzense P. St. John. “HELIX. euclasta Sh. nemoralina Pet. notabilis Sh. subaquila Sh. BULIMUS. elongatus Bolt. fraterculus F. Goodalli Mil. octonoides Ad. subula P. Swiftianus P. ACHATINA. octona Ch. Pupa. pellucida P. MACROCERAMUS, microdon P. CYLINDRELLA. pallida Guild. SUCCINEA. approximans Sh. MEGALOMASTOMA. Antillarum Sow. CHONDROPOMA. Newcombianum Ad. HELICINA. -phasianella Sow. subfusca Mk, AALCADIA rubella P. St. Lucia ('%). HELIx. orbiculata F, BULIMUS. aulacostylus P. St. Martin. BULIMUS. elongatus Bolt. exilis Gm. St. Thomas ('*). HELIX. euclasta Sh. Gundlachi P. incerta F. s. f. nemoralina Pet, ~ subaquila Sh. vortex P. ENNEA. bicolor Gould. BULIMUS. Barbadensis P. diaphanus P. elongatus Bolt. exilis Gm. fraterculus F, Goodalli Mil. gracillimus P. octonoides Ad. subula P. Swiftianus P. ACHATINA. Gundlachi P. octona Ch. PUPA. Jamaicensis Ad. pellucida P. MACROCERAMUS. microdon P. CYLINDRELLA. gracillicollis F. ? pallida Guild. SUCCINEA. approximans Sh. Barbadensis P. TRUNCATELLA. elathrus Lowe. pulchella P. subeylindrica Gray. MEGALOMASTOMA. Antillarum Sow. CHONDROPOMA. Newcombianum Ad. Santacruzense P. HELICINA. foveata P. subfusca Menke. ALCADIA, rubella P. St. Vincent. HELIX. cruentata Guild. livida Guild._ BULIMUS. auris-Sileni Born. exilis Gm. limnoides F. oblongus Mill. stramineus Guild. undulatus Guild. Vincentinus P. SUCCINEA. Cuvieri Guild. tigrina Less. HELICINA. occidentalis Guild. Tobago. BULIMUS. oblongus Mill. Tortola. HELIX. nemoralina Pet. notabilis Sh. ACHATINA. octona Ch. TORNATELLINA. Antillarum Sh. MACROCERAMUS. microdon P. signatus Guild. CYLINDRELLA. pallida Guild. CHONDROPOMA. Tortolense P. Trinidad (’*). HELIX. discolor F.? STREPTAXIS, deformis F. ENNEA. bicolor Gould. BuLIMuvUSs. Caraceasensis Rv, fraterculus F. glaber Gm. multifasciatus Lam. oblongus Mill. ORTHALICUS. undatus Brug. ACHATINA. octona Ch. TORNATELLINA. Antillarum Sh. CYLINDRELLA. Trinitaria P. CYCLOSTOMUS. citrinus Sow. 33 Bt Geographical Distribution Vieque. BULIMUS. SUCCINEA. HELIX. elongatus Bolt. approximans Sh. Caracolla L. exilis Gm. CHOANOPOMA. diaphana Lam. fraterculus F. decussatum Lam. dioscoricola Ad. octonoides Ad. senticosum Sh. euclasta Sh. Swiftianus P. suleulosum F. Gundlachi P. Viequensis P. HELICINA. lima F. ACHATINA. fasciata Lam. marginella Gm. octona Ch. foveata P. plagioptycha Sh, PuPA. phasianella Sow. Riisei P. pellucida P. vinosa Sh. subaquila Sh. NOTES. 1. Antigua.—The species which have come under my notice from this island, and St. Christopher, were collected by the Rey. A. Hamilton. 2. Bahamas.—The New Providence shells were collected by Mr. Wm. Cooper, and Mr. T. Smitten,—those from Turk’s Island by Mr. Theo. Gill and others. 3. Barbados.—For these shells I am indebted to the late Rev. J. Parkinson, Mr. Gill, &e. B. oblongus Mill. was introduced by Mr. Parkinson from St. Vincent. 4. Bermuda.—Collections were made by the late Prof. C. B. Adams, also by Mr. R. Swift, Mr. Temple Prime, myself, and others. As to H. microdonta Dh. extensively distributed as H. delitescens Sh. see my remarks, Annals vii. p. 140. 5. Cuba.—I have been liberally supplied with Cuban species, especially by Prof. Poey, Dr. Gundlach, Mr. Shuttleworth, Bishop Elliott, &e. Some errors may be detected in the Catalogue arising from differences of opinion and also of classification, of Poey and Pfeiffer. I should quote the following from Poey, Mem. ii. p. 406—“ Helices rostrata P., marginelloides O., Pazensis Py., transi- toria P., Arangiana Py., Gutierrezi Py., marginatoides O., mina P., varietates sunt H Sagemonis; quod in itinere Cl. J. Gundlach demonstratum est. Transi- tiones exstant ; animal in omnibus idem est.” As to H. Carpenteriana Bland, see Annals vii. p. 188. The occurrence in species belonging to Cyclostomacea, of a perforation at the upper margin of the aperture, is peculiar, I believe, to those inhabiting Cuba and the Bahamas. See Poey, Mem. ii. p. 40. 6. Grenada and Grenadines.—Dr. W. Newcomb collected in Grenada, and I have received shells from him, Rey. J. Parkinson, and Mr. R. Swift. 7. Guadeloupe.—I have had comparatively few authentic specimens from the French islands. Beau in his Catalogue (1858) excludes several species generally attributed to this island, 8. Haiti.—I am principally indebted for Haitian shells to M. Sallé, Mr. Cuming, and Mr. Swift. The discovery of Vitrina was made by Mr. Hjalmarson, in 1858. of West India Land Shells. 35 9. Jamaica.—Very numerous specimens collected by Prof. C. B. Adams, Mr. Chitty, M. Roy, myself, and others, have come under my notice. Pfeiffer Mon. iv. treats Geomelamia Greyana C. B. Ad., as a Cylindrella—it was so originally described by Adams, but he subsequently corrected the error. Many new species of Cyclotus and Stoastoma were described by Mr. Chitty in the Zool. Proc. in 1857, but. as they do not appear to have been adopted, I omit them. 10. Portorico and Viégue—-I received very many of the species of these islands, collected by the late Mr. Blauner, from Mr. Shuttleworth—also from Messrs. Swift, Riise, Knox, and others. 11. St. Croix —For these shells, as well as for those from St. John and Tortola I am principally indebted to Mr. A. H. Riise, H. Krebs, R. Swift, and H. Haig- ensen. Two semi-fossil species of Cyclostoma have been described by Pfeiffer— C. basicarinatum and C. chordiferum. 12. St. Lucia.—I am satisfied that the information afforded by the late Mr. McMurray as to the habitat of B. aulacostylus Pfr., was incorrect. It belongs to St. Lucia, as originally stated by the Rev. E. Hartvig. 13. St. Thomas.—Nearly all the species were collected by myself in 1852. See my Notes in Cont. to Conch, p. 215, and Annals, vi. p. 74. 14. Trinidad—From the late Mr. McMurray, and especially Mr. Theo. Gill, I received these shells. The names of several islands do not appear in the Catalogue, because I am ignorant as to the species inhabiting them—Dominica, for instance, from which I have never seen or even heard of any species. Further examination of Haiti, and other islands, as well as of the Continents of America, will doubtless afford many new species, but I do not anticipate that they will sensibly affect the con- clusions at which I have arrived with regard to the faunas of the islands. Although disagreeing with Pfeiffer as to the nomenclature and synonymy of some of the West India species, my limits do not permit of reference to such questions. In the Catalogue I have adopted his classification, and in a few instances have exercised my own judgment as to species, where I differ from him. Much labor has been bestowed on the Catalogue, and I would mention that my chief object in publishing it is to show the grounds on which my views as to the geographical distribution of the species generally are founded. At page 11 the numbers of Inoperculate and Operculate species which occur in the islands E. and S. of Viéque are stated to be 183 and 50, the species com- mon to more than one island being enumerated as belonging to each. The actual numbers, reckoning each species once only, are 103 Inoperculate, and 43 Operculate. ’ j is a iy , . 5 el 7 SNe + onc geet ote ati eats ‘ 4" ¥ 7 ‘ Li y ; f x 4 ta ‘ - ‘ + P Al » é % ‘aa i i " ’ al ~ j ex Le ee | , y 4 i ’ és ge : Peat | ' ae afi ? oa al ist ? at fas Ke tet a a " een he iM wn ' ~ Oe ee Sry supra] we sthaating 4 Wyeetd Pia cf ean o¥7 wer me encuatioe r \ RS pre age 3 rer [ ; ; ees ae + es 4 ; ; sind Yel = oat a tf ae “Tae aig Madara Rabe SEE yTve vi Fn) vie) ph retitob t oyht Peltat yey Bsa yh | : eae ‘i! bgt stawe (elec al area er enh e: an we. ' pagh Rip it, Ee abrsaite re + oe ee H stim Soars Me rere aes “ay beet * hea Teg i ot shea ima oie doe 2 h oN i biae? 2 = Notice of Land and Freshwater Shells. 1 Notice of Land and Freshwater Shells collected by Dr. J. G. Cooper in the Rocky Mountains, etc., m 1860. By T. Buanp anv J. G. Cooper. Read June 17, 1861. Reprinted from the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History, New York, Vol. VII., June, 1861. Tue shells, which form the subject of this paper, were col- lected by Dr. J. G. Cooper, during the progress of a military expedition under the command of Major Blake, U.S.A. The party went from St. Louis in the Spring of 1860 by steamboat to Fort Benton, crossed over the mountains from that point to the waters of the Columbia River, where it again embarked, and proceeded to the Pacific Coast. Dr. Cooper forwarded his notes and specimens to Mr. W. Cooper, who placed them in the hands of Mr. T. Bland with a view to the preparation of the subjoined notice. _ Helix Townsendiana Lea, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., vi. 99, pl. 23, f. 80. This species was brought by Mr. Nuttall, Dr. Townsend, and the United States Exploring Expedition from the neighborhood of the Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Dr. Cooper collected many examples, varying much in size, but none so large as those which we have seen from Oregon. The following is a copy of his note on the specimens,— The numerous small specimens were found in the dry prairie at the junction of Hell Gate and Bitter Root Rivers, and as I met with larger ones of various sizes in more damp situations of the woods, from an elevation of 4800 feet down to 2200 feet, at the base of the Bitter Root Range, I presume that the former is a dwarfed variety, such as is found also west of the Coast Moun- tains in Washington Territory. This is the most wide-spread species I have seen.” Other specimens forwarded by Dr. 2 | Notice of Land and Freshwater Shells. Cooper are labelled, “ both slopes of the Bitter Root Mountains from 5600 feet to 2200 feet.” In Binney’s Terr. Moll. II. 162, the greatest transverse dia- meter of Oregon examples, is said to be 1% inch. The following are the measurements of large and small speci- mens from Dr. Cooper’s shells. Diam. maj. 23, min. 20, Alt. 13.mil. <5 <9 ive 6c 133, 6c 9 66 The small variety is generally more strongly and coarsely wrinkled. Dr. Cooper in the Pacific R. R. Report, gives Puget’s Sound, W. T., as a habitat of this species,—it has also been found at Cape Disappointment, on the borders of Oregon and Washing- ton Territory. Helix Mullani, nov. sp. T. subobtecte-umbilicata, globoso-depressa, fusco-cornea, irregulariter striata, epidermide tenui, sub lente lineis spiralibus, et tuberculis (setos gerentibus?) munit&, sub epidermide nitid&; spira brevi; anfr. 53-6 convexis, ultimo antice gibbo, vix descendente, basi leeviusculo, ad aper- turam valde constricto; apertura subtriangulari, obliqua, dente brevi, albo, linguiformi, in pariete aperturali intrante subcoarctata ; perist. albo, vel rufo-corneo, expanso, fornicatim reflexo, bidentato, dentibus duobus albis in margine calli positis, 1 inferiore lamelliformi, altero, seepe obsoleto, parvo; margine columellari umbilicum mediocrem pervium semioc- cultante. Shell with umbilicus partially covered, globose-depressed, dark horn colored, irregularly striated, having a thin epidermis with microscopic spiral lines, and tubercles (the latter with hairs 7) ; beneath the epidermis shining; spire short ; whorls 5$ to 6, convex, the last gibbous above, scarcely descending, the base rather smooth, much constricted at the aperture ; aperture subtriangular, oblique, with a short white linguiform parietal Notice of Land and Freshwater Shells. 3 tooth; peristome white, or reddish horn colored, thickened, expanded, and roundly reflected, with two teeth on the margin of the callus, the lower one lamelliform, the other small, often obsolete, the columellar margin partially covering the middling sized pervious umbilicus. Diam. maj. 134, min. 11, Alt. 7 mill. Statcon.— Under logs and in dry pine woods. Habitat.—Dead specimens found near Coeur d’Aléne Mis- sion, Coeur d’Aléne Mountains ;—living ones on the west side of the Bitter Root Mountains, Washington Territory, J. G. Cooper!; St. Joseph’s River, 1st Camp, Oregon, Cabinet of W. G. Binney. Ltemarks.—This species is most nearly allied in form to H. Columbiana Lea* (Z. labiosa Gould), the peristome is however not only more thickened, but also singularly reflected behind the plane of the aperture, producing a canal behind it, leading from the upper margin into the umbilicus. Being tridentate it has some alliance with 47. tridentata Say, but that shell is of coarser texture, more depressed, has a more open umbilicus, and the form of the peristome and teeth are different. Dr. Cooper found a beautiful hyaline specimen under a stone “by the Bitter Root River, atan elevation of 4000 feet, ona hill ealled ‘Half Way’ 30 miles below the junction.” ‘This variety is much depressed, translucent, delicately striated, and has the parietal tooth only. The very thin epidermis shows the spiral lines, and the last whorl numerous scars of the tubercles mentioned in our description of the species. In Mr. Binney’s specimen from Oregon the umbilicus is wider, and not so much covered by the peristome as in the other examples. The species is named in honor of Lieutenant Mullan, U.S.A., who has done much in collecting the natural products of the region in which it was found. * A specimen of H. Columbiana Lea in the Cabinet of T. Bland, has a well de- veloped parietal tooth, the same as in H, thyroides Say. - Notice of Land and Freshwater Shells. Helix polygyrella, nov. sp. T. late umbilicata, discoidea, planulata, nitida, translucida, luteo-cornea, superne costulaté, costis ad aperturam obsoletis, basi leviuscula, spira vix elevata; anfr. 7-8 convexiusculis, lente accrescentibus, ultimo antice breviter deflexo, intus seriebus duobus remotis trium dentium munito; umbilico ad apicem pervio; apertura subverticali, obliqua, lunato-ovali ; perist. superne depresso, albo, simplici, valde incrassato, marginibus dente pliciformi, elevato, albo, triangulari junctis. Shell widely umbilicate, discoidal, flat, shining, translucent, yellowish horn colored, ribbed above, the ribs obsolete near the aperture, base rather smooth; spire scarcely elevated ; whorls 7-8, somewhat convex, gradually increasing, the last slightly deflexed above, armed within with two rows of three teeth, seen through the outer wall; umbilicus pervious, of equal size to the apex; aperture subvertical, oblique, lunate-oval; peri- stome depresseil above, white, simple, much thickened within, the margins joined by a white pliciform elevated triangular tooth. Diam. maj. 114, min. 103, Alt. 5 mill. Station.—Inhabits moss and decaying wood in the dampest parts of the spruce forests. Habitat—Common on the Coeur d’Aléne Mountairts, espe- cially on their eastern slope. J. G. Cooper! Remarks.—This very interesting species is unlike any shell, with which we are acgnainted, hitherto found on the North American Continent. Although entirely distinct from the Brazilian HZ. polygyrata Born it has some affinity with it, espe- cially as regards the form generally, and the presence of the internal teeth. “/. potygyrata has five teeth within the last whorl, three on the under surface of the outer wall, and two opposite to the others on the exterior of the penultimate whorl. Our species has two distinct rows of three teeth, all the teeth being on the Notice of Land and Freshwater Shells. 5 under surface cf the outer whorl; the first row nearly opposite to the aperture, the second between the first and the parietal tooth ; in one specimen, the second row is immediately behind that tooth, and visible through the shell just within the aperture. Helix Vuncouverensis Lea Trans. Amer. Phil. Soe. vi., 87, pl. a ey at Mr. Isaac Lea described this from specimens brought by Mr. Nuttall from the banks of the Columbia River, Oregon. In 1840, Dr. Binney (Bost. J]. iii. 872) considered it the same as [. concava Say, although he afterwards (Terr. Moll. ii. 166), in deference to the opinions of others, treated it as distinct. The two are certainly very closely allied. Dr. Gould described H. sportella* (Bost. Proe. ii. 167) in 1846; it was brought by the U.S. Exploring Expedition from Puget Sound, Oregon. Gould’s differs from Lea’s species in having the incremental strie more or less decussated by revolving lines, giving it a granulated appearance. In some individuals the decussation is to a great extent obsolete, or confined to the upper whorls only, and it seems to us that the two species cannot be sepa- rated. The same differences prevail in forms of the Cuban 7. Sagemon Beck. H. vellicata Forbes is certainly identical with Lea’s species. } H. Vancouverensis has a wide distribution. Dr. Cooper col- lected it “ on the west side of the Coeur d’ Aléne Mountains, W.T. in the forests of Conifere, &c., such as it inhabits west of the Cascade range.” He remarks, “there is a wide plain between those two ranges quite uninhabitable by Helices on account of drought, for a distance of about two hundred miles, but this species and H. Zownsendiana Lea probably extend round its north end through the forests near lat. 49° N.” We have it from the vicinity of Crescent City, California (Dr. W. * In form and sculpture Z. sporie’/a is curiously allied to H. euspira Pfr. from Venezuela. 6 Notice of Land and Freshwater Shells. Newcomb!), also from Oregon City, and Whidby’s Island, W, T. It is found on the Pacific coast from Puget Sound to San Diego, Lower California. Helix strigosa Gould Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. 166. This species was brought by the U. S. Exploring Expedition from the interior of Oregon. Dr. Cooper found it in Washington Territory “on the Rocky Mountains by the Bitter Root River, at an elevation of 4000 feet, eestivating under logs of pine, on a steep slope of shale containing lime in veins.” The shells collected by Dr. Cooper are of smaller dimensions than those given by Gould, the former measure diam. maj. 19, min. 17, alt. 7 mill. The outer whorl is more carinated, with a more distinct reddish brown band above, and also below the periphery. In some the penultimate whorl shows at the suture its acutely carinated edge, excavated near the margin, and with an impressed line, as in ZZ. Cumberlandiana Lea. The some- what distant spiral lines at the base, intersecting the incremental strize, produce a semi-granulated appearance. In old examples’ the margins of the peristome are joined by a parietal callous deposit. This species also occurs in the Big Horn Mountains, in Nebraska, and on the Rio Piedra, in W. New Mexico. One specimen reached us with the animal alive; kept in a glass vessel with moist grass, it deposited six young shells, each having 2-2} whorls. The species is, it would seem, viviparous. Helix Cooperi W.G. Binney Proc. Acad. N. 8. Phila. 1858, p. Lie: Mr. Binney described this from specimens found by Dr. F. V. Hayden (Yellow Stone River Expl. Exped.), among the Black Hills of Nebraska. We can refer only to this a number Notice of Land and Freshwater Shells. 7 of shells collected by Dr. Cooper on the east side of Mullan’s Pass, in the Rocky Mountains, W.T., Lat. 46° 30’ N., at an elevation of 5500 feet. The shells, however, attain a very much larger size than those described by Mr. Binney,—his (5 whorls) are diam. maj. 15, min. 18, alt. 9mill., whereas Dr. Cooper’s specimens (6 whorls) measure diam. maj. 25, min. 23, alt. 12 mill. In those before us the outer whorl is little deflected at the aperture, and the shell, altogether larger, is less globose; the color is also differ- ent, Dr. Cooper’s examples are generally of a light ash-grey color, the upper part prettily tesselated with reddish brown patches of varied shades, and the last whorl has two bands of the same color, one above and the other below the periphery. The surface in fresh specimens has a granulated appearance, the incremental strie being crossed by numerous distinet impressed spiral lines. This species has marked affinities with JZ. strigosa Gould, indeed, on a cursory examination might perhaps pass as a variety, but the difference in color and sculpturing, its more elevated spire, and narrower umbilicus, seem to entitle it to specific distinction. We find a colorless worn specimen, with umbilicus more like that of 4. strigosa, and which may be an elevated form of that species, or a variety of 7. Cooperi. This species also occurs on the Big Horn Mountains, Nebras- ka; on the west side of the Wind River Mountains; andeon the Rio Piedra, W. New Mexico. Heliz solitarva Say Jour. Acad. N.S. Phila. ii., p. 157. Dr. Cooper collected many specimens on both slopes of the Coeur d’Aléne Mountains, particularly in the bush and fern covered openings in the forests, at elevations exceeding 2500 feet. This well known species inhabits a wide area. Say described a single dead example from Lower Missouri. It 8 Notice of Land and Freshwater Shells. occurs also in Michigan, Indiana, and Ohio. A small variety, sometimes without bands, is found on Strontian Island, Lake Erie. One of Dr. Cooper’s specimens has a very unusual arrangement of color,—the entire shell is dark reddish brown, with a single pale band at the periphery. | The shell found by Dr. Hayden at Bridger’s Pass, Nebraska, and referred to by Mr. W. G. Binney (Proc. Acad. N.S. Phila. 1858, p. 115) as a small variety of ZZ. solitaria is evidently the young state of H. Coopert W. G. Binney. Helix arborea Say Nich. Ene. iv., pl. 4, f. 4. Dr. Cooper met with this species in damp bottom lands along the lower valley of the Hell Gate River, at an elevation of about 4500 feet. The wide distribution of ZZ. arborea is remarkable, it is found from Labrador to Texas, from Florida to Nebraska, also on the Rio Chama in New Mexico. It is likewise said by Bean to inhabit the island of Guadeloupe, West Indies. Férussac, in a letter to Say (1820), the original of which is in the possession of T. Bland, expresses his belief that HZ. arborea is found in Guadeloupe. Helix striatella Anthony Jl. Bost. Soc. N. H. iii. pl. 3, f. 2. Dr. Gooper also found this in the same locality as H. arborea Say. Its range is from Canada East to Kansas, and from Pem- bina on the Red River of the North to Virginia. Succinea rusticana Gould Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. 1846, p- 187. This species was brought by the U. S. Exploring Expedition from Oregon. Dr. Cooper collected it on the Rocky Mountains of the Bitter Root Valley, at elevations from 2500 to 4500 feet. Notice of Land and Freshwater Shelis. 9 The following fresh water species, as determined with the assistance of Messrs. Lea, Binney, and Prime, were also collected in the mountains by Dr. Cooper: Melania plicifera Lea Limnea fragilis L. a) humilis Say Physa hypnorum L. Hell Gate River. heterostropha Say Planorbis trivolvis Say parvus Say ? Spherium occidentale Prime Limneea fragilis L. bulimoides L. desidiosa 8. Physa heterostropha S. Missouri River above the Falls. ay SY OS \-- Spheerium striatinum Lam J Leptoxis. Amunicola. Ancylus. Unio luteolus Lam. Margaritana margaritifera L. This latter was found in the “ Missouri River above the Falls, and also in the Spokan River below Lake Coeur d’Aléne.” It is the purple variety, hitherto only brought from the Pacific coast. Fe tue ; ate 10 ll acre. CCG ie wtlg sh : ry J \ Teg » 46 preog rt ’ tad REMARKS ON CLASSIFICATIONS OF NORTH AMERICAN _ HELICES BY EUROPEAN AUTHORS, AND ESPECIALLY BY H, & A: ADAMS anp ALBERS. | By Tuomas Buanp. Read October 12th, 1863. Reprinted from the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History, New York, Vol. viii. Oct. 1868. No classification or arrangement of Terrestrial Mollusks, embracing the numerous Genera and Sub-genera proposed by European authors, has at present been attempted or discussed by American Conchologists. In this paper I propose to give particulars of, and observa- tions especially upon the classifications* by H. & A. Adams, (Genera of Lecent Mollusca, Il., London, 1855), and by Albers, (Die Heliceen, Leipsic, 1860, 2d Hd., by Von Martens), of the species of Helix which inhabit North America, exclusive of the Pacific Coast and Mexico. | * Tt is to be regretted that the first parts only of Gray’s Catalogue of Pulmo- -nata, London, 1855, and Guide to the Systematic Distribution of Mollusca, London, 1857, issued from the British Museum, have at present been published. _ i i) Remarks on Classifications of The following extracts from the lists of species given in the former work will show the views of H. & A. Adams; the cor- rections printed in Italic letters, are added by myself. Fam. HELICID AL. Susram. HELICIN&. Gen. Miclix L. Subgen. Porymrra Beck. varians Menke. | Gey. Macrocyclis Beck. Subgen. Vatrontra Risso. annulata Case costata Mill. is exigua Stimp. pulchella Mull. Gey. Anchistomat Klein. Ariadne Pfr. Jabyrinthicum Lea auriculatum Say. as labyrinthicum Say. avarum Say. Lecontii Lea cereolum Mublf. is loricatum Could, clausum Raf. loricatum Gould. is inflectum Say. major Binn. convexum Raf. as var. of albolabris Say. is monodon M. & R. monodon M. & R. dentiferum Binn. obstrictum Say. Dorfeuillianum Lea. oppilatum Mor. Edgarianum Lea. palliatum Say. fallax Say. pustulatum Fer. fraternum Say is pustula Fer, is var. of monodon M. & R. Roemeri Pfr. germanum Gould. Rugeli Shuttl. Hindsi Pfr. Sayi Binn. hippocrepis Pfr. spinosum Lea. hirsutum Say. Texasianum Moric. Hopetonense Shuttl. tridentatum Say. + “ Shell orbiculately depressed, the umbilicus open or covered; whorls 5-7, the last detlexed at the aperture, often gibbous; aperture contracted, lunate, sub- triangular ; peristome reflexed, usually dentate; inner lip with a linguiform or tooth-like callus, often uniting the margins.” In the Synonymy of Anchistoma H. & A. Adams have Stenotrema Raf., Ulostoma Albers, Triodopsis Raf, Deda- locheila Beck, Isogonostoma Fitz., etc. Gen. of Recent Moll., I, 205. —— = North American Helices. 3 Troostianum Lea. volvoxis Parr uvuliferum Shuttl. is var. of septemvolva Say ? ventrosulum Pfr. vultuosum Gould. Subgen. Mzsopon Raf. albolabrum Say. multilineatum Say. appressum Say. Pennsylvanicum Green, elevatum Say. thyroides Say. Michelianum Lea zaleta Say ts Mitchelianum Lec. is exoleta Binn. Subgen. Potyeyra* Say. fastigiatum Say profundum Say. is fastigans L. W. Say. septemvolva Say. Gen. Eberus Mont. Subgen. Campyiaza Beck. electrinus Gould sportella Gould is viridula Menk. is var. of Vancouverensis Lea. Syn. pura Alder. strigosus Gould. Subgen. Artanta Leach. Townsendianus Lea. Gen. Hygromia Risso.t Berlanderiana Moric. planorboides Raf. griseola Pfr. is concava Say. hispida L. rufescens Penn. Fam. STENOPID. Susram. HELICELLINA.$ ~ Gen. Sagda Beck. Subgen. Gasrroponra Albers. gularis Say. interna Say. * “Shell discoidal, more or less carinated on the upper edge of the whorls, umbi- licated ; aperture longer than broad; lips thickened, toothed or folded and con- tinued, folds concave beneath; pillar-lip raised above the preceding whorl and concave beneath.”—Say Jour. Acad. I. 276. 1818. W. G. Binney’s Ed. p. 10. + In the Synonymy of Hygromia is Fruticicola Held.—Gen. of Kecent Moll. .¢c. 214, } In the text, Helicelline stands as a subfamily of Oleacinide, but in the Ap- pendix II. 639, H. & A. Adams add the following :—‘ This sub-family having a caudal gland should be removed to the family Stenopide.” Remarks on Classifications of Jasmodon Phill. multidentata Gould lineata Say. is multidentata Binn. _ macilenta Shuttl. is lasmodon Phill. Gen. Zomites Montfort. fuliginosa Griff. Subgen. Conuxus Fitzinger. egena Say. Gundlachi Pfr. fulva Drap. ligera Say. Syn. ehersina Say. stenotrema Fer. Gren. Discus* Fitzinger. alternatus Say. planorboides Raf. mordax Shuttl. is concava Say. as var. of Cumberlandiana Lea. solitarius Say. perspectivus Say. striatellus Anthon. Vancouverensis Lea. Gen. Helicellat Lamarck. arborea Say. nitida Miill. caduca Pfr. Syn. hydrophila Ingalls ? cellaria Mill. placentula Shuttl. demissa Binn. is capsella Gould. fuliginosa Griff. pura Alder. inornata Say. Syn. electrina Gould. intertexta Binn. unidentata Say leevigata Raf. as indentata Say. ligera Say. vortex Pfr. minuscula Binn. - In the above lists incongruous for.:.s both of shell and animal are placed together, allied forms are separated, and in several cases the names of species are repeated in different genera or sub-genera, and even in different families. * Patula Held. is in the Synonymy of Discus.—Gen. of Recent Moll. 1. c. 116. + “Tentacles short; edge-teeth of tongue aculeate. Mantle thickened and slightly reflected; tail obliquely truncated. Shell depressed, vitreous, shining, umbilicated ; whorls regularly increasing, the last not descending at the aper- iure; aperture rotundately lunar; peristome thin, straight.” H. & A. Adams have in the Synonymy of Helicella, Hyalina Fer., not Schwm. and Zonites Gray not Montf.— Gen. of Recent Moll. 1. c. 118. SS ie = ee ee eee “ fo) ag my a North American Helices. 5 Among other characteristics of the Fam. Helicide, H. & A. Adams give :—“ foot elongated, with the hind part simple and pointed behind, not glandiferous” (II. 126); and of the Fam. Stenopide : “ foot long and narrow, abruptly truncated behind, and furnished with a distinct, mucous, caudal gland” (II. 221) ; yet I find in the lists above quoted the following inconsist- encies :-— Fam. HEtici 2. Fam, STENOPIDA. Anchistoma hirsutum Say. . Zonites stenotrema Fer. Tberus electrinus Gould. Helicella pura Alder. “ sportella Gould. Discus Vancouverensis Lea. Hygromia planorboides Raf. “ planorboides Raf. Looking at the lists of species in the different genera and sub- genera, I notice :— Anchistoma cereolus Mublf. t Polygyra septemvolva Say. i volvoxis Parr. . major Binn. Mesodon albolabris Say. % palliatum Say. “¢ appressum Say. 'g Troostianum Lea. Polygyra fastigiatum Say. Zonites fuliginosa Griff, Helicella fuliginosa Griff. The arrangement of the North American Helices by Albers (Die Heliceen, 2d ed.) is certainly far more reliable and con- sistent than that of H. & A. Adams. It is based on a better knowledge of their forms and of the characters of the animals. The lists* given by the former are not simply alphabetical, as are those of the latter, but the affinities of the species are con- sidered, their habitats stated, and geographical distribution is largely taken into account. The following extracts (to which I also add corrections, printed in Italic letters) are from the above mentioned work of Albers. “* It will be understood that I extract from the lists given in both the works referred to the names only (with few exceptions) of the species which occur in North America exclusive of the Pacific Coast and Mexico, 6 Remarks on Classifications of HELICEA. B. Vitrinea. Gen. XI. Myalima (Fér.) Gray. 1. Hyauiya s. str. Type. 4H. cellaria Miill. eellaria Mill. indentata Say. viridula Menke. arborea Say. Syn. pura Alder. Ottonis Pfr. “ electrina Gould. is arborea Say ? limatula Ward. 2. Mesompuix Raf. Type. 4H. olivetorum Hermann, fuliginosa Griff. demissa Binn. * lucubrata Say. placentula Shuttl. inornata Say. 4 is capsella Gould. subplana Binn. ligera Say. laevigata Raf. intertexta Binn. 4, AmmMonoceRAS Pfr. Type. H. euspira Pfr. eaduca Pfr. 6. Conuxus (Fitz.) Moq-Tand. Type. H. fulva Drap. falva Drap. Fabricii Beck. Syn. chersina Say. Gundlachi Pfr. 7. Gastroponta Albers. Type. H. interna Say. bicostata Pfr. labyrinthica Say. is gularis Say. lineata Say. interna Say. multidentata Gould gularis Say. is multidentata Binn. suppressa Say. Jasmodon Phill. macilenta Shuttl. is lasmodon Phill. * This is mentioned as from Ohio and Georgia, whereas it is a Mexican species. H. lucubrata Binn. (levigata Raf.) is probably intended. Vide Remarks on N. Amer. Helicide. Annals, VII. 130. North American Helices. f Gey, XII. Macrocyclis Beck. Type. M. laxata Fer. vellicata Forbes concava Say. as Vancouverensis Lea. (planorboides Raf.) Vancouverensis Lea, C. Helicacea. Gen. XV. Helix Linn. 2. Microruysa Albers. Type. H. Boothiana Pfr. minuscula Binn. incrustata Poey. vortex Pfr. 5, Paruta Held. Type. H. rotundata Mill. perspectiva Say. mordax Shuttl. striatella Anthon. is var. of Cumberlandiana Lea. exlgua Stimp. solitaria Say. Cumberlandiana Lea. strigosa Gould. alternata Say. sportella Gould as var. of Vancouverensis Lea. 15, Potyayra Say. Type. 4H. auriculata Say. cereolus Mublf. Ariadne Pfr. ?} volvoxis Parr Hindsi Pfr. var. of septemvolva Say ? oppilata Mor. delitescens Shuttl. ventrosula Pfr. Troostiana Lea. hippocrepis Pfr. fatigiata Say (non Binn.)j auriculata Say. is fastigans L. W. Say. uvulifera Shuttl. * microdonta Desh. avara Say. Texasiana Moric. * The habitats given of H. microdonta are Key West and Bermuda. The Key West shell has been described by me (Annals VII. 138) as H. Carpenteriana. The Bermuda shell has been distributed at H. delitescens Shutil. in litt. ; it is, I believe, H. microdonta Desh. Remarks on Classifications of 16. SrenotremA Raf. Type. H. spinosa Lea. hirsuta Say. germana Gould. maxillata Gould. pustula Fer. stenotrema Fér. leporina Gould. Edgariana Lea. Lecontii Lea spinosa Lea. is loricata Gould. monodon Rack. barbigera Redf. | 17. Trroporsis Raf. Type. H. palliata Say. Rugeli Shuttl. fallax Say. inflexa Say tridentata Say. is inflecta Say. palliata Say. loricata Gould. var. obstricta Say. clausa Say. appressa Say. vultuosa Gould. divesta Gould. hopetonensis Shuttl. elevata Say. 18. Mesopon Raf. Type. H. albolabris Say. thyreoides Say. dentifera Binn. bucculenta Gould. var. Roemeri Pfr. exoleta Binn. multilineata Say. var. albolabris Say. pennsylvanica Green. major Bion. Jugallsiana Shuttl. zs var. of albolabris Say. is Ingallsiana Shutil. profunda Say. Mitchelliana Lea, Sayi Binn. 20. ACANTHINULA Beck. Type. H. aculeata Mill. harpa Say. 21. VatuonrA Risso. pulchella Mill. a. costata. b. pulchella, 23. Fruricicoia Held. Type. H. hispida L. rufescens Penn. hispida L, North American Helices. 9 87. AriontaA Leach. Type. H. arbustorum L. Townsendiana Lea. 5S. Potymira Beck. Type. H. muscarum Lea. varians Menke, submeris Migh. is varians Menke. Looking at the lists of Albers, I do not understand why Z. caduca Pfr. should not be in the same genus with fuliginosa, ete. LH. labyrinthica Say, with reflected lip, isin Gastrodonta (sub-gen. of Hyalina), but the characteristic peristome both of genus and sub-genus, as described, is of the one “ tenue, acu- tum, rectum,” and of the other, “simplex, acutum.” [Pfeiffer (Malak. Blatt.) has this species in Mesodon. Z. sportella Gould, in my opinion, var. of Vancowverensis Lea (Annals VII. 366), is in Patula (sub-gen. of Helix), while Lea’s species is in Macro- eyclis. ZZ. clausa Say and divesta Gould are in Triodopsis, of which palliata Say is the type, but they have no teeth, and must have been misunderstood ; they seem to belong rather to Mesodon. H. obstricta is considered a var. of palliata, albolabris of exoleta, and Lvoemers of dentifera ; in the opinion of American Conchologists all are distinct species. LH. Ingalisiana Shuttl, (Mesodon), misspelt in the list quoted Jugalisiana, was so named in compliment to Dr. T. R. Ingalls of Greenwich, N. Y., but not described by Shuttleworth, who several years ago called my attention toit. Hesent me a plate (executed under his direction), in which it is figured with 7. clausa, Mitchelliana, Pennsylvanica, and Columbiana. It appears in form more like, but smaller, than Pennsylvanica, . having a somewhat similarly shaped aperture, without, how- ever, the callosity on the lower margin of the lip; the umbi- licus partially open. I have seen no specimen agreeing with the figures. 10 Remarks on Classifications of After arranging a series of typical specimeus from my Cabi- net in accordance with the classification of Albers, I prepared and annex a copy of a Catalogue of all the species which inha- bit North America (exclusive of the Pacific Coast and Mexico) ; the order in which they are given is based on that of Albers, but with changes in agreement with, and so as further to illustrate the views herein expressed. Comparing my Catalogue with the lists of Albers, it will be noticed that I place together at the commencement, H. fuli- ginosa and the allied species. I do so because several at least of the animals of those species are known to have the mucous pore or slit on the posterior termination of the foot, in which they agree with the animal of the genus Zonites. Dr. Binney (Terr. Moll. IT.), in his descriptions of the animals of the undermentioned species, gives the following among other characters: | H. fuliginosa Griff—* a double marginal furrow runs along the sides of the foot, from the head nearly to the posterior extremity, where it passes upwards, and joins that from the opposite side, leaving posteriorly a flattened rounded extremity, somewhat prominent and glandular. Upon the centre of the extremity is a longitudinal fissure, or. sinus, which is sometimes expanded, and at other times closed and invisible. Secretion of mucus from the extremity profuse.” (p. 223. HT, laevigata Raf. (lucubrata Binn.)—“ margin of foot furrowed, fur- rows meeting over posterior termination. Caudal extremity bluish above, with agland.” (p. 225.) H, inornata Say a marginal furrow extending along the edges of the foot, and meeting above and before its posterior termination, Behind the junction is a prominent, sub-conical, bluish-white gland, on the extre- rity of the foot.” (p. 227.) W. G. Binney and myself are enabled, from personal obser- vation, to corroborate the statement of Dr. Binney as to the existence of the mucous pore in fuliginosa and laevigata, and have noticed it also in kopnodes. Looking at the forms of the shells, I assume its presence in friabilis and caduca, and suspect that it will be found in subplana and seulptilis, although the latter has considerable affinity with cndentata. North American Helices. 11 Gray (Catal. of Pulmonata, 1855) has the genus Zonites in the Family Arionidx, butin a paper, “ On the Arrangement of the Land Pulmoniferous Moliusca into Families” (Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. VI., 3d Series, 267, 1860), he suggests im- portant changes in the arrangement proposed in the Catalogue. In the paper referred to he thus characterizes and remarks on the family Parmacellide, to which, as I understand it, he anticipates that Zonites will be found to belong: | “Mantle central, large, shield-like, free in front, more or less covered with a spiral shell. Young and adult alike. Foot truncated behind, with a subterminal gland. Parmacellus, Mariella, Laconia (Cat. pp. 62, 63), Vitrinella, Nanina, and the allied genera, will probably be found to belong to this family when the animals are more closely exa- mined.” With the description of Zonites, in which he places one Ame- rican species only (ewryomphalus Pfr., from Guatemala), Gray introduces an account from Feérussac (Zab. Sys. 10) of the animal of 17. algira L., the type of the genus, in which the fol- lowing occurs :—“ If the mucous pore does not exist in this species as in the Arions, a well marked slit is to be observed in its place, to which the grooves on the upper part of the foot tend.” Albers thus describes the Genus Zonites :-— “Zonites Montfort. T. umbilicata, orbiculato-convexa vel depressa, striata vel decussata, subtus laevis, nitida; anfr. 6-7 sensim accrescentes ; apertura obliqua, lunaris; perist. rectum, acutum, intus leviter labiatum. “ Maxilla magna, simplex, parum arcuata, a latere attenuata, medio tuberculo valido, rostriformi munita. Palpi labiales distincti. Porus mucosus oblongus in apice pedis. Radula denticulis marginalibus elon- gatis, aculeiformibus. Folliculi mucosi, bursa et sagitta amatoria desunt, flagellum obsoletum, vagina papillis mucosis orbiculatim cir- cumdata.” Die Heliceen, 2 ed. p. 65. Albers divides the genus into two subgenera, viz. Aegopis Fitz. and Moreletia Pfr., of which algirus L. and euryompha- lus Pfr. are the types. He has no American species excepting euryomphalus in the genus, and although extensively remark- ing on Dr. Binney’s writings places fuliginosa and its allies 12 Remarks on Classifications of in Mesomphix, a subgenus of Hyalina, in the description | of the animal of which no reference is made to the mucous pore. I should mention that Dr. Binney (Zerr. Afoll. I. 253), in his description of the animal of HZ. suppressa Say, adds: “ On the upper surface of the extremity of the foot is a longitudinal fissure or furrow, from which mucus exudes in great quantities, and which the animal shuts and closes at will.” I have very lately examined the animal referred to, and find the above state- ment correct. Dr. Binney does not allude to that character in his notice on the animal of the very closely allied HZ. gularis Say, which I have not at present seen. Looking at the shells alone of suppressa and gularis, they seem to belong to the same genus, but the absence of the mucous pore in the animal of the latter will widely separate these species. Differences appear to exist in the form and structure of the mucous pore or slit (subcaudal gland), requiring careful exa- mination. Albers, referring to the fulcrum, first mentioned by Lea, has in his description of the genus Stenotrema the following :—“ In quarta parte circuitus anfractus ultimi ante aperturam, colu- mella appendice callosa, lamelliformi, cavationem anfractus coarctante, munita est.” In my “ Remarks on certain species of North American Heli- cide” (Annals VI. and VIIL.), and also in my “ Wotes on the toothed Helices of North America” (Annals, VIL. 442), I made various observations on the fulcrum and its modifications, but some further explanation on the subject is necessary. The following species have the same form of that accessory process as prevails in spinosa, the type of Stenotrema, viz. : H. monodon M. & R. H. hirsuta Say. barbigera Redf. . Jabrosa Bld. Edvardsi Bld. maxillata Gould. Edgariana Lea. leporina Gould. stenotrema Fér, pustuloides Bld. North American LHelices. 13 A simple, small, transverse tubercle, which I have called a ‘modification of the fulcrum, is found in— H. pustula Fer. H. Troostiana Lea. tholus W. G. By. fastigans L. W. Say. “ var, Mooreana W.G. By. hippocrepis Pfr. Dorfeuilliana Lea. loricata Gould. In my “ Notes” above referred to I placed 7. Hazardi in section “D. Lip reflected, with fulcrum ;” but in my “ Re- marks” (Annals VI. 398) I more correctly described it as follows :— } “In H. Hazardi the inferior tooth of the labrum, at its inner end, is continued back within the aperture, forming a white, erect lamella on the floor of the whorl, parallel with, and leaving a narrow sinus between it and the inner wall, to which it is joined at its extremity, about 24 mill. from the edge of the peristome.” In ZZ. vultuosa and its near ally Z. introferens, the lamella on the lower lip is continued within the aperture, where it ter- minates in a somewhat diagonal, elevated callus. The lamella in Hazardi, and callus in the two above named species, placed much nearer to their apertures than the fulerum or tubercle in those enumerated in the two preceding lists, can scarcely, perhaps, be considered as modifications of the fulcrum. It will be noticed that Albers places in Stenotrema ZH. pustula, also H. Lecontit Lea from California (the latter as lorecata Gould, which name has priority, in Triodopsis), both having the tubercle as in Zroostiana and other species put by Albers in Polygyra. LZ. germana Gould, from California, also in Steno- trema, has no fulerum or any modification of it. fH. spinosa and the species more immediately allied to it, having the same form of fulcrum, are grouped together in my Catalogue, while those having the tubercle and //. Hazardi, all polygyral in character, are separated from them. . lepo- rina and pustuloides, with the fulcrum of spinosa, are placed apart; in general form they seem also to belong rather to Poly- gyra than Stenotrema. HH. vultuosa and introferens precede 14 Remarks on Classifications of species determined by Albers to be in Triodopsis. . hippo- crepts (with the tubercle as in pustula), having a reflexed hook far within the aperture, connects the group in which the latter is placed with that embracing auriculata and its allies. The value, as generic characters, of the fulerwm and tubercle above described (existing in North American species only, so far as I am informed), remains to be decided. No scientific arrangement of the North American Helices can, however, be framed until more is known of the animals. Dr. Gray (Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist. l. c. 268) remarks on “ the impossibility of defining with accuracy and certainty, from the examination of the shell alone, the genus, family, or even order to which a Mollusk may belong ;” adding that, “shells similar in external appearance and character have animals of different conformation and habits.” In this connexion I would mention that Mr. W. G. Binney and myself are now aiding in an investi- gation of the jaws and lingual teeth of as many North American species as possible, of which figures will be published in a work now being prepared for the Smithsonian Institution. The chief object of this paper being to facilitate and encou- rage inquiry by affording information, I conclude by annexing to the Catalogue copies of the descriptions, given by Albers, of the principal Genera and Subgenera in which he arranges the American species of Helix herein mentioned. North American Llelices. 15 Catalogue of the Species of Helix which inhabit North Ame- rica (exclusive of the Pacific Coast and Mewico), arranged especially with reference to the forms of the Shells, and show- ing the Genera and Subgenera in which they are placed by Pfeiffer and Albers. PFEIFFER, 1855. Aupers, 1860. Malak. Blatt. Die Heliccen. Gen. Hetix. Gen. Hyatina. Subgenera. Subgenera. fuliginosa Griff. | Hyalina Mesomphix kopnodes W. G. Binn. = = friabilis cs = = caduca Pfr. cy Ammonoceras inornata Binn. subplana “ laevigata Raf. sculptilis Bld. * | Mesomphix cellaria Mill. nitida a hydrophila Ing. ? tarborea (74 66 6¢ limatula Ward viridula Menke electrina Gould indentata Say me * Elliotti Redf. = a * demissa Binn. «“ Mesomphix eapsella Gould = é ligera Say “ t“ intertexta Binn. 6 ‘“ * fulva Drap. Conulus Conulus chersina Say egena a 2 Fabricii Beck & 6 Gundlachi Pfr. ‘4 66 x gularis Say | Gastrodonta Gastrodonta suppressa Say és ul Notr.—The species marked = in the columns of the above Catalogue are not named by the Authors in the lists quoted. 16 Lemarks on Classifications of Jasmodon Phill. * interna Say multidentata Binn. lineata Say % tpolygyrella Bld. & Coop. labyrinthica Say Hubbardi Brown * +Vancouverensis Lea var. sportella Gould. concava Say * minuscula Binn. milium Morse minutissima Lea vortex Pfr. incrustata Poey * asteriscus Morse exigua Stimp. perspectiva Say tstriatella Anthon. alternata Say Cumberlandiana Lea “ var. mordax Shutt. tstrigosa Gould tCooperi W. G. Binn. tsolitaria Say # cereolus Mulbf. Carpenteriana Bld. septemvolva Say “ var. volvoxis Parr. * Texasiana Moric. triodontoides Bld. Hindsi Pfr. ventrosula Pfr. * oppilata Mor. auriformis Bld. Preirrer, 1855. Malak. Blatt. Gen. HeEttx. Subgenera. Actinaria “ “ Mesodon Macrocyclis + Hyalina “cc Patula Polygyra “ “ Daedalocheila Uldebsina Daedalocheila ALBERs, 1860. Die Heliceen. Gey. HYAtLina. Subgenera. Gastrodonta. Macrocyclis (GEN.) Patula (Heurx) | Macrocyclis (GEN.) Genus Heiix Subgenera Microphysa Polygyra “ “ “ North American Helices. PreiFFer, 1855. Malak. Blatt. Die Heliceen. Axsers, 1860. avara Say espiloca Rav. Postelliana Bld. auriculata Say uvulifera Shuttl. Ariadne Pfr, ** hippocrepis Pfr. + pustula Fér. tholus W. G. Binn. “ var. Mooreana W.G. B. Dorfeuilliana Lea Troostiana é fastigans L. W. Say * Hazardi Bld. x leporina Gould pustuloides Bld. * monodon M. & Rack. barbigera Redf. Edvardsi Bld. spinosa Lea Edgariana Lea ~ stenotrema Fér. hirsuta Say labrosa Bld. maxillaia Gould. * vultuosa Gould introferens Bld. * inflecta Say Rugeli Shuttl. tMullani Bld. & Coop. Hopetonensis Shuttl. tridentata Say fallax e palliata “ obstricta =“ appressa “ * elevata s- Gen. Hetrx. Subgenera. Daedalocheila Isogonostoma Ulostoma Daedalocheila 4 Ulostoma — — Tridopsis 66 sc “6 Ulostoma Isogonostoma;, Ulastoma 6s Mesodon 2 Gen. Herix. Subgeneru. Polygyra Stenotrema Triodopsis 18 Remarks on Classifications of PreiFFeR, 1855. ALsBeErs, 1860. Malak. Blatt. Die Heliceen. ig Gen. Hetrx. pate Gen. HELIx. Subgenera, Subgenera, Clarkii Lea = = * Christyii Bld. = = * thyroides Say Mesodon ~ | Mesodon bucculenta Gould = “ Wheatleyi Bld. = = exoleta Binn, ¥ . albolabris Say sa é “var. major Binn. “, ¢ dentifera Binn. Ulostoma si Roemeri Pfr. Fe 4 profunda Say os . Sayii Binn. ~ | ws: * 3 m ultilineata Say Mesodon ne Pennsylvanica Green 4 hi clausa Say = Triodopsis Mitchelliana Lea . | Mesodon Downieana Bld. aes = divesta Gould b= Triodopsis % . harpa Say Sex Acanthinula * pulchella Mill. Vallonia Vallonia costata - “a * rufescens Penn. Hygromia Fruticicola hispida L. “. y! * jejuna Say oe = Berlanderiana Moric. Galaxias = griseola Pfr. . = * +Townsendiana Lea Arianta Arionta * hortensis Miill. Tachea Tachea * | aspersa Mill. Pomatia Pomatia # varians Menke Phaedra Polymita Species not Identified. H. bulbina Desh. H, Ingallsiana Shuttl. egena Say porcina Say glaphyra Say tenuistriata Binn. North American HHelices. 19 Descriptions of the principal Genera and Subgenera in which certain North American Species of Helix are arranged by Albers, “ Die Heliceen,” 2d Ed. GENUS XL Hyatina (Fér.) Gray. Testa plerumque umbilicata, tenuis, nitens, vitrea vel fusco-cornea ; anfr. 5—7 regulariter accrescentes, ultimus non descendens, sepe antice dilatatus; spira depressa, rarissime orbiculato-conica; apertura rotun- dato-lunaris ; perist. tenue, acutum, rectum. Animal: maxilla simplex (nec sulcata nec dentata), arcuata, margine inferiori acato, medio rostriformiter prominente. Apertura respiratoria latere dextro supra collare, genitalis ad basin colli. Systema sexuale simplex, sagitta amatoria ejusque bursa et folliculi mucosi omnino desunt ; flagellum parvum vel nullum, musculus retractor penis brevissimus. Dentes linguz (radule) laterales elongati, hamiformes, lateribus non denticulati. 1. Hyaztna s. str. ~ Testa umbilicata interdum perforata, depressa, vitrea, nitida; anfr. 5-6 regulariter accrescentes; spira rarissime conico-elevata; apertura rotundato-lunaris; perist. tenue, acutum, rectum. Flagellum breve (Moq.-Tand.). 2, Mesomrurx™ Raf. Testa umbilicata vel perforata, globoso-depressa, tenuis, striatula, fusco-cornea, subtus pallidior, nitida; anfr. 43-6, apertura lunari-ovata ; perist. simplex, rectum, acutum, marginibus conniventibus, columellari reflexiusculo. Flagellum nullum; bursa copulatrix apice angusta, canali brevi. (Mog.-Tand.) 4, AMMONOCERAS Pfr. Testa late et perspective umbilicata, depresse orbicularis, nitida, pel- lucida, tenuis, radiatim striata; spira planiuscula; anfr. 4-7 parum con- vexiusculi, ultimus auctus, antice non descendens, ad peripheriam rotun- datus; apertura perobliqua, ampla, rotundato-lunaris; perist. s:mplex, acutum, marginibus conniventibus. * “ Mesomphix umbilicus expanded, exhibiting the volutions.” Raf. Vide Terr. Moll. I. 49, 20 Remarks on Classifications of 6. Conutus (Fitzinger) Moq.Tand. - T. imperforata, vel angustissime perforata, turbinata, arctispira ; anfr. 5-6, convexiusculi; apertura depresso-lunaris, anfr. penultimo valde excisa, parum obliqua. Perist. marginibus remotis. Maxilla carina verticali parum expressa, rostro mediano brevi, obtuso, Tentacula inferiora crassa. ~ 7. Gastroponta Albers. 1. subperforata vel umbilicata, orbiculato-convexa, corneo-diaphana, vitrea, plus minusve ruguloso-striata ; anfr. 5-7; apertura lunaris, basi dentibus pliciformibus, marginem non attingentibus, seepissime munito ; perist. simplex, acutum., ‘ GENUS XII. Macrocrctis Beck. T. tenuis, late umbilicata, depressa, striata vel rugulosa, concolor, anfr. 44-5, ultimus latus, depressus, antice modice descendens; apertura obli- que ovata; perist. subincrassatum vix expansiusculum, margines approx- imati, basalis breviter reflexus. Maxilla arcuata, medio rostrata, tota costulis confertis marginem non attingentibus exarata. GENUS XV. Hetrx L. T. discoidea, globosa vel conoidea, apertura transversa, obliqua, lunaris vel rotundata, marginibus distinctis. Maxilla arcuata, perpendiculariter costata, margine crenato. Dentes .Jinguales numerosi, medii trifidi, laterales bifidi, breves. (Sagitta amatoria in plerisque.) 2. Micropuysa Albers. T. umbilicata, depressa, tenuis, striatula, vix nitens; spira applanata ; autura distineta; anfr. 4-5 convexiusculi, lente accrescentes, ultimus non descendens; apertura lunari-rotundata; perist. tenue, simplicissimum, marginibus convergentibns, | 5, Parura Held. T. aperte umbilicata, depressa, discoidea vel turbinata, cornea, rugosa vel costulato-striata; anfr. 4-6 aequales vel lente accrescentes; apertura Junari-rotundata ; perist. simplex, rectum, acutum, North American Helices. Qt Maxilla costis numerosis, parum prominentibus, margine crenato. Fol- liculi mucosi, sagitta, capreolus, flagellum desunt. 15. Potyeyra Say. T. umbilicata vel perforata, orbiculato-planata, oblique costulato-stri- ata; anfr. 5-74 lente accrescentes, ultimus antice constrictus, breviter deflexus, basi inflatus, devians, penultimus plane conspicuus, perfora- tionem szepissime rimatim constringens; apertura subreniformis vel irre- gulariter sinuata; perist. anguste reflexum, callosum, marginibus inter- dum dentatis, callo triangulari, dentiformi, in parietem aperturialem oblique intrante junctis. 16. SrenotrREMA™ Raf. T. obtecte perforata, lenticularis vel globoso-depressa, pilosula; anfr. 41-6, ultimus antice gibbus, breviter deflexus, basi tumidus; spira parum elevata; perist. albo-labiatum, margine supero breviter reflexo, basali strictiusculo, saepe sinuoso dentato. In quarta parte circuitus anfractus ultimi ante aperturam, columella appendice callosa, lamelliformi, cavationem anfractus coarctante, munita est. 17. Trrovopsist Raf. T. obtecte perforata vel umbilicata, orbiculato-depressa vel subglobosa, plus minus oblique striata; anfr. 5-7, ultimus antice paululum de- flexus; apertura sinuoso-coarctata, subtriangularis; perist. albo-callo- sum, late angulatim reflexum ; paries aperturialis dente valido, oblique intrante munitus, Maxilla costis 3-5, prominentibus, margine dentato. Folliculi mucosi 2, simplices. (Moq.-Tand.) Sagitta 1 subconica, parum arcuata, basi biangulata, elongata. (Ad. Schmidt.) 18. Mesovoyf Raf. T. umbilicata vel obtecte perforata, subglobosa vel orbiculato-depressa, tenuis, subtiliter striata, interdum decussatim sculpta; anfr. 5-6 regulares ; apertura rotundato-lunaris, interdum dente parvulo in pariete aperturiali ‘ * “Curmorrema.—Aperture transverse, extremely curved, resembling a simple ssure. “ ToxorrEMa,—Differs from the preceding by the emarginate lip. “ SrenorreMa.—Differing from the two preceding by a thick emarginate lip, and a second lip flattened to the spire and uniting with the true lip; a transversal carina above.”—faf. Vide Terr. Moll. 1. c. 49. + ‘‘Trroporsts,—Umbilicus large, lip thick, aperture narrowed by three teeth, one upon each lip and one upon the columella.” Raf. Vide Terr, Moll. 1. c. 49. t 4 Mrsopon.—Differs from Helix by lower lip with a tooth.” Raf. Vide Terr. Moll. 1. ¢. 49, 22 Classifications of North American Helices. coarctata ; perist. albo-labiatum, expanso-reflexum, margine basali rare unidentato. Maxilla costis crassis circa 10, valde prominentibus. 20. AcANTHINULA Beck. T. perforata, globoso-turbinata, vel epidermide brunnea, costulato- plicata vel aculeata induta; anfr, 4-5; apertura rotundata; perist. tenue, expansiusculum, marginibus approximatis. ! Tentacula inferiora et palpi labiales sat magna. (Moquin Tandon.) 21. Vattonra Risso. T. umbilicata, depressula, diaphana; anfr. 34-4; apertura obliqua, subcircularis; perist. candidum, labiatum, reflexum, marginibus conti- guis vel conniventibus. } Maxilla costis numerosis, margine parum crenulato. Folliculi mucosi nulli? Sagitta 1, longa, conica, levis. (Goldfuss.) 23. Fruticrcota Held. T. umbilicata vel perforata, depresso-globosa, interdum pilosa; anfr. 5-7 convexiusculi; apertura late lunaris vel lunato-rotunda; perist. acu- tum, brevissime expansum, intus labiatum, margine basali reflexo. Maxilla costis numerosis (usque 20), margine subtiliter crenulato. Folliculi mucosi plerumque 2, bi-quinquefidi. Sagitta 1-2, conica, arcu- ata, apicem versus aciebus instructa. Vesicula pedunculata magna, appendice coeca carens. (Paasch.) 37. Arronta Leach. T. umbilicato-perforata, conoideo- vel depresso-globosa, tenuis; anfr. 5-6, ultimus leniter descendens; apertura lunato-rotunda; perist. late labiatum, marginibus parallelis, basali dilatato, umbilicum saepe tegente. | Maxillis costis 4-6, distantibus, prominentibus, ineequalibus, margine dentato. Folliculi mucosi 2, simplices. Sagitta 1 arcuata, apice incras- sata, basi biangulata. 52. Portymira Beck. T. aperte vel obtecte perforata, globosa, nitida, spira brevis; anfr, 4-5, ultimus magnus, ad aperturam deflexus; columella basi dilatata; aper- tura contracta, subverticalis, rotundato-lunaris; perist. simplex, obtusum, intus labiatum, marginibus distantibus. ADDENDUM. The foregoing paper relates especially to species of Helix which inhabit North America, exclusive of the Pacific Coast and Mexico. I used the term “ Pacific Coast” as employed by W.G. Binney in his “Check Lists” published by the Smith- sonian Institution, in which Lists the species of the “ Pacific Coast from the extreme north to Mazatlan” are separated from those of “ Eastern North America from the boreal regions to the Rio Grande,” the Rocky Mountains being considered as the dividing line of the two faunas. My Catalogue, however, em- braces species (indicated by a t+) colleeted by Dr. J. G. Cooper on the Pacific side of the Rocky Mountains, several of which species occur also on the astern side; I refer particularly to HI. arborea, striatella, and solstaria. Under these circum- stances, and having been requested to do so, J annex the fol- lowing Catalogue of species arranged in the order adopted by Albers, including those marked — which he does not mention. I add his descriptions of two Subgenera of Helix which are not represented in Eastern North Ameriea. Catalogue of the Species of Helia which inhabit North Ame- rica West of the Rocky Mountains, from the extreme North to the northern limits of Mexico, exclusive of those marked + an the preceding Catalogue. AsBers, 1860. Die Heliceen. cultellata Thomson. = This belongs pro- fulva Drap. | Conulus. bably to Zonites. Newberryana W. G. Binn. = germana Gould Stenotrema Joricata =“ Triodopsis vultuosa Gould - * A number of new species have been. discovered in the prosecution of the Geological Survey of California and otherwise, specimens of some of which I have received, Ata late date descriptions of them had not been published. 24 Classifications of North American Helices. marked — I am al- most entirely unac- quainted, but they seem to belong to Arionta. ramentosa Gould = Ayersiana Newe. = Bridgesii =“ = Carpenteri “ = Mormonum Pfr. == Traskii Newe. —_ areolata Sowb. Euparypha a ALBErs, 1860. ‘ Die Heliceen. devia Gould Mesodon Syn. Baskervillet Pfr. labiosa Gould Af Syn. Columbiana Lea fidelis Gray Aglaja infumata Gould = Dupetithouarsi Desh. Arionta Californiensis Lea | és Syn. vincta Val. Nickliniana Lea & tudiculata Binn. " arrosa Gould “ olim aeruginosa Gould levis Pfr. - Kelletti Forbes “ Pandorae “ 4: exarata Pfr. uA reticulata Pfr. salty redimita W. G. Binn. = With this and the intercisa $ = following species Helix L. 34. Aetasa Albers, Type. H. Audouini Orb. T. umbilicata, orbiculato-convexa, striatula, fasciata; anfr. 44-6, ulti- mus antice profunde descendens; apertura lunato-ovata, valde obliqua; perist. incrassatum, expanso-reflexum, album, marginibus conniventibus, columellari dilatato, reflexo, libero, umbilicum partim occultante. 40, Evparypya Hartm. Type. H. pisana Miill. T. perforata, depresse globosa, corneo-calcarea, teeniata; anfr. 5, supe- riores planati, carinati, ultimus inflatus; apertura dilatato-lunaris, intus seepius labiatum, margine columellari, reflexo. Maxilla costis 2-3 approximatis, validis. Folliculi mucosi 2. Sagitta 1, coronata, aciebus 4 instructa, conica, recta. Capreolus nullus. ee VE’ FR Be AI JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY. Pau, 1. - JULY 1, 1865. No. 3. MEMOIR OF CHARLES B. ADAMS, LATE PROFESSOR OF ZOOLOGY IN AMHERST COLLEGE, MASSACHUSETTS.’ BY THOMAS BLAND, Charles B. Adams, the subject of this Memoir, was born in Dorchester, Massachusetts, on the 11th of January, 1814. Of a family of six children, he was the only one spared to his parents. When four years old, his father, Mr. Charles J. Adams, established himself in business in Boston, and resided there during the rest of his life. At a very early age C. B. Adams manifested a decided taste for Chemistry and Natural History, in which he was encou- raged by his parents, who gave upa room to him for a labora- tory, and furnished the means for procuring apparatus and chemicals. Time usually spent by boys in sports and amuse- ments, was occupied by young Adams in experimenting, and in the study and arrangement of the various specimens in Na- tural History contributed by his friends and collected by him- self in walks with his father. C. B. Adams was prepared for College in Boston, and at 191 192 AMERICAN JOURNAL the Phillips Academy, Andover. In October, 1830, he en- tered Yale College, but removed to Amherst College, and there joined the Sophomore Class in September, 1831. In 1834 he graduated at Amherst with the highest honors. Shortly afterwards he entered the Theological Seminary at Andover, but in June, 1886, abandoned his Theological studies to assist Professor Hitchcock in a geological survey of the State of New York. The magnitude of the undertaking, and especially imperfect health, soon led Professor Hitchcock to abandon the work, and Adams, although strongly urged to do so, was unwilling to assume the lead in labors given up by one so much older and more experienced in science. Return- ing to Amherst, he spent several weeks in preparing a course of lectures on Geology, which he delivered in Bradford Academy, in September, 1886. In October of that year he became a Tutor in Amherst College, and in the following Spring delivered another course of lectures on Geology in Bradford Academy. C. B. Adams was invited, in the Autumn of 1837, to accept the Professorship of Chemistry and Natural History in Marion College, at Marion, Missouri, and went there to learn the condition of the Institution before deciding to accept the proffered appointment. The College was in its infancy, with very few students, and its financial affairs were in an unsettled state. The prospect was discouraging, and after a few months of hard labor, Adams returned to his home in Boston. Sub- sequent events proved the prudence of his decision,—Marion College was given up, its founders being unable successfully to establish it. In September, 1838, C. B. Adams accepted the appointment of Professor of Chemistry and Natural History in Middlebury College, Middlebury, Vermont. Indefatigable in his: exer- tions, ever ready to aid and encourage the students, he be- came a very popular teacher, and was held in the highest estimation by the Trustees and the Faculty, who contributed every thing in their power to render his position happy and desirable. In February, 1839, Professor Adams married Mary, daughter of the Rev. Sylvester Holmes, of New Bedford. He visited the Island of Jamaica, West Indies, in the Winter of 1843-44. The Professor’s health, as well as that of his family, eventually suffered from the severity of the climate of Ver- mont, and a change becoming absolutely necessary, he, with much regret, resigned his Professorship in August, 1847. He removed from Middlebury to Amherst, and immediately com- menced his labors in the College there as Professor of Zoolog and Astronomy,—labors which terminated only with his death, in 1858. OF CONCHOLOGY. 193 While Professor in Middlebury College, C. B. Adams was appointed Geologist of the State of Vermont, entering upon its duties in 1845, and continuing in the office for three years. He presented the results of his labors to the State in four ‘Annual Reports,” (1845-48;) but the funds appropriated be- came exhausted, and the final report was not made before the Professor’s removal to Amherst. Subsequently he was too much absorbed in other scientific pursuits to attend to it, al- though solicited to finish the work. Established at Amherst, (1847,) Professor Adams took a deep interest in the Collese, his Alma Mater, and soon sub- stantially proved it by presenting to the Institution his exten- sive and valuable collections of Natural History, on certain conditions, however, of which the following deserve to‘ be recorded :— “A fund, not less in value than the above mentioned gift, viz: $5000 or more, shall be established, to be called ‘The Natural History Fund.’ “The income of this fund, and of such additions as may be made to it, shall be used for.ever for increasing the collection of books of Natural History and of specimens in Natural History belonging to Amherst College. “This expenditure shall be made by myself during my offi- cial connection with the College, and subsequently by the officer or officers of instruction, who shall have charge of the department of Natural History, and shall be subject to such regulations as the Trustees of the College may deem requisite to secure its faithful appropriation to the objects specified. “The words ‘increase of books and of specimens,’ are not intended to include the care and exhibition of the same; but these may be included, in case the general treasury of the College shall be embarrassed with debt. So much of the in- come as shall not be expended within the year in which it accrues, shall be added to the principal.” To the written conditions referred to is added the following “remark,” characteristic of its distinguished author :— “This gift, with these conditions, is made with a view to contribute in some small degree to the exhibition of the glo- rious plan of creation, especially of the creation of organic beings, as this plan exists in the mind of the Creator.” The ‘eift j in question was accepted by the authorities of Am- herst College, and the conditions have, it is hoped, been faith- fully performed. The collections, enriched by the unceasing efforts and successful explorations of Professor Adams, remain at Amherst, a monument of his extraordinary labors. The Professor again visited Jamaica in the winter of 1848-49. In November, 1850, he went to Panama, returning, early in 194 AMERICAN JOURNAL 1851, to the United States, by way of Jamaica, where he was the guest of the late Hon. Edward Chitty. Between the years 1838 and 1850, a considerable number of Professor Adams’ papers relating to Mollusca* were published in the Proceedings of several Scientific Societies and in va- rious Journals. Most of those papers which embraced the results of his explorations in Jamaica were, from time to time, re-published, with much original matter, in the “Contribu- tions to Conchology,” (issued in twelve parts, between October, 1849, and November, 1852,) and in Monographs of the genera Stoastoma and Vitrinella. In the autumn of 1852 his ‘ Cata- logue of Shells Collected at Panama” appeared, and also “ Ele- ments of Geology,” the latter the joint production of himself and the late Professor Alonzo Gray. The last paper by Pro- fessor Adams was the “Catalogue of species of Lucina which inhabit the West Indian Seas,” written in November, 1852, and published in the concluding part of the “Contributions.” Anxious to pursue further investigations in the West Indies, with a view to the completion of a work on the Shells of the Zoological Province, embracing those islands, Professor Adams left for St. Thomas, by way of Bermuda, in December, 1852. He arrived at St. Thomas on the 27th of that month, and on the next day addressed to the writer of this memoir a letter, from which the following extract will be read with interest :— “Had a storm first night out; got to the east end of Ber- muda Saturday evening, and up to town Sunday morning; off Monday noon. At Bermuda got forty to fifty species of shells, mostly in quantities,—one or two new Pedipes, two or three new Auricule, a new Siphonaria, any quantity of Truncatella, and of the ten or dozen species of land shells, among which is a very small, dirty Succinea, but got only one of Helix Bermu- densis ; the large Succinea plenty. Got a new Modulus, a va- riety of Columbella cribrarva, more like the Panama than the West India shell! I forgot about your reply to K.’s letter. That awful nervous headache quite spoiled me in New York. Luckily, I got over it the day before we reached Bermuda. “T was perfectly enraptured with Bermuda for scenery and shells. I must have taken three or four thousand specimens, not yet assorted. It will be curious to learn the distribution of the land shells on the different islands. Mr. John H. Red- field, you and myself must make a special expedition to Ber- muda, have a skiff, and visit them all.” * For a complete list of these papers, consult ‘‘ List of American Writers on Recent Conchology,’”’ by G. W. Tryon, Jr., N. Y., 1861, and ‘‘ Biblio- graphy of North American Conchology, (Smithsonian Miscellaneous Col- lections,)’’ by W. G. Binney, 1863-4. OF CONCHOLOGY: 195 Professor Adams, as had been previously arranged, was most kindly and hospitably entertained at St. Thomas by Mr. Robert Swift. The Professor’s health had been so much im- paired by his unceasing labors, (he never allowed himself more time for rest than nature absolutely demanded,) that he easily fell a prey to disease. He contracted fever, and, notwithstand- ing the most devoted attentions and the best medical care, died on the 18th of January, 1853, at the early age of thirty- nine years,—a martyr, it may with justice be said, to the cause of science. His remains were deposited in the burial ground at St. Thomas, where a tablet was erected by his friends as a memorial of his worth and their esteem. The Professor’s widow, an estimable lady, and five children, four sons and a daughter, survived him; two of the former enlisted in the service of their country in the army, and died in the autumn of 1861, the one at Brooklyn, N. Y., and the other at Annapolis, Md., of diseases contracted in the perform- ance of their military duties. The published works of Professor Adams and the collec- tions at Amherst College give ample evidence of his great abilities, of his untiring energy, industry and perseverance, of his unselfish devotion to science. Harnest and able in the performance of his duties as Professor, successful and popular as a teacher, of upright and irréproachable character, his loss will long be deplored at Amherst. In his domestic relations he was gentle and affectionate, in his friendships faithful and generous. The principal conchological works of Professor Adams— the ‘Contributions to Conchology,” and “Catalogue of Shells Collected at Panama, with Notes on their Synonymy, Station and Geographical Distribution”’—deserve more than the pass- ing notice which they have received in the foregoing memotr, and we propose shortly to review their contents, so far, at least, as to show the character of the Professor’s opinions and the extent of his labors. Our limits do not permit of further reference to his writings on Geology. Professor Adams found an unexpectedly rich field for re- search, especially as regards Land Mollusca, in the Island of Jamaica, and to him belongs the merit of especially directing the attention of naturalists to the shell-faunas of the West Indies. At the date of his first visit to Jamaica compara- tively few species from those islands were known; since he commenced the publication of the “Contributions to Con- chology,” an immense number of species have been discov- ered. In that work, and a paper published in the “ Proceed- ings of the Boston Society of Natural History,” (1845,) the 196 AMERICAN JOURNAL Professor described, of the Jamaica fauna, besides a large num- ber of marine species, upwards of two hundred and fifty spe- cies of land and twenty of fresh-water shells, very few of which proved to have been previously known. The descriptions are framed with the greatest care, the pecu- liarities of the species nicely distinguished, and their affinities discussed. As a remarkable example of critical investigation, we would refer to the Professor’s ‘Analysis of the Group of Species of Cyclostoma, which is represented by C. Jamaicense, Chem.” (‘Contributions,” pp. 140—148.) In “Remarks on the Distribution of the Terrestrial and Fresh-water Mollusca which Inhabit Jamaica,” (“Contribu- tions,” pp. 45—50, 1849,) the Professor comments on the great profusion of the terrestrial species, and their accumulation in certain districts. He says, that, of the 265 species enumerated in his Catalogue, more than 200 were collected by himself in a hasty exploration of one-tenth of the surface of the island, and that a collector, after becoming acquainted with their sta- tions and localities, might easily ubtain eighty or ninety spe- cies in one day. The study of the Jamaica shells directed, at an early period, the attention of Professor Adams to the general questions of the limits, origin and distribution of species. He refers to the perplexities which arise in attempting to ascertain the limits of species from such facts as he observed in the group of Helices represented by Helix sinuata, several of which facts he thus specifies :— ‘In some instances, the peculiarities of a local type, which differs but slightly from the typical species, are quite constant at the given place, but vary geographically, that is, are grad- ually lost in the more and more distant individuals. I am not aware that these examples are numerous. “Not only does the amount of difference between the local types vary from that of well marked species to that of scarcely distinguishable varieties, but the individuals of a given lo- cality, while preserving the peculiarities of the type, some- times differ from each other in characters which appear to be as important, except in the want of constancy, as those which distinguish the local group.” (“Contributions,” p. 78, Feb., 1850.) Subsequently the views of the Professor on these questions became more developed, and were published especially in his “Remarks on the Origin of the Terrestrial Mollusca of Ja- maica,” (‘‘Contributions,” pp. 85—87, March, 1850,) and in a paper entitled “On the Nature and Origin of the Species of the Terrestrial Mollusca in the Island of Jamaica,” (“Contri- butions,” pp. 189—194, Nov., 1851.) OF CONCHOLOGY. | 197 In the former Professor Adams notices, that since the pub- lication of his previous remarks, he had received an article* on the Geographical Distribution of Animals, by Professor Agassiz, and adds:—‘“ Following so eminent an authority and safe guide, we need no longer hesitate to state the hypothesis, which was prepared with the remarks above referred to, on the sinuata group of Helices.” The Professor then remarks as follows:— “Whe distribution of the terrestrial Molluscs in Jamaica (and probably of all Molluscs in all parts of the world) is most easily accounted for by the following hypothesis: that the introduction of the existing races was effected by the creation of many individuals, and that they were modeled after certain types, which were mostly local, and between which there ex- isted, as at the present day, unequal differences, from those which merely distinguish individuals, to those of varieties, of species, of groups of species, of genera, &c.” .. . “If these views are correct, we cannot retain the preva- lent theory that species are natural groups, but that genera and other groups are artificial. All groups are natural, so far as they are founded on actual types. Any groups are artifi- cial, or, to speak more correctly and intelligibly, are arbitrary, in proportion as the differences between individuals, varieties, species, and the successively mdre comprehensive groups, pre- sent a series of an indefinite number of nearly equal degrees. In proportion to the equality of the degrees are the points at which we mark off species, &c., arbitrary.” ... “It is obvious that an illustration of this subject may be found in the different species and varieties of mankind.” With regard to the foregoing hypothesis as to the distribu- tion of the terrestrial Molluscs, Professor Adams, in the latter of the two papers above referred to, adds this additional ex- planation :— “The proof of this proposition is found in the geographical distribution of the varieties. In the great majority of species, the varieties are so distributed, that the space which is occu- pied by one of them coincides with that of other two or more. Now, if the circumstances of locality had produced the local types by modifications of one original type of the species, * The following extract from the article referred to, states the conclu- sions of Agassiz:—*‘ And this is the view which we take of the natural distribution of animals, that they originated primitively over the whole extent of their natural distribution ; that they originated there, not in pairs, but in large numbers, in such proportions as suits their natural mode of living and the preservation of their species ; and that the same species may have originated in different unconnected parts of the more extensive circle of their distribution.’”’ (‘‘ Christian Examiner,’’ Boston, March, 1850, p. 192.) 198 AMERICAN JOURNAL then all the varieties which inhabit a locality should have been affected. In that case, all the varieties in any given place would have the same geographical limits. But the contrary more frequently occurs. Hach variety has its own limits of distribution. If a few coincide in the boundary of their pro- vince, on the other hand one is often found to have an extent of distribution, which is equal to that of two or more other varieties. But such a geographical coincidence of one variety with several other varieties is imconsistent with any other theory than that of an original constitutional peculiarity of character in each variety. This inference is confirmed by the occasional intermingling in one locality of varieties, which differ from each other as much as those which occupy distinct regions. If, then, we assume the original independent creation of all the varieties, each originally represented by at least sev- eral individuals, the facts of distribution become explicable with the greatest facility. “The same statements might be made respecting entire spe- cies, and even groups of species and genera. Some are very local, and others, more widely distributed, occupy the ground of several local species.” The very local distribution of the terrestrial Mollusca in the West Indies* did not escape the attention of Professor Adams. In “ Hints on the Geographica¥ Distribution of Animals, with especial Reference to the Mollusca,” (‘‘Contrib.,” pp. 207—215, Oct., 1852,) a paper which contains many original and sugges- tive remarks, he mentions that the terrestrial faunz of Cuba, St. Domingo, Porto Rico and Jamaica, are distinct from each other; and that the same is true, to a great extent, of the West India Islands generaily;: that those of the Bahamas and Ber- mudas are also distinct. Jamaica, he says, ‘‘contains more known species of land Molluscs than the whole of North America, from the Isthmus to Melville Island.” Referring to the relations of the subject discussed in the paper in question, to theories of the origin of species and to geological reasoning, Professor Adams makes the following among other observations:— “Tf large groups of such islands as the West Indies should be united in a common area of dry land, then, according to the theory which accounts for the facts of distribution by ac- tual dispersion from centres, there would be zoological pro- vinces containing five to tenfold as many species as any which now exist. “The geological fact, that continents by submergence be- * See paper ‘‘ On the Geographical Distribution of the Genera and Spe- cies of Land Shells of the West India Islands, with a Catalogue of the Species of each Island.’’ By T. Bland, Ann. N. Y. Lyceum, vii., 1861. OF CONCHOLOGY. 199 come islands, and that islands by emergence become conti- nents, does not affect the foregoing reasoning, because such changes require an amount of time exceeding one geological period, during which time there is change of faune. “Such insular faunze as have been described in § 7 and § 18, prove that the islands which they inhabit have been geographi- cally separate since an era anterior to the introduction of the » existing species. But this conclusion does not depend on the assumption that the species would have dispersed themselves over several islands if they had not always been restrained by water; but on the fact that such small zoological provinces exist nowhere on continents. “The occurrence of a very few identical species on different islands, or on islands and the mainland, does not prove the union of such land since the existence of the species, because such a distribution may have been caused by the accidents of dispersion, or by independent creation. “The occurrence of many species common to different islands, in some parts of Polynesia, renders it probable that such islands have constituted one island since the existence of these species. “The frequent occurrence of analogues and the prevalence of generic or subgeneric types in some islands do not prove the former union of these islands, but may indicate their greater proximity at a former period.” Professor Adams, in a paper from which we have already quoted, (“Contrib.,” p. 50, 1849,) remarked :— “With this extremely local distribution of the terrestrial Mollusca in the West Indies may be associated the great fact of their geological history—that these islands have, since the later Tertiary periods, been in the process of elevation,—that they are the harbingers of a future continent, unlike the groups in the Pacific, which are the remains of ancient conti- nents. Coincident with these two general facts in the West Indies is also a third,—that their coral reefs are all fringing, and that coral lagoon islands are wanting.” It remains for us to notice the last, and, indeed, the most complete and valuable work published by Professor Adams— his “Catalogue of Shells Collected at Panama.” Professor Adams sailed from New York on the 13th of No- vember, 1850, arrived at Panama on the 26th, and left it on the 4th of January, 1851, having had scarcely more than five weeks for making his collections; yet they amounted “to 38,920 specimens of 376 species of Gasteropoda, 2,860 specimens of 139 species of Acephala, and 50 specimens of 1 species of 200 AMERICAN JOURNAL Brachiopoda; total, 41,850 specimens of 516 species of Mol- lusks.” The two principal objects of the expedition were, to collect for the Musenm in Amherst College, and “to ascertain with the certainty of personal observation, what and how many species of*shells exist at Panama.” Having formerly, the Professor remarks, in his “Introduction,” “collected about 500 marine species in Jamaica, near the centre of the Caribbean Zoological Province, it was thought that a comparison of these authentic materials would not be without interest.” A subor- dinate object was to make observations on the habits of the species, in respect of station. The results of the expedition were read before the New York Lyceum of Natural History on the 10th of May, 1852, and published in the Annals of that Institution, Vol. V., pp. 229—549, and subsequently, but in the same year, as a sepa- rate work, under the title already mentioned. Dr. P. P. Carpenter, than whom no one is more competent to re- view with sagacity and in a just and liberal spirit the la- bors of other naturalists, comments, in his invaluable “Report on the Present State of our Knowledge with regard to the Mollusca of the West Coast of North America,” (‘Report of the Brit. Assoc.,” 1856,) on the Panama Catalogue, and in terms far more authoritative than ary which we could offer, of which the following is a short abstract, his language being, however, scrupulously adopted :— “Professor Adams had before collected about the same number of marine species at Jamaica; and, holding the theory* that no species could be common to the two oceans, he was well qualified to detect any sources of error which might have militated against his own hypothesis. The very minute discrimination, also, to which he had accustomed himself in his researches among the land shells of Jamaica, would at once prevent him from confounding similar species. And as he visited no other spot than the shores of Panama, and the neighboring Island of Taboga, there is no danger of the ad- mixture of specimens from different localities. In the work under consideration the author gives all his references from personal research: quotes every assigned habitat, with authori- ties (discriminating original testimony by the mark !); and, in addition to his own remarks, states the number of specimens from which he writes. He was not able to dredge, nor to * “Tt is scarcely necessary to consider the question, whether any of the shells on the opposite sides of tropical America could have had a common origin. Although in some points the Caribbean Sea and the Pacific ap- proach within forty or fifty miles in a direct line, it is difficult to imagine any adequate means of the intercommunication of living marine Mollusks.”’ (C. B. Adams, in ‘‘ Introduction to Panama Catalogue,’ p. 9.) OF CONCHOLOGY. 201 make observations on the animals; but for the shore shells, including the minute species, there is scarcely any thing left to be desired. The author describes 157 as new species: of the value of many of these there will be two opinions. Pro- fessor Adams, in his work on Jamaica Shells, (‘Contributions to Conchology,’ pp. 84 e¢ sey.) gives up the common opinion that species are natural groups, while genera, &c., are artificial: and as he believes that there are different species as well as varieties of mankind, it is natural that he should distinguish as species of shells what others might consider varieties, and as varieties what may be accidents of growth. To the dis- cerning reader, however, this does not interfere with the ex- treme value of the work. In a branch of inquiry so over- burdened with carelessly observed or recorded facts, the free- dom from the usual sources of error is a matter of the first importance. Where a species has originated in a mere theory, as in the case of common types from the two oceans, the stu- dent is.at once on his guard. Where it arises from deficiency of materials, as in the Cwca, additional knowledge will soon set the error right. And in the present state of our ignorance, to designate forms as species which will hereafter have to be united, is much more pardonable than to overlook differences, all of which should be carefully noted before we can obtain a natural history of any single*species. For the first great requirement in a scientific writer, patient and laborious accuracy, this, the last work of Professor Adams, (for he died in 1853,) stands in the very foremost rank. The new Species are described in Latin, and with an accuracy which often makes it safer to identify shells from them alone, than from the showy plates and loose diagnoses of some works of the greatest pretensions.” Mr. Carpenter, several years after the publication of his Report, visited America, and found that no steps had been taken to figure the unique specimens deposited in the Museum at Amherst, or to verify Adams’ determinations of old species. Fortunately for the cause of science, Mr. Carpenter went to Amherst, and, with his accustomed care and fidelity, examined Professor Adams’ Panama collection. The result, a “Review of Professor C. B. Adams’ Catalogue of the Shells of Panama, from the Type Specimens,” was published in the “ Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London,” (June, 18638.) Mr. Car- penter, in pointing out some errors in the diagnoses of small shells, and referring, among other things, to the incessant de- mands on the Professor’s attention, from his multifarious du- ties at Amherst, precluding much time for original research, justly remarks:—“ W hat he accomplished during his short life is marvellous. Had that life been spared to revise his works, 202 AMERICAN JOURNAL the necessity for this friendly criticism would not have arisen.” With respect to the views entertained by Professor Adams, that no species could be common to the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, it may be mentioned as an interesting fact, that he departed from his theory as regards Crepidula unguiformis, Lam.* As to this species the Professor observes:— “This shell is well calculated to confound the popular no- tion of species. We have now before us many perfect spe- cimens from Sicily, from Massachusetts, from Jamaica, and from Panama, all of which, with the exception of the Medit- erranean shells, we collected in person.” “So far, at least, as the shells are concerned, it seems neces- sary to admit that they all may be comprised in one species; or to maintain that individuals, which cannot be distinguished from each other, belong to different species, because it is proba- ble that they descended from distinct original stocks. But if we admit that each species in the animal kingdom was intro- duced by the creation of many original stocks, then the fact before us becomes intelligible and very uncommon in only one particular, viz: that the original individuals of a single spe- cies were created in very distant zoological provinces.”—“ Pa- nama Catalogue,” p. 281. After the foregoing brief review of the work of Professor Adams on the Panama Shells, and reference to his opinions as to the origin and distribution of species, it will not be out of place to state the results of study and research devoted since his death to the subject of the Mollusca of the west coast of America. Carpenter, in his before mentioned “ Report” of 1856, enu- merates 35 species “regarded as identical between the Pacific and Atlantic,” 34 “which may prove to be identical,” 41 “really separated, but by slight differences,” and 26 species “analagous, but quite distinct,” remarking, that probably those lists will hereafter be greatly extended. The same author, in his “Supplementary Report,” (“Report of Brit. Assoc.,” 1864,) has some extremely valuable remarks with respect to the marine fauna of the west coast, some of which may thus, but in his own words, be shortly stated :— “With regard to the tropical fauna, the researches at Cape St. Lucas and in the interior of the Gulf of California, though leaving much to be desired, bear out the general conclusions arrived at in paragraphs 78—87 (of the Report of 1856). The evidence for the identity of specific forms on the Atlantic and Pacific sides of Central America has been greatly confirmed. * See Carpenter’s remarks in ‘‘Cat. of Reigen Collection, Brit. Mus.,”’ 1855—7, p. 285, and in his ‘ Review,”’’ referred to in the text. OF CONCHOLOGY. 203 Dr. Gould writes:—‘The doctrine of local limitations meets with so few apparent exceptions, that we admit it as an axiom in zoology that species strongly resembling each other, de- rived from widely diverse localities, especially if a continent intervenes, and if no known or plausible means of communi- cation can be assigned, should be assumed as different until their identity can be proved. ( Vide “ Expl. Exped. Moll. Intr.,” p. xi.) Much study of living specimens must be made before the apparent exceptions can be brought under the rule.’ It has, however, to be borne in mind that the researches of mo- dern geology clearly point to considerable alterations in the existing configuration of continents, and in the consequent direction of ocean currents during the ascertained period of many species now living. Nor are we warranted in the belief that the existing fauna in any locality has been created at any one time, or has radiated from any single spot. To study the relations of living shells simply in connection with the exist- ing map of the world must lead but to partial results. “Tt is interesting to observe, that, notwithstanding the proba- ble connection of the oceans through the Rocky Mountains during the Miocene age, there is extremely little similarity between the special temperate faunas of Hast and West America. Not a single species has yet been proved identical, and the allied forms are but few in number. . “When, however, we approach the region in which boreal and sub-boreal forms occur, many species are found in common, and between others there is but slight difference. Yet even here there are more British than New England species in the west-coast fauna. As might be expected, the British species are, for the most part, those which are also found fossil, and, therefore, have had time to diffuse themselves widely over the hemisphere. It is, however, remarkable that many Crag species have reached Kastern Asia and West America, which are not found in Grand Manan and New England. It is also extra- ordinary that certain special generic forms of the Crag re- appear in the North Pacific. “The Vancouver and California districts have so many characteristic species in common, (111 out of 492,) that they must be regarded as constituting one fauna, differing as do the British and Mediterranean regions. One fact must, how- ever, be here specially noted, viz: the great peculiarity of the island-fauna. Although the Sta. Barbara group are so near the mainland, the dredge has not only produced many species not known on the continent, but also many before considered as essentially tropical. Along with these are not only some species of types hitherto regarded as almost exclusively Asiatic, but also some which belong to the sub-boreal district, 204 AMERICAN JOURNAL °, —one of the latter belonging to the British, and not to the New England form. “Of the blending of the temperate and tropical faunas on the peninsula of Lower California, we are still in ignorance. All we know is, that at Margarita Bay the shells are still tropical, and that at Cerros Island they are strangely in- termixed. There is peculiar evidence of connection between the faunas of the peninsula and of South America, not only in the land-shells, but in some of the marine forms.” Mr. F. B. Meek, in his “Check List of the Miocene Inverte- brate Fossils of North America,” (‘Smithsonian Miscel. Coll.,” 1864,) has the following note regarding Dr. Carpenter’s opin- ion as to the identity of Miocene shells of the Pacific slope with living species:— “The extensive and critical knowledge of the living Mol- lusks of the Western Coast of North America, possessed by this able conchologist, renders his remarks on the relations of Tertiary and existing species of that region unusually inter- esting to the paleontologist. It is to be regretted, however, that his comparisons were, in most cases, necessarily made with very imperfect figures of the fossil species ; the type speci- mens not being accessible at the time he was in this country. Hence, his suggestions that so large a proportion of the Mio- cene shells of the Pacific slope are, probably, identical with living species, should not be too hastily accepted. Particu- © larly since the questions involved are of far greater import- ance than that of the mere specific difference or identity of certain forms, for, if wrongly decided, they may lead to very erroneous conclusions in regard to the age of these tertiary deposits; while they have a direct and important bearing on the discussions respecting the duration of specific types in time. Consequently, I have carefully compared the types of Mr. Conrad’s Western Coast Tertiary species with their living representatives, in all cases where authentic examples of each were at hand, and give the results of these comparisons under each of the species in these notes. “In most of these cases, it will be observed, I have arrived at the conclusion that the fossil shells are distinct species from the recent. This accords with the conclusions, in many cases, adopted by those who have, of late years, instituted careful comparison of the Miocene species formerly supposed to be identical with living forms.” OF CONCHOLOGY 205 DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF MONOCONDYLGA. BY JOHN G. ANTHONY. MoNnocoNDYL@A PEGUENSIS, Anthony.—t. 18, f. 3. Description —Shell smooth, rhombic-ovate, inequilateral, somewhat inflated, sub-biangular behind; substance of the shell thick; beaks rather prominent, eroded, but apparently not undulated; hgament short and thin; epidermis dark brown or nearly black, smooth over the umbones and on the anterior portion of the shell, but having the sub-truncate posterior portion nearly covered with distinct corrugated folds, more prominent near the hinge margin; cardinal teeth prominent, curved and slightly bilobed, particularly in the right valve; anterior cicatrices distinct and deeply impressed; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices deeply impressed, placed in a curved line under the beaks; nacre light salmon color and very iridescent. Dimensions—Length 3-7 inches, breadth 2°4 inches, diam. 1-2 inches. Habitat—Pegu. Museum Comp. Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Cabinet of Hugh Cuming, London. Cabinet of G. W. Tryon, Jr. Observations —This species, recently received from Pegu, seems to differ essentially from all hitherto described species. It is of a somewhat rhombic form, has very distinct but rather distant lines of growth, which, however, become closer near the basal edge. ‘T’he beaks are considerably eroded, but show no marks of any undulations there. From JW. crebristriata it differs in being larger, more inflated, more elliptical in form, and the epidermis is smoother and darker in color; the nacre has a rich satiny lustre, which near the edge of the shell be- comes of a highly iridescent hue. Four specimens only of this species were received, but they are very constant in char- acter, and cannot well be mistaken for any other species. MoNOCONDYL@A CREBRISTRIATA, Anthony.—t. 18, f. 1. Description—Shell rhombic, strongly striate, very inequi- lateral, depressed, bi-angular behind; substance of the shell 206 AMERICAN JOURNAL rather thick; beaks not prominent, eroded, having no indica- tion of any undulations at the tip; epidermis light brown, with occasionally broad green rays on the posterior slope; the umbones, and, indeed, the whole surface is covered with erowded, fine, crenulose striz, which on the posterior slope are crossed at right angles with prominent, regular folds; car- dinal teeth prominent, erect, bilobed in the left valve; anterior cicatrices deeply impressed, distinct; posterior cicatrices con- fluent and indistinct; dorsal cicatrices small, but distinct, and placed at the base of the prominent tooth in the left valve, ° while in the right valve they are less distinct and placed a little more posteriorly; nacre light salmon, iridescent. Dimensions.—Length 2°1 inches, breadth 1:45 inches, diam. ‘5 inch. ) Habitat. Pegu. Museum Comp. Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Cabinet of Hugh Cuming, London. Cabinet of G. W. Tryon, Jr. Cabi- net of C. M. Wheatley. Observations— With Monocondylea Peguensis herein de- scribed, came also several fine specimens of this interesting shell. At first they were supposed to be merely the young of Pequensis, but, on examination, were found to differ in many esssential particulars; they are uniformly more depressed, lighter colored, more regularly rhombic in form, and of less size; but the most prominent difference consists in the beauti- ful crenulose striz of the present species, which are densely crowded over the whole surface of the shell, while JZ. Pegu- ensis is remarkably smooth over all except the posterior slope, and there the rugose folds are broader and less numerous than in lV. crebristriata; the lines of growth are also more nume- rous in I. Peguensis, generally about 8, while crebristriata has rarely more than 8. Notes on certain TrrrestriaL Mottusca, with Descrip- tions of New SPpEcIEs. By Tuomas Branp. Reprinted from the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History in New York, vol. viii., Nov., 1865. In a note accompanying my description of Proserpuna Swifti from Venezuela (Ann. viii. 18, 1863), I gave the cha- racters of the Family Proserpinacea from Gray’s “ Guide to the Mollusca,” and of the Genera Ceres and Proserpina; indi- cating also the number of parietal and palatal laminz in each of the species. I added the following remarks: . “Tt will be noticed that the existence of one or more parietal or pala- tal teeth, in addition to the fold or tooth on the columella, is given as a characteristic of the Family. _ “The recent discovery, however, of the species described in this paper as P, Swifti, having the columellar fold only, shows that it alone, so far as the teeth are concerned, is a constant character. “ P, Swifti does not properly belong to Proserpina as defined by authors; but as that genus embraces species with and without palatal teeth, it may fairly be enlarged so as to include those with and without parietal teeth, all having the columellar fold characteristic of the family.” On a late examination of some terrestrial shells collected by Dr. Berendt in Mexico, I was surprised to find a species with a slightly elevated parietal lamina, but no columel- lar fold, and yet having externally the appear- ance of a Proserpina. On opening several exam- -—— _ ples, I discovered that the septa of the whorls were , destroyed, as in the Family Proserpinacea, to which I concluded that it belongs. _ -P. Swifti, of which figures are annexed, afforded proof that the parietal and palatal laminze can no longer be regarded as Family characters, and’it is now shown that the columellar fold is not constant. P. Swifti Bland. 156 Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. Under these circumstances, I propose to remodel the descrip- tions of the Family Proserpinacea and Genera hitherto com- prised in it, and to place the Mexican shell above referred to, under the specific name Serendti, in the new genus Proserpi- nella. Fam. PROSERPINACEA. T. imperforata, helicineformis, b&si modo vel etiam superne eallo nitido obducta; sepimenta interna.ad modum Helicinace- ornm sensim et regulariter resorpta. Operculum nullum. I. Ceres Gray. T. carinata, superne rugosa, epidermide tenui obducta, basi callo nitido munita; columella unidentata; utrinque lamellifera; perist. rec- tum, subincrassatum. 1. C. eolina Duclos, 2. C. Salleana Cuming. UJ. Prosrrprya Gray. T. globosa vel depressa, lzevigata, utringue plus minusve callo nitido obducta; columella unidentata; paries aperturalis lamina nulla, vel 1, vel pluribus spiralibus munitus; apertura lunaris, sepe laminis palatali- bus coarctata; perist. simplex, rectum. A. Lamellis parietalibus et palatalibus instructe. Globosa. Depressa. P. linguifera Jonas. P. nitida Gray. B. Lamellis parietalibus solummodo instructe. Globosa. Depressa. P. pisum C. B. Ad. P. depressa Orb. P. globulosa Orb. P. bidentata C. B. Ad. C. Lamellis parietalibus et palatalibus carentes. Depressa. P. Swifti Bland, Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 15 ~y Ill. ProsERPrvELLa, nov. gen. T. depressa, laevigata, utringue callo nitido obducta ; paries aperturalis lamina 1 munitus; apertura lunaris; perist. sim- plex, rectum. Proserpinella Berendti, nov. sp. T. depressa, tenuis, nitida, albida; spira brevissime elevata; sutura vix impressa, submarginata; anfr. 4, sensim accres- Fr. 2 centes, ultimus latior, convexiusculus, basi convexior, ——— . : : Sp s«suxta columellam excavatus; apertura parum obliqua, m = ay lunaris, unidentata, dente lamelliformi vix prominente aS, intrante in’ pariete aperturali; perist. simplex, rec- tum. \*) Shell depressed, thin, shining, white; spire very little elevated ; suture scarcely impressed, | submarginate; whorls 4, gradually increasing, Proserpinella Berendti Bland. the last broader, rather convex, more convex at the base, excavated near the columella; aperture obligue, lunate, with 1 little elevated lamelliform tooth on the parietal wall; perist. simple, straight. Diam. maj. 2-3; min. 24; alt. 14 mill. Halntat.—Mirador, Atlantic slope, 3000 to 4000 feet eleva- tion, Mexico. Dr. Berendt! Remarks.—This species is most nearly allied in form to Pro- serpina depressa Orb., or a small example of P. nztida Sowb., but it is readily distinguished from them by its slightly deve- loped parietal lamina and the absence of the columellar fold. a Stenopus? Guildingi, nov. sp. T. perforata, depressa, tenuis, subtilissime striatula, nitida, diaphana, corneo-succinea; spira planiuscula; anfr. 4 celeriter accrescentes, yix 158 Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. convexiusculi, ad suturam leviter impressam breviter striato-marginate, ultimus latior, non descendens; apertura fere verticalis, lunato-rotun- data; perist. simplex, acutum, margine columellari vix reflexiusculo. Shell perforate, depressed, thin, minutely striatulate, shining, diaphanous, horny-amber ; spire nearly level; whorls 4, rapidly increasing, scarcely convex, with shortly striated margin at the lightly impressed suture, the last wider, not descending ; aper- ture almost vertical, lunate-rounded ; peristome simple, acute, the columellar margin scarcely reflexed. | Diam. maj. 8; min. 7; alt. 3 mill. Habitat.—Porto Cabello, Venezuela. Robert Swift. Remarks.—lI received one specimen of this interesting spe- cies, with the animal, from Mr. Robert Swift, and submitted it to Edward §. Morse for microscopic examination, and to him I am indebted for the accompanying figures and the substance of the subjoined notes. Stenopus? Guildingi Bland. Fig. a. Shell with animal, about the natural size. 6. Head magnified; superior tentacles partially retracted. Morse. mentions that he could find no trace of the Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 159 inferior tentacles; but doubtless they exist, and would be perceptible in the living animal. c. Tail magnified, showing the (retractile?) appendage, at the base of which the mucous pore was noticed,—the creeping disk remarkably narrow and long. d. Section of lingual membrane; about 85 rows of plates, 441-44, central plate long, narrow, with a single pointed denticle, slightly indented at the base; late- rals and uncini similar, having a single long recurved denticle. The dentition somewhat similar to that of FZ. concava Say (Morse Terr. Pul. of Maine, pl. 5), but the plates longer and narrower. é. Buccal plate, arcuate, roundly produced in the centre of the cutting edge, in form like that in Helicellinee. The character of the animal induces me to believe that this species belongs to Stenopus, of which Guilding (Zocl. Jour. iii. 527, 1828) describes the pedal disk and tail as follows :— “ Discus gressorius distinctus, linearis, musculis transversis, pedis lateribus multo angustior, veluti in genere Onchidio (unde nomen). Cauda tentaculata, tentaculo subretractal, glandula ad basin posit.” | He adds this remark: “A very remarkable and distinct genus allied to the Linnean Helices, from all of which it differs in the curious contraction of the pedal disk, and the caudal ten- taculum furnished with a gland beneath. They creep slowly and awkwardly, not being able to support the shell, on account of the narrowness of the foot, without proceeding in a meander- ing line.” | The shell under consideration may in several respects be compared with Stenopus cruentatus Guild.; the most marked differences are, that the latter is transversely plicatulate and impressed round the perforation. 0 160 Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. In a paper “On the Structure of the Axis of the Shell of Cylindrella” (Annals vi. 150, 1855), I pointed out the peculiar nature of the axis in several species, and observations have since been made on its singular character in other and espe- cially in Cuban species. In C. turris Pfr. of Mexico, the axis is a highly salsa ies the exterior of which is distantly but strongly ribbed, having a diameter, in the fourth whorl from the last, of 4-5 mill., so that a young shell must have a wide open umbilicus. This tube has a groove or sinus within each whorl, immediately above the septum. The tube gradually increases in size from the apex, but is smaller towards the base; in the penultimate whorl it is 8 mill. in diameter ; in the last it rapidly diminishes, and terminates in a point, the umbilicus being imperforate. A similar structure prevails in C. clava Pfr., also from Mexico. The internal structure of C. Goldfussi Menke of Texas, be- longing to the subgenus Holospira, differs essentially from that of any West Indian form which has come under my notice, and I have examined very many. In the penultimate whork of C. Goldfussi there are four lamelle : one strongly developed, situated on the under side of the upper septum, and in length about equal to one-half of the circumference of the whorl; another on the upper surface of the lower septum, immediately beneath and opposite to the above-mentioned lamella, and of about equal length, but not so much developed; a third lamella on the middle of the lower half of, and revolving on the axis; the fourth on the inner side of the outer wall of the shell (opposite the axial lamella), and visible from the exterior. I am not aware of the occurrence of lamina on the outer wall or septa of the whorls in any other . species, but have not had an opportunity of examining several which are allied to C. Goldfussi. The animal of Cylindrella has no buccal plate—at least it has not, so far as I am informed, been detected. The lingual dentition varies considerably in different species. Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusca. 161 The forms of the central plate and laterals of OC. sewva Gund. of Cuba, obtained from a living example ae received from Mr. Charles cian are : shown in the annexed figure, which, with several others illustrating this paper, I use with the kind permission of Professor Henry of the Smithsonian Institution, in anticipation of a forthcoming work pre- pared for the Institution by W. G. Bin- ney. - The rows are about 130 in number, the formula being 26-1-26. The central plate is small, obtusely pointed, laterals eee joined two by two, upper edge fringed. C. scwva belongs to the subgenus Urocoptis. The classification by Albers (Die Heliceen, 1861) of Cylin- drella and Macroceramus, may here be added for convenient reference, but I do not desire it to be implied that I adopt his views: Lingual Dentition of Cylindrella sceva Gund. CYLINDRELLA. Urocoptis Beck. Type C. decollata Nyst. Mychostoma Albers. “ C. subula Fer. Gongylostoma “ “ C. elegans Pfr. Holospira : « -C, pilocerew Pir. Trachelia Pfr. “- C. porrecta Gould. Diaphora Albers, “ C. Cumingiana Pfr. Scalatella “ . “ C. Greyana C. B. Ad* Casta . « ©, Chemnitziana Fer. (elongata Chem.) ) MacrocERAMUS. Macroceramus Guild. Type M. signatus Guild. Anoma Albers. “ lat ae da 5 et SR elegans, Pfr. EPGIOSIEA “cien'c casn)vespecann ssceas piloceret, Pfr. Pree lia, PPE. icnsicecccstesei evs porrecta, Gould. LOE iS ae | (ae eros ‘4 elongata, Chem. * EX * [ 26 ] ae 2 < Zi HELICEA. : E eee a -& B. VITRINEA. & * VITRINA, Drap ....00 coceee soscee ose limpida, Gould. STENOPUS, Guild... ...cccece ee oe cruentus, Guild. ZoniTEs, Montf. Moreletia, Pfr.....+.. cesses cevees euryomphalus, Pfr. Hyatina, (Fer.) Gray. Hyalina, 8. St1.. .c.sce secsceves see indentata, Say. Mesomphix, Raf. ......s00 ssse0 Suliginosa, Griff. DOF CMID, tnsesucintlessnze seabiontt eon concolor, Fer. Ammonoceras, Pfr.......... = euspira, Pfr. Edusa, Alb.....c+0 wulidote '» scheme zonites, Pfr. Conulus, (Fitz.) Mog. Tand.* * fulva, Drap. Gastrodonta, AID .....00. esses saad interna, Say. MACROCYCEIB, Beck..cccccee evecee * laxata, Fer. % Sacpa, Beck. Bagda, 6. BEF. scccv emueveuneen a Cookiana, Gmel. Hyalosagda, Alb....... piinientioh similis, ©. B. Ad. Proserpinula, Alb......... s+ wo proserpinula, Pfr. Odontosard a «6 ..00+x0 sasnen snsene polyodon, W. & M. C. HELICACEA. HeEtrx, L. Microphypay BID. ecasien a4 < 1 =I Si Aad Ee ee ® HELICEA ae *e Sat at. Se, Boe . ee, en Re Se eM ee Sf : 4 iS oe = 3 a o © r=| es [S) 42 oS SS os so @ i Mtl rs = = = ad 3s = a PO Se Swat AS Era ie ie Pineria, Poey. ce beeeeseee SESSE8 888 * * * Beathina, Poey. MCGG INTs ce occa ceca aenicescas ove i * ety Ry te MAY. % fallax, Say. Strophia, Alb 208 ceases 800800 Sec sX XX * * *9? * mumia, Brug. Bnnes, Hii& Av. Ad.. = [ 83 ] Cylindrella has an extraordinary number of species in Cuba, and of very varied forms, both externally, and internally as regards the characters of the axis. The subgenera Urocoptis (C. Ghiesbreghti, Pfr.,) and Holospira (C. Pilocerer, Pfr.) are ra- ther continental, while Gongylostoma (C. elegans, Pfr.,) and Trachelia (C. porrecta, Gould) may be especially referred to Cuba. i The occurrence in Cuba of both operculated and inopercu- lated species with well developed spinous processes is curious, —I allude to Choanopoma hystrix and echinus, Wright, to Me- laniella acuticostata, Orb., and Cylindrella Elliotti, Poey. The family Proserpinacea belongs to Mexico,—the subgenus Proserpina (P.depressa, Orb.) has insular representatives only in Cuba, the Isle of Pines and Jamaica. Strictly South American forms are rare in the West Indies, excepting in the Guadeloupe subprovince. In Cuba there are a few species of Bulimulus, but of subgenera which are ra- ther of Mexican and Central, than South American form, viz: Inostracus Martelinus, Poey, found also on the Florida Keys, and L-ptomerus sepuleralis, Poey, which, as well as Mesem- brinus Bahamensis, Pfr., inhabits New Providence. Orthalicus is most numerously represented in South America. _ It has one species (O. undatus, Brug.) in Cuba, found also in Jamaica and in the Guadeloupe subprovince. . In South America there are two species of Balea, and it is remarkable that one (B. Canteroiana, Gund.) is found in Cuba, the only West Indian species, referred, indeed, to the genus Balea by Pfeiffer, with some doubt. There are several species in the Cuban subprovince, which have most probably been introduced from EHurope,— Stenogyra decollata, L., found at Havana, also at Charleston, S. Carolina, Helix ventrosa, Fer., and Cionella acicula, Miull., at Bermuda,—the latter also inhabiting Florida, and lately dis- covered at Princeton, N. J., by Mr. A. D. Brown. 2. Jamaica. Many West Indian forms belong to, and, as is the case with Cuba, are peculiar to this subprovince. The most characteristic subgenera of Helix are: Cysticopsis (H. tenerrima, (C. B. Ad.), Pleurodonta (H. lucerna, Miill., H. soror, Fer., and H. sinuata, Mill.), and Leptoloma (H. fuscocincta, C. B. Ad.) OCoryda and Thelidomus, more particularly Cuban, are represented, the former by several species, of which 4. Gossei, Pfr., may be called the type, and the latter by H. cog- nata, Fer., and H. aspera, Fer. The genus Sagda (S. Cookiana, Gmel.)is peculiar to Jamaica, with the exception of the subgenus Odontosagda, which be- longs to Haiti. i ee Liguus and Strophia, found both in Cuba and Haiti, are not present in Jamaica. Macroceramus, most numerously represented in Cuba and Haiti, has 1 species only in this subprovince, MJ. Grosser, Pfr., found also in Cuba and New Providence. Albers places i in Anoma, Cylindrella tricolor, Pfr., and other Jamaica species, and in Lia (both subgenera of Macroceramus), C. Maugeri, Wood, and its alles, an arrangement which I am not, as at present informed, prepared to accept. Stenogyra has representatives of Opeas and Subulina, but not of Pseudobalea or Melaniella. Of genera characteristic of Mexico and Central America, Glandina, Spiraxis and Cylindrella .are represented in Ja- maica. Varicella (C. leucozonias, Walch), subgenus of Glan- dina, has its principal development in Jamaica. The species of Spiraxis, unlike those of the Continent, are small, and belong to the subgenus Huspiraxis. Of Cylindrella, the subgenera Urocoptis, (C. nobilior, C. B. Ad.) and ~Mychostoma (C. subula, Fer.) are numerously represented. Casta (C. elongata, Chem.) is peculiar to this subprovince. The genus Proserpina (P. nitida, Sowb., P. pisum, C. B. Ad.) has a greater number of species in Jamaica than in Cuba. Tn this subprovinee, as in Cuba, Bulimulus is feebly repre- sented, Liostracus by B. erubescens, Pfr., and Leptomerus by B. immaculaius, C. B. Ad. Leptinaria, subgenus of Cionella, has two or three species in South America; and (. monodon, C. B. Ad., of Jamaica, is, I believe, properly placed in it. Orthalicus, as in Cuba, is represented solely by O. undatus, Brug. There are no species in this subprovince which can be spoken of as European or introduced from EKurope. 8. Haiti. The peculiar forms of Helix in this subprovince belong to the subgenera Plagioptycha (H. loxodon, Pfr.), Hury- cratera (H. Dominicensis, Pfr.), Cepolis (H. cepa, Mill.) and Caracolus (H. caracolla, L.) H. Audebardi, Pfr. with its ally H. Luguillensis, Shuttl., of Porto Rico, seem to be very inconsistently placed by Albers in the subgenus Polydontes, of which H. imperator is the type. Odontosagda (S. polyodon, W.and M.), subgenus of Sagda, is peculiar to Haiti. Liguus is represented by L.virgineus, L., which occurs also in French Guiana, and Strophia (S. glans, Kust.) has several species in this subprovince. Of Stenogyra, the subgenus Obeliscus has S. tereb aster, Lam., Pseudobalea, S. hasta, Ptr, both found also in Cuba, and Opeas [ 85 ] has S. Caraccasensis, Rv., which inhabits the Guadeloupe subpro- vince and South America. Melaniella is not represented. Macroceramus (M. formosus, Wood), with the exception of Cuba, has the largest number of species in Haiti. Anoma tri- color, Pfr., is found in this as well as in the Jamaica subpro- vince. The occurrence in Haiti of Vztrina (Malak. Blatt. 1858, p. 146), which belongs rather to Hastern North America, is somewhat remarkable. The genus Hyalina is widely distributed, but the subgenus Mesomphix (H. fuliginosa, Griff). likewise more especially of Kastern North America, is represented in the West Indies by one species only, H. ptycoraphe, W.and M., of Haiti, where Hyalina indentata, Say, common in the United States, also occurs. Glandina, Spiraxis and Cylindrella, to which I have referred as characteristic of the faunas of Mexico and Central America, are represented in Haiti,—the two first by comparatively few species. Those of Glandina belong to the subgenera Varr- cella (G. biplicata, Wein.), and Oleacina (G. o’eacea, Fer., found also in Cuba.) Oleacina Paivana. Pfr., a sinistral species, is a remarkable form. Of Sprrazxis, the subgenus Huspiraxis (S. Dunkeri, Pfr.) is alone represented. Cylindrella has a consid- erable number of species, chiefly of the subgenus Urocoptis (C. Menkeana, Pfr.) In this subprovince Orthalicus and Leptinaria (South Amer- ican) are wanting. Of Bulimulus, the subgenus T’hauwmastus is represented by B. exilis, Gmel., widely distributed in the Porto Rico and Guadeloupe subprovinces; Liostracus? by B. Dominicus, Rv., referred also to Mexico, and Mesembrinus by B. Moussoni, Pfr. The genus Simpulopsis has species in Mexico, but is more especially South American. It is not found in Cuba or Ja- maica, but there is one representative in each of the Islands of Haiti (S. Dominicensis, Pfr.), Porto Rico (S. Portoricensis, Shuttl.), and Trinidad (8. corrug itus, Guppy.) Haiti, as remarked with reference to the operculates, has, the inoperculates also considered, more relationship with Cuba than with Jamaica, as evidenced especially by the occurrence of Liguus and Strophia, and the many species of Mucrocera- MUS. Seeing that Vitrina and Mesomphix. as well as Hyxlina in- dentata, Say, are found in this subprovinee, it may be said to have a greater connection than Jamaica with Kastern North America. 4, Porto Rico, with Viézue and the Virgin Islands. including also Anguilla, St. Martin and St. Bartholomew. This sub- [ 36 ] province, compared with the preceding, has fewer peculiar forms of Helix. Caracolus is represented by H. caracolla, L., and H. marginella, Gmel.; the former found also in Haiti, the latter of the same type as ‘EH. Sagemon, Beck, of Cuba. Eury- cratera (H. angulata, Fer.) and Plagioptycha(H. Riisei, Pfr.) are represented in Porto Rico and Viéque, and the last by H. ne- moralina, Pet.,in the Virgin Islands. Thelidomus, especially Cuban, has in this subprovince, according to Albers, several species, of which H. lima, Fer., is the type, but he has H. cas- trensis, Pfr., its very near ally, in Dentellaria, to which it scarcely belongs. Mérchia, subgenus of Hyalina, is repre- - sented in Porto Rico by H. concolor, Fer. Strophia has P. microstoma, Pfr., and P. striatella, Fer., in Porto Rico, and the latter, I believe, also in Anegada,—both are found in Haiti. Stenogyra has Obeliscus terebraster, Lam., and Pseudobalea hasta, Pir. in Porto Rico, and Melanietla gracillima, Pfr., (found also in Cuba and Florida) i in St. Thomas. Macroceramus has two species, J. microdon, Pfr., in Porto Rico, St. Thomas, St. John and Tortola, I. signatus, Guild, in the latter Island and Anguilla. Anoma and Lia are absent. In this subprovince there are no strictly North American forms. Oleacina (G. glabra, Pfr.) and Varicella (G. terebreformis, Shuttl.) are represented in Porto Rico alone, and by few spe- cies. Spiraxis does not occur. Cylindrella has a small num- ber of species, chiefly of the subgenus Mychostoma, one of which, C. pallida, Guild., is widely ‘distributed, There is in this subprovince, as compared especially with Cuba aid Jamaica, a marked diminution of Mexican and Central American forms. It may, in fact, be said that east- ward from Cuba to the eastern limit of the Porto Rico sub- province, those, as well as strictly West Indian forms, dimin- ish gradually in number, being at their minimum in the Guadeloupe subprovince. Orthalicus does not occur, but more subgenera of Bul- mulus are represented than in the Islands to the westward. Besides Mesembrinus (B. elongatus, Bolt.), Thaumastus (B. exilis, Gmel ), Leplomerus (B fraterculus, Fer.), and Liostracus? (B. Hjalmarsoni, Pfr.), Drymaeus has B. liliaceus, Fer. Leptinaria (C. Antillarum, Shuttl.) has three species, and Simpulopsis one, as already mentioned. The only West Indian species of Clausilia, C.tridens, Schweig., of the subgenus Nenia, inhabits Porto Rico. The genus is not represented on the N orthern, but there are several species on the Southern Continent. Ennea (subgenus of Pupa), which is more especially devel- — ee ee [ 87 J oped in Africa, has a single species (P. bicolor, Gould), proba- bly introduced from the East Indies where it is widely dis- tributed, in St. Thomas, and in Trinidad embraced in the Guadeloupe subprovince. Several subfossil species are found in St. Croix, and among them H. caracolla and H. marginella, Gmel.,—also two species of Strophia, none of which are now living on the Island. Im- pressions of an undetermined species of Strophia occur also in the fossil guano of Sombrero.* The fauna of the Porto Rico subprovince has closer relations with that of Haiti, than of Jamaica or Cuba. 5. Guadeloupe and Martinique, with Bar' uda and the Islands between it and them, and also Islands to the South, to and inclu- sive of Trinidad. There is, as before observed, a very marked decline in this subprovince of genera especially characteristic of the West Indian fauna. Of Helix, the subgenus T’helido- mus, belonging to Cuba and Jamaica, and Cepolis of Haiti, are represented in Martinique, the former by . discolor, Fer., and the latter by H. auridens, Rang. Méorchia, (subgenus of Hya- lina) has H. Baudoni, Pet. (closely allied to H. concolor, Fer., of Porto Rico) in Guadeloupe. With very few exceptions, the rest of the Helices in this subprovince belong to the subgenus Dentellaria. That subge- nus is represented in most of the Islands, and is, indeed, the characteristic form of this subprovince, but it is not found in St. Vincent or Trinidad. Albers places A. lychnuchus, Miill., (erroneously attributing it to Porto Rico) in Dentellaria; but St. Simon (Jour. de Conch., 1853), with reference to some anatomical peculiarity and the form of the buccal plate, refers it to Zonites. He sug- gests that H. acuta, Lam., the shell of which is somewhat anal- agous to that of lychnuchus, may have a similar organization, and also belong to Zonites,—the buccal plate of the former is, however, strongly ribbed, and has marginal denticles. It is remarkable that T’helidomus discolor and the following species of Dentellaria, as well as various species of other gen- era, found in the Guadeloupe subprovince, also inhabit French Guiana, viz: orbiculata, Isabella, dentiens, nux denticulata, and badia. Dorcasia (Helix) similaris, Fer., found in South America and other parts of the world, also occurs in Barbados. The existence of Stenopus (S. lividus, Guild., and S. eruen- tus, Guild.) in the Island of St. Vincent is a very marked feature of the fauna of the Guadeloupe subprovince. This genus is allied to Nanina (an Asiatic form), in which the _* A very interesting paper on the Geology of the Key of Sombrero, by Alexis A. Julien, will be found in the Ann. of the Lyceum, YVIII., 1866. [ 33 ] above named species were placed by Pfeiffer (Vers. p. 113, 119, 1855), and H. zonites, Pfr., of Mexico, by Gray (Pulm., p. 140, 1855.) In 1865 I described (Ann. Lyc., VIII., 157) S’en- opus Guildingi, from Porto Cabello, Venezuela, and, from in- formation given by Dr. Berendt, there is some reason to be- lieve that at least one species inhabits Mexico. The occur- rence of Stenopus in the Guadeloupe subprovince alone, affords additional evidence of the close alliance of the faunas of that subprovince and of South America. Liguus and Macroceramus, mentioned as West Indian forms, are not represented in this subprovince, and Strophia only by Strophia uva, L., in Curagao.* Stenogyra has no peculiar species ; Opeas Caraccasensis, Rv., occurs in several of the Islands, and also inhabits South America. Pineria Schramm, to which I have already re- ferred, is found in Guadeloupe, and P. Viéquensis, Pfr., in Bar- badoes, as well as in Viéque of the Porto Rico subprovince. There is a diminished number of representatives of Mexi- can and Central American, as well as West Indian forms in the subprovince under consideration. Glandina has only Varicella Guadeloupensis, Pfr., (Guadeloupe), and V. semztarum, Rang. (Martinique.) Spiraxis is wanting. and Cylindrella has 3 species, the sub- genus Mychostoma being represented by C. costata, Guild., in Barbados, Gongylostoma by C. collaris, Fer., in Guadeloupe and Martinique, and Zrachelia? by C. Trinitaria, Pfr., in Trin- idad. | Proserpina, as before mentioned, is confined to the Cuba and Jamaica subprovinces. The Guadeloupe subprovince is peculiarly rich in South American forms. Bulimus, which belongs to the Southern Continent, has of the subgenus Pelecychilus, B. auris Sileni, Born., in St. Vincent, B. auris-sciurt, Guppy, in Trinidad, and an allied, possibly the same species, (both enumerated in my Catalogue, Ann. Lyc., VIL, as B. glaber, Gmel.) in Grenada; of Borus, B. oblongus, Mill., in St. Vincent, Tobago, Trinidad, and Barbados, introduced in the latter, from St. Vincent, by the late Rev. J. Parkinson; of Hurytus, B. aulacostylus, Pfr., in St. Lucia. B. auris Silent and oblongus also inhabit French Guiana. Several subgenera of Bulimulus are represented, viz.: Dry- maeus, Liostracus, Mesembrinus, Thaumastus and Leptomerus. * In my former paper (p. 148) I noticed H. pentodon, Menke, of Cura- cao, ove: ook i g the remarks of vy. Martens (Malak. Blatt., 1859, p. 209), who, with much apparent reason, refers to it as a young example of 8. ura Sirophia Antoni, Kust., of Berbice, is the only known South Amer- ican species. [ 39 ] No less than four of the species, B. multifasciatus, elongatus, exilis and fraterculus are also found in French Guiana. Orthalicus, confined in the other subprovinces to Cuba and Jamaica, has O. undatus, Brug., in Trinidad, and O. undulatus, Guild., in the Grenadines. Leptinaria has L. Antillarum, Shuttl, in several of the Islands, LZ. Funcki, Pfr. in Grenada (also in British Guiana), and ZL. lamellata, P. and M., in Guadeloupe, as well as on the Southern Continent. | Streptaxis has one species only in the West Indies, viz: S. deformis, Fer., also in Trinidad, where Simpulopsis corrugatus, Guppy, occurs. Several of the forms of Succinea in this subprovince are peculiar The subgenus Amphibulima is represented by S. patula, Brug. in St. Christopher and Guadeloupe?, Succinea by S. rubescens, Desh., in Guadeloupe and Martinique (also in French Guiana), Brachyspira by SS. tegrina, Lesueur, in St. Vincent, and Omalonyx by S. unguis, Fer. (found also in Bra- zil), and S. appendiculata, Pfr., in Guadeloupe. The distribution of the Jand shells in the West Indies seems to warrant the division of the islands into the five above- mentioned subprovinces, but it is very interesting to notice that the distribution of plants renders a different division ne- cessary, especially of the islands comprised in my Porto Rico and Guadeloupe subprovinces. Grisebach, in the Preface to his “ Flora of the British West Indian Islands” (London, 1864), remarks, that the Islands, though reaching beyond the tropics, “present a tropical char- acter in their vegetable productions, and the Northern Baha- mas in this respect are quite distinct from the opposite conti- nental shore of ¢lorida, trom which it is separated by the Gulf Stream; while Trinidad, lying almost contiguous to the delta of the Orinoco, partakes of the flora of Venezuela and Guiana. Jamaica, again, from its mountainous character and more dis- tant position,—most of the Leeward islands from being wooded volcanoes,—and a majority of the Windward ones, with a dry climate, and a low, calcareous soil, form three divisions of this tropical archipelago, which show as many peculiarities.” - The author adds, that the whole of the British West Indies, as comprised in his “ Flora,” may be divided into five natural sections, each with a distinct botanical character, and including the following islands, viz.:— I. Bahamas and Turk Islands. Il. Jamaica. [ 40 ] IIL. Western Caribbean Islands (most Leeward, and in- cluding some of the Windward islands), viz.: ‘“Vir- gin Islands, St. Kitts, Nevis, Montserrat, Dominica, St. Lucia, St. Vincent, Grenada and Grenadillos. IV. Eastern Caribbean Islands (most Windward, and some Leeward islands), viz.: Anguilla, Barbuda, An- tigua, Barbados and Tobago. VY. Trinidad. It will be noticed that the Virgin Islands and Anguilla, em- braced, with islands to which by their land-shell faunas they are closely allied, in my Porto Rico subprovince, are placed by Grisebach, the former in his third, and the latter in his fourth section, and both with islands, to which they are not so allied, comprised in my Guadeloupe subprovince. The boundaries (shown by the distribution of the land shells) of the Porto Rico and Guadeloupe subprovinces are somewhat sharply defined, and, in connection with an explanation as to their limits, there are some facts (for which I am indebted to Mr. Julien) relating to the geological position of part of the former subprovince, which deserve consideration. The Eastern portion of the Porto Rico subprovince consists of the Virgin and St. Martin banks and the Key of Sombrero, the latter dividing the channel between the banks into two passages,——the Anegada on the west, and the Sombrero passage on the east of the Key. The Virgin bank, the_ nearest point of which is forty miles from the Key, encircles St. Thomas, St. John, Tortola, Anegada and the other islets of the Virgin group,—deep water soundings off the edge of this bank vary from 140 to 160 fathoms. ‘I'he Key of Sombrero is also sur- rounded by a submarine bank, the dimensions of which are about three and a half by five miles,—soundings off the outer’ edge give from 105 to 150 fathoms. The St. Martin bank, south-east of and about twenty miles from the Key, comprises the islands of Anguilla, St. Martin and St. Bartholomew; soundings off the edge of the bank vary from 102 to 190 fathoms. The northern part of the Guadeloupe subprovince consists of the islands immediately south and east of the St. Martin bank, viz.: St. Kitts, Barbuda and Antigua, with the smaller islands of St. Hustatius and Nevis. The following are the principal differences in the distribu- tion of genera and species of land shells, on which I rely as - authority for separating the last mentioned islands from the Porto Rico subprovince, and placing them, with the islands to the south, in the Guadeloupe subprovince :— © } Megalomastoma and Alcadia are found in Porto Rico, also [ 41 ] in St. Thomas and St.John. Macroceramus (M. microdon, Pfr.) inhabits Porto Rico, St. Thomas, St. John and Tortola, and signatus, Guild., Tortola and Anguilla, the latter on the St. Martin bank. Strophia occurs in Porto Rico, St. Croix (sub- fossil), Anegada and subfossil remains only of a species on Sombrero. Megalomastoma, Alcadia, Macroceramus, excluding Pineria, treated as subgenus of it by H. and A. Adams, and Strophia, S. uva, L., of Curacao alone excepted, are not represented in the Guadeloupe subprovince.* Felix nutabilis, Shuttl., is found in St. Thomas (subfossil), St. John, Tortola and Anegada of the Virgin bank, and in St. Bartholomew of the St. Martin bank, but not in the Guade- loupe subprovince. Dentellaria (subgenus of Helix), of which A. nux denticu- lata, Chem., and H. formosa, Fer., are types, 1s especially char- acteristic of the Guadeloupe subprovince. It is represented in Barbuda and Antigua by H./ormosa, in St. Kitts by H. Jo- sephine, Fer., subfossilt), and occurs also in Guadeloupe, Do- minica, Martinique, Barbados, &c., but not in the Porto Rico _-subprovince. 4. castrensis, Pfr., of Porto Rico, placed by Al. bers in Dentellaria, and by Pfeiffer with species of that type, is a questionable exception,—it appears to me to belong to the same group as H. notabclis, and H. lima, Fer.,—of the latter, indeed, I have considered it a variety. The species common to the Porto Rico and Guadeloupe sub- provinces, of which a list is annexed, are few, and of a char- acter, their general distribution also considered, favorable to my views as to the separation of the two faunas. (Those marked * occur also in one or more of the other sub- provinces, ** also in North America, t also in South America.) Felicina fascrata, Lam. ** Helix vortex, Jefe: +* Bulimulus exilis, Gmel. t . elongatus, Bolt. a . jratercuius,. “Her, Pineria Viéquensis, Pie Leptinaria Antillarum, Shuttl. * Stenogyra Goodall, Mil. qe cS octona, Chem. % ef octonoides, CD Lac, See - subula, Pir, * T have already noticed that Megalomastoma and Strophia do not occur in Jamaica, the most southerly of the larger islands, and that Macroceramus is there represented by M. Gossei, Pfr , only,—a species found also in Cuba and Florida. + The occurrence in St. Croix, St. Thomas, Sombrero and St. Kitts, of subfossil, or at least of species not now living on those islands, is a subject of much geological interest. [ 42 J ** Pupa pellucida, Ere, _ Succinea approximans, Shuttl. Einnea bicolor, = = — Gould. I may add, that, both generically and specifically, there are more intimate relations between the subprovinces of Haiti and Porto Rico, than between those of the latter and Guadeloupe. 4 | [ 43 ] DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN LAND SHELLS. BY THOMAS BLAND. HELIX JACKSONII, nov. sp.—Plate 21, fig. 8. T. anguste umbilicata, depressa, nitida, fusco vel pallide cornea, superne vix elevata, striata subtus convexa, striis ex- ilioribus: anfr. 6, convexiusculi, lente accrescentes, ultimus antice subito deflexus, pone aperturam constrictus. superne gibboso-inflatus; sutura impressa; apertura obliqua, lunato- circularis, tridentata; perist. callosum, fusco-roseum, breviter reflexum, marginibus vix conniventibus, dente, albo, lingui- formi, bicruri, profunde intrante junctis, basali plica valida, obliqua, sinuosa, dextro dente profundo immerso munito. Shell narrowly umbilicate, depressed, shining, dark or pale horn-colored, little elevated above, striated, convex beneath, with finer almost obsolete strie ; whorls 6, shi ghtly convex, grad ually increasing, the last suddenly deflected, contracted and above gibbously inflated behind the aperture; suture impressed; aper- ture oblique, lunate-circular, with three teeth; peristome thickened, brownish-red, shortly reflected, with the scarcely approaching margins joined by a white, linguiform, bicural, deeply entering tooth, the basal margin with a strong oblique, sinuous fold, the right with a deeply seated tooth. Dimensions —Diam. maj. 7, min. 6, alt. 4 mill. Large dead specimens, brought down from the upper coun- try by the streams flowing into the Arkansas River, measure: Diam. maj. 9, min. 8, alt. 4 mill. Habitat—Fort Gibson, Indian (Cherokee) Territory, (V. B. Hubbard!) Remarks.—This species belongs to the same group as, and is most nearly allied to H. Hazardi, Bland, (H. plicata, Say,) from which, however, it may be readily distinguished by the very different character of the parietal and basal teeth. “This species has no internal tubercle. [ 44 ] I am indebted for specimens of this int-resting shell to Dr. Hubbard, of Tottenville, Staten Island. They were collected by his son, Mr. V. B. Hubbard, Assistant Surgeon U.S. Army, at whose wish I dedicate the species to his late friend and fellow-Surgeon, R. M.S. Jackson, Corr. Memb. Acad. Nat. Sci, Philadelphia. Dr. Jackson, at the time of his death, a year since, at Chattanooga, was diligently engaged in studying the fauna of that part of Tennessee. HELIX SIGNIFICANS, nov. sp.—Plate 21, fig. 9. T. umbilicata, depressa, discoidea, tenuis, irregulariter et leviter striatula, striis subtus subobsoletis, nitens, pallide cor- nea; spira parum elevata; sutura vix impressa; anfr. 6, sub- planulati, ultimus rotundato-inflatus, basi subplanus, circa um- bilicum excavatus; umbilicus pervius, fere } diametri zquans; apertura obliqua, depressa, lunaris; perist. simplex, acutum. Shell umbilicate, depressed, discoidal, thin, with fine irregu lar strize, which are almost obsolete at the base, shining, pale horn-colored ; spire little elevated; suture slightly impressed ; whorls 6, sub, lanulate, the last roundly inflated, rather flat at the base, excavated around the umbilicus, which is pervious, and equal almost to } of the diameter of the shell; aperture oblique, de, ressed, lunate; peristome simple, acute. Dimensions.—Diam. maj. 434, min. 4, alt/2 mill. Habitat——Fort Gibson, Indian Territory, (V. B. Hubbard !) Three specimens were found,—one apparently adult, the others having respectively 4 and 5 whorls only. Remarks.—This species belongs to the group of peculiarly North American type, embraced by Albers in Gastrodonta, subgenus of Hyalina. It is especially alhed to H. multiden- tata, Binney, from which it differs in being of larger size, with wider umbilicus, and in the absence in the last whorl of the series of numerous small teeth which characterize Binney’s S; ecles. In a young s;ecimen of H. stgnificans, having four whorls only, there, however, three small teeth, one by itself, and at some distance from it, two others, situated as the teeth are in H. multidentata. Whether these teeth are or not constant in the antepenultimate whorl of H. significans, 1 am unable to determine. [ 45 ] H. FEBIGERI, nov. sp.—Plate 21, fig. 10. T. umbilicata, orbiculato-plana, tenuis, nitida pallide vel rufo-cornea, superne subdistanter costulato-striata, subtus sub- striata; spira planata; sutura profunda; anfr. 54-6, convexi- usculi, regulariter accrescentes, ultimus ad peripheriam angu- latus, infra angulum inflatus; umbilicus infundibuliformis; apertura obliqua, subreniformis; perist. incrassatum, breviter reflexum, sinuosum, marginibus callo valido triangulari junctis. Shell umbilicate, orbicular, flat, thin, shining, pale or reddish horn-colored, with rather distant rib-like strize above, finely striated beneath; spire almost level; suture deep; whorls 54-6, rather convex, regularly increasing, the last angular at the periphery, inflated below; umbilicus funnel-shaped ; aper- ture oblique, kidney-shaped; peristome thickened, little re- flected, the margins joined by a strong triangular callus. Dimensions.—Diam. maj. 83, min. 74, alt.34 mill. A small specimen measures: Diam. maj. 74, min. 64, alt. 3 mill. Habitat—New Orleans, (Major G. L Febiger, U.S. A.!) _ Remarks.—This species certainly differs from ZH. cereolus, Muhl., H. septemvolva, Say, H. volvoxis, Parr., and H. Carpen- teriana, Bid., the four species of the same group hitherto found on the North American Continent. Compared with H. paludosa, Pfr., of Cuba, the rib-like strize are more regular and prominent, it is more decidedly angular at the periphery, and the form and armature of the aperture are different. In H. Febigeri there is no such excavation be- low the angle of the periphery as prevails, more or less, in the other above-named continental species. In this respect, and in the form of the aperture, H. Febigert appears to be most nearly allied to H. microdonta, Desh., of Bermuda and New Providence, but it is more coarsely striated, and the last whorl is more inflated below. I am indebted for specimens of H. Febigert to Mr. Isaac Lea, who sent them, believing the species to be new. Many examples were collected and forwarded to Mr. Lea by his nephew, Major Febiger, who has long been interested in the land shells of the United States, and to whom I dedicate the species. SUCCINEA HIGGINSI, nov. sp.—Plate 17, fig. 24. T’. depresso-ovata, tenuis, oblique striata, pellucida, nitidula, palliide cornea; spira brevis, obtusa; sutura profunda; anfr. 3, convexi, ultimus depressiusculus; columella vix arcuata, Superne conspicue plicata; apertura angulato-ovalis, dente parvo, obliquo, albo, in pariete aperturali szepe armata; perist simplex, regulariter arcuatum. [ 46 | Shell depressed-oval, thin, obliquely striated, pellucid, some- what shining, pale horn-colored; spire short, obtuse; suture deep; whorls 3, convex, the last rather depressed ; the colum- ella scarcely arched, above conspicuously plicate; aperture angularly oval, frequently armed with a small, oblique, white tooth on the parietal wall; peristome simple, regularly ar- cuate. Dimensions.—Long. 15, diam. 7 mill.; aper. 11 mill. longa, medio 5 lata; anfr. ult. fere 14 mill. longus. | Habitat—Put in Bay Island, Lake Hrie, (Frank Higgins!) Remarks.—This species is allied to S. Salleana, Pfr., S. Hay- deni, W. G. Binn., and especially to S. ovalis, Gould, non Say. Compared with the latter, the last whorl] is less convex, the aperture is more angular above, the columella less arcuate, and more distinctly plicate. The measurements given are of one of the largest specimens. This is the only North American species in which I have no- ticed the parietal tooth mentioned in the description. Three of my specimens have this tooth,—it is lamelliform, about 1 mill. in length at the base, the pointed apex having an eleva- tion of about } mill. OF CONCHOLOGY. iTtT TV, No4 ISG §. NOTES ON THE LAND-SHELLS OF TRINIDAD, GRENADA AND DOMINICA, AND ALSO OF CURAGAO AND BUEN AYRE, W.I. BY THOMAS BLAND. Since the publication of my Catalogue of Land-Shells of the West Indies, (Ann. Lyc., vii, 1861) our knowledge of the faunas of Trinidad, Grenada and Dominica has been greatly extended _by Mr. R. J. Lechmere Guppy, with whom I have the pleasure of corresponding, and to whose liberality I am indebted for nu- merous specimens. Guppy made known the results of his labors in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History (1864, 1866 and 1868), and in the Proceedings of the Scientific Association of Trinidad, (1866, 1867). Considering some of his determinations erroneous, it seems to me desirable that my notes should be published, es- pecially as correct conclusions regarding the species have an im- _ portant bearing on the question of geographical distribution. I am moreover glad to make more generally known the very valu- able data which Mr. Guppy has collected. In former papers on the geographical distribution of species in America and the West Indies (Annals of the Lyceum, |. c., and American Journal of Conchology, 1i, 1866), I remarked on the connection of those continental and insular faunas, and showed conclusively the closer relations of the sub-provinces em- bracing Cuba, Jamaica and Hayti with North America, and of the Porto Rico and Guadeloupe sub-provinces (Trinidad, Grenada and Dominica being included in the last), the latter especially, with South America, and the discoveries of Guppy give further evidence in support of my views. Guppy justly remarks with respect to the molluscan fauna of Dominica, that its general aspect ‘is precisely what we might have expected from its position between the islandgy of Guade- loupe and Martinique.” The occurrence cf a species of Cyclophorus in Dominica is ver y 178 . AMERICAN JOURNAL interesting, considering that two species belong to Guadeloupe and four to Martinique, but none to the other islands. Several species inhabit Mexico, Central and South America, but the genus has its greatest development in India. The discovery of a species of Diplommatina, also of Asiatic type, in Trinidad, and of an Indian species of Hnnea in that island, Grenada, and St. Thomas, is remarkable, but they have, in my opinion, most probably been introduced.* The relations of the faunas of Grenada and Trinidad are very striking, —indeed, from St. Kitts and Antigua to Trinidad, the same fauna unquestionably prevails. Guppy’s writings} contain much new information on the lingual dentition of West Indian species, to which, on the present ocea- sion, I can only incidentally refer. His papers on the Tertiary Formations of the West Indies (Quar. Jour. Geo. Soc., 1866-7) should also be mentioned as extremely valuable contributions to science. | TRINIDAD. 1. DrptomMATINA Huttont, Pfeiffer. Near the Maracas Waterfall.t Gill, Guppy. Also India. I sent one of Gill’s specimens to Pfeiffer, who returned it with label,—‘‘It seems, indeed, to be a Diplommatina, very like D. Huttoni.”” As Guppy remarks, there is scarcely yet absolute certainty that the Trinidad and Indian shells are identical, but I believe them to be so. 2. CYCLOTUS TRANSLUCIDUS, Sowerby. Among dead leaves in forests, on calcareous soils. Abundant on one of the Cotoras Islets, and near Savana Grande, more sparingly in many other districts. Gill, Guppy. Also Venezuela. * For an interesting account of the curious affinities of certain fossil Helices found in Algeria, with species now living in Guadeloupe and Mar- tinique, I refer to a paper by M. Crosse, in the Jour. de Conch. 3 ser, ii, 153, 1862. + See “On the Lingual Dentition of some West Indian Gasteropoda,” . by R. J. Lechmere Guppy and Jabez Hogg. Linn. Trans., xxvi. Some of the figures illustrating this paper appear to me quite unsatisfactory. In justice to Mr. Guppy, 1 should mention that he tells me,—‘I regret to say that the artist has altogether misinterpreted the structure of some of the dental bands, and the paper should have had twice as many figures to render it of any value. I hope that I may be able to rectify this at a future time.” { All the information as to the station and particular habitats of the species are given on the authority of Guppy. Prof. Theodore Gill col- lected in Trinidad in 1858. OF CONCHOLOGY. 179 Guppy described this (Ann. and Mag., 1864,) as Trinetensis, but corrected the error in 1866. 3. CycLoTUS RUGATUS, Guppy. Ann. and Mag., xiv, 1864. Northern range of hills, where it is found up to 2,000 feet. Guppy. One dead and imperfect specimen was collected by Gill. 4, CIsTULA(ADAMSIELLA) ARIPENSIS, Guppy. Ann. and Mag,, xiv, 1864. On the Cerros of Aripo, at a height of 2,000—2,500 feet, where it lives amongst the dead leaves in the forest. Guppy. Guppy described this as an Adamstella, but the operculum is de- cidedly calcareous, and I refer it to Cistula. In form, size and general aspect, this species is allied to the Mexican Chondropoma Cordovanum, Pfeiffer. Guppy remarks :—‘‘ It differs very con-. siderably from any other Adamstella that I have seen, and ap- proaches Cyclostomus in many of its characters.”’ 5. HELICINA NEMORALIS, Guppy. Ann. and Mag., xvii, 1866. On the leaves of trees in the forests. Guppy. Guppy originally described this as H. zonata (Ann. and Mag., xiv, 1864), but finding the name pre-occupied, adopted that of nemoralis. The species belongs to the globose-turbinate group of the Mexican fauna. 6. Heuicina Dysont, Pfeiffer. Found on all parts of the island where the ground is some- what open; it rarely occurs in the forest. Gull, Guppy. Also Honduras, Guppy described this (Ann. and Mag., xiv, 1864) as H. bar- bata, and subsequently referred to its close relation with H. Dy- sont, with which Pfeiffer pronounced specimens, collected by Gill, _ to be identical. 1. HELICINA LAMELLOSA, Guppy. Ann. and Mag., xix. Found at the Cotoras Islets. Guppy. This pretty species is allied to H. lirata, Pfr., of Mexico. Guppy provisionally constitutes the new subgenus Perenna for this shell. 8. HELICINA I@NIcomA, Guppy. Ann. and Mag., June, 1868. Mountains of Aripo, Guppy. 9. STENOPUS LivipUS? Guilding. (Zool. Jour., iii, p. 528, t., suppl. 27, f. 1-3.) Trinidad. Gill. 180 AMERICAN JOURNAL Pfeiffer refers to this species as from Trinidad, on the author- ity of Gill, in Mon., v, 86, (1868.) See my remarks on the species following. 10. ConuLus vacans, Guppy. Ann. and Mag., xvii, 1866. Lives on epiphytal orchids, and also on the roots and stems of ferns. It is not a common species; occurred near Port-of- Spain and at San Fernando; also in the island of Grenada. Guppy. ; The following is the author’s description: “¢ Shell small, trochiform, depressed, sub-perforate, thin, fragile, pellucid, shining, brownish horn-colored; whorls 5, car- inate, flattened and obliquely striate above, closely covered with fine, longitudinal, rather wavy striz, visible under a lens, and most distinct on the polished under surface; spire conoidal ; aperture lunate; peristome simple, acute; columellar margin slightly reflected; greatest diameter, 0°18 inch; height, 0-12 inch. (Height, 24 mill; diam., 4 mill. Guppy.) The animal has four stout tentacles. Mantle filling the aper- ture and projecting, but not reflected over any part of the shell. Foot narrow, truncate, with a small retractile appendage on the truncate tail. organ stout, on the right side, below and a lit- tle behind the upper part of tentacles. The foot has a median band separated by a fine line or groove from the lateral portions on each side. Lingual teeth about 30, 5, 0, 5, 30, broad, sub- equal; central obsolete; first five laterals symmetrical, with a larger rounded cusp having a smaller cusp of similar shape on each side; outer laterals bicuspid, resembling the teeth of Tes- tacellus.”’ Guppy adds that the animal is viviparous; in the wet seasons individuals are found containing ten or twelve young in different stages. Tressied specimens from Guppy under the name C. vacans, — none of which are adult; the largest with four whorls, not cari- nated, and very like H. Gundlachi, Pfr. In reply to my re- mark to that effect, Guppy writes, ‘‘I am quite sure that the shells sent to you as Conulus vacans were that species; when young they very much resemble (. Gundlachi.”’ Gill collected several dead specimens of a small carinated shell which may possibly be of Guppy’s species. I sent an adult to Pfeiffer, who réturned it with label “ Stenopus lividus, Guild. ?” It agrees rather closely with Guppy’s description and Guilding’s figure ; has five whorls, being a dead shell, is not ‘* pellucid shin- ing,” but has a deciduous epidermis, on which are microscopic spiral lines ; the periphery is sharply carinated, sensibly modify- OF CONCHOLOGY. . 181 ing the form of the aperture. In his last paper (Ann. and May. June, 1868), Guppy observes as follows : “Tt has been suggested to me that Conulus vacans, which I described as occurring in Trinidad, is possibly the same as Steno- pus lividus of Guilding. I had, however, made a careful com- parison of Guilding’s figure, and it seemed to me that the two were distinct, although there can be little doubt that both mol- lusks belong to the same group. I venture to think, however, that, in view of their affinities, the name Conulus is the proper one for the group. The name Stenopus cannot be allowed to stand, having been preoccupied for a crustacean. Such shells as Conu- lus semen-lint and C. Gundlachi are evidently not separable from the present group. The mucus-pore and retractile appendage on the truncate tail are found in the genus Manina, and also in Zonites (as described in ‘ Die Heliceen’ of Albers); and Conulus vacans has also the median part of the foot defined as in Nanina (e. g. Helicarion Freycineti). I think, therefore, that the best classification will be to refer to Zonites all those species (of the group now under consideration) in which a caudal appendage ex- ists. Conulus will thus form a section of Zonites, comprising the minutely perforated trochiform species. ‘To the group Aigopis will be assigned those species having shells like Stenopus cruen- tatus, Guild., S. Gudldingi, Bland, and Helix nitensoides, D’ Orb. The genus Hyalina will then consist of the species such as H. cellaria and H. nitens, which have no caudal appendage.”’ I do not concur with the above suggestions as to classification ; but time and space do not permit me to discuss them. I must, however, remark that there is no evidence, so far as I know, of the existence of a caudal appendage in C. Gundlachi. In the allied shell C. fulva it does not occur. Morch (Jour. de Conch. 3 ser. vii, 256 (1867), with reference to the resemblance of the teeth of Conulus vacans, as represented by Guppy, to those of Testacella, proposes to establish the genus Guppya. 11. Stewopus Guinpiner, Bland. Ann. Lye. vin, 1865. Heights of Aripo, 2000 to 2700 feet.—Guppy. Also Porto Cabello, Venezuela, R. Swift. Guppy refers shells found in Trinidad (at the above locality only) to this species, which he puts in the genus Zonites, but he admits having had no opportunity to examine the animal. He remarks, “this shell is so like Hyalina ecellaria, Miill., that, were a dozen examples of each mixed together, it would be difficult to assort them.’’ This comparison is so much at variance with my 182 AMERICAN JOURNAL views that I doubt the determination of the Trinidad shell, speci- mens of which I have not seen. In S. Gueldingi the perforation is much smaller than in H. cellaria, the shell is more depressed, its color and texture different, the number of whorls fewer, and the aperture more rounded. : 12. ZonrTEs rmpLicans, Guppy. Ann. and Mag. June, 1868. 13. ZoNITES UMBRATILIS, Guppy. Ann. and Mag. June, 1868. Guppy observes that this and Z. zmplicans may, upon exami- nation of the soft parts, prove not to have caudal appendages, and will then be referrible to Hyalina, not to Zonites. 14. HeELIx BAcTRICOLA, Guppy. Ann. and Mag. June, 1868. Mountains of Aripo.—Guppy. 15. STREPTAXIS DEFORMIS, Ferussac. On trees and on the ground in the woods. Not very abun- dant, but may be found on the Laventille Hills, especially on limestone ridges. It also occurs on the Cotoras and other islands in the Gulf of Paria.—Gill, Guppy. Also in Venezuela and Guiana. 16. ENNEA BICOLOR, Hutton. In the crevices of rocks near streams, in the neighbourhood of Port-of-Spain.—Gill, Guppy. Occurs also in the islands of Grenada and St. Thomas, and in India. 17. Butimus (PLEKOCHEILUS) AURIS-SCIURI, Guppy. Ann. and Mag. Jan., 1866. Found on trees in many parts of the island.—Gill, Guppy. In the Proceedings of the Scientific Association of Trinidad, Dec., 1866, Guppy observes that having seen specimens of B. glaber from Brazil closely approaching the Trinidad species, he found difficulty in separating them, and left the question of identity open. I am disposed to consider the species distinct. 18. BuLimus optonaus, Miller. Found in many parts of the island; abundantly on pieces of land allowed to run into bush in the town of Port-of-Spain.— — Gill, Guppy. It occurs also in St. Vincent and Barbados, and is widely distributed in South America. 19. BuLtimus VINcENTINUS, Pfeiffer. OF CONCHOLOGY. 183 Synonymy. Bulimus Vineentinus, Pf., Proc. Zool. Soc. 1846. Mon. 1, 1038. “< multifasciatus, Guppy, Ann. and Mag. N. H. Jan., 1866. Proc. Sci. Ass. Trinidad, “Dec., 1866 (not of Lamarck). “© immaculatus, Guppy, Ann. and Mag. 1. c. Proc. Sci. Ass. l. c. (not of C. B. Adams.) The .banded form (B. multifasciatus, Guppy) lives on trees, and is found throughout the colony, being perhaps more common at Monos Island.—Gill, Guppy. ‘The yellowish-white bandless variety, Pfeiffer’s var. 3 (B. immaculatus, Guppy), is found on the tops of trees in the forests, over a great part of the island. It is very abundant in some localities, particularly in some gar- dens at Port-of-Spain.—Gill, Guppy. Guppy entirely misapprehends this and the species to which he refers the two forms. Specimens of both, collected in Trini- dad by Gill, were submitted by me to Pfeiffer in 1865, labelled “B. Vincentinus ? Pfr.;’’ he returned them with the following note: ‘J cannot compare the type, but think it is the same spe- cies.’ The specimens collected both by Gill and Guppy agree in every respect with Pfeiffer’s description, and are certainly en- tirely distinct from B. multifasciatus, Lam., and B. immaculatus, C. B. Adams,—the latter, so far as I know, peculiar to Jamaica. Pfeiffer gives St. Vincent as habitat of the type, and Venezuela of var. f. Guppy (Ann. and Mag. June, 1868) says, “the shell identi- fied by me with B. immaculatus, Reeve,* seems probably not to be that species, but an uncolored variety of the Trinidad form of B. multifasciatus determined to be B. Vincentinus, Pfr. ;’ but, as I have already stated, the two last named species are distinct. Reeve’s figures (Conch. Icon., pl. lv, No. 366), especially of the typical banded form, faithfully represent the species. He remarks that the locality assigned to it in the name given by Pfeiffer is somewhat doubtful. I do not believe that the species occurs in St. Vincent. 20. Bunrmus MULTIFAScIaTUS, Lamarck. Gill brought one specimen (var. 8, Pfr. Mon. ii, 168) from Trinidad, and I have lately received one, with two young shells of B. Vincentinus, from Guppy, the three labelled with Lamarck’s name. The young shells of the effuse-lipped Bulimi (such as B. * Reeve first published a description of this species. Adams had pre- viously distributed specimens under the name which Reeve adopted. 184 AMERICAN JOURNAL Vincentinus) can readily be distinguished by the greater length and proportionate narrowness of the aperture. B. multifasciatus occurs in Martinique, and also in St. Kitts. Mr. Rawson, Governor of the Bahamas, recently sent to me two specimens attributed to Crooked Island, and among shells col- lected by the late Dr. Bryant at Inagua, I found one broken example. In St. Kitts there is a yellow variety, with scarcely a perceptible trace of bands. The species is also found in South America. Reeve’s figure (Conch. Icon., pl. xlvi, No. 295) of this species is a good one of the typical (banded) form. 21. Butimus, Sp. undet. Guppy (Ann. and Mag., Jan’y, 1866) thus described this as B. multifasciatus, Lam., var. imperfectus :— Shell subperforate, oblong conic, thin, fragile, subpellucid, shining, striated by fine longitudinal lines of growth, and zoned with ee chestnut bands, of which the fourth is the broadest, and the second the smallest; whorls 5-6, scarcely convex ; per- istome simple, acute. Height, 0-6 inch; breadth, 0-3 inch ; : height of aperture, 0.25 inch. He remarks, ‘this variety is much like the young of the ty- pical form. Its peristome is more complete than in the young shell of the type, but never expanded as in the adult. In the Southern parts of the island, where this yariety occurs, I have never met with a single example of the type form.” Guppy, in using the expressions ‘“typical’form”’ and “type,” refers to the species which I consider to be B. Vincentinus, Pfr. This shell, with nearly six whorls, and little more than half the size of B. multifasciatus, Lam., can scarcely be considered as a variety of that species. It is totally distinct from H. Vin- centinus. In general form it is like, but less ventricose than B. ngri- lineatus, Reeve, (Conch. Icon. No. 567), of which no habitat is given. 22. BULIMUS AUREOLUS, Guppy. Ann. and Mag., Jan’y, 1866. A rare species, of which a few examples had been found on trees at Savana Grande only. Guppy. I have not seen any specimen of this shell. 23. BULIMUS TENUISSIMUS, Férussac. Found amongst decaying wood and leaves. Gill, Guppy. Occurs also in South America. Guppy (Ann. and Mag., 1. ¢.) refers this, as I did in my Cat- alogue, (Ann. Lyce., vii, 1861), to B. fraterculus, Fer. Speci- ee yy OF CONCHOLOGY. 185 mens collected by Gill were submitted by me to Pfeiffer, who de- termined them to be B. tenwissemus. 24. SPIRAXIS SIMPLEX, Guppy. Ann. and Mag., June, 1868. I have not seen this species. 25. ORTHALICUS UNDATUS, Brug. Widely distributed in Trinidad. Gill, Guppy. pat: in Ja- maica, Florida, &c. Guppy (Ann. and Mazg.,, |. ¢.) calls this shell B. zebra, Mill., considering that species and O. undatus to be the same, the for- mer name having priority. Shuttleworth (Notit. Malac. i, 1856) separates them, and his views have been adopted by Pfeiffer, (Mon. iv, 1859.) The apicial whorl in the Trinidad shells (and also in the Florida specimens) is of a dark purplish brown color. Shuttleworth describes the apex of O. zebra as immaculate. 26. STENOGYRA OCTONA, Chemnitz. Commonly found in the cultivated ground, and among decay- ing wood and leaves. Gill, Guppy. Widely distributed in the West Indies and South America. 27. STENOGYRA PLICATELLA, GaPPY- Ann. and Mag., June, 1868. In the same situations as S. octona, but not so common. Gup- 7 py. Alsoin Grenada. Guppy. Under this name Guppy describes three forms, which in his previous publications he referred to WS. octonoides, C. B. Ad. There appear to me to be two species—S. subula, Pfr., and J. octonoides, ? C. B. Ad. 28. STENOGYRA CARACCASENSIS, Reeve. Found with the two preceding species. Gill, Guppy. Occurs also in Barbados, Grenada, Guadeloupe and Haiti, and in Mexico and South America. 29. STENOGYRA CORONATA, Guppy. Ann. and Mag., June, 1868. “ Allied to Melaniella gracillima, Pfr.” I have not seen this species. 30. LEPTINARIA (ToRNATELLINA) BLANDIANA, Pfr., Mal. Blatt., 1867. Viviparous. Found chiefly among decaying wood and veg- etable matter, particularly in some gardens at Port-of-Spain ; also on the tops of trees in the forests over a great part of the island. Gill, Guppy. 186 AMERICAN JOURNAL Guppy considered this (Ann. and Mag., 1866) to be 7. lam- ellata, Pot. and Mich., considering that species to be identical with Z. antillarum, Shuttl. Shuttleworth (Diagn. n, Moll. No. 6) referred var. 8, Gracilior, lamella validiore of his species, with doubt, to that of Pot. and Mich. TI sent specimens collected by Gill to Pfeiffer, who described the species under the above name. 31. Vertico (Pupa) Eyrtest, Drouet, Moll. Guy. France. p. T1, pl. 2. f. 16-17 (1859). Two examples found on ferns at San Fernando. Guppy. Also in French Guiana. A single broken specimen, apparently of this species, was col- lected by Gill. ‘ 32. PUPA UVULIFERA, Guppy. Ann. and Mag., June, 1868. 33. PupA AURIFORMIS, Guppy. Ann. and Mag., |. ¢. 34. CYLINDRELLA TRINITARIA, Pfr. Mal. Blatt. 1860, p. 213, plate ii, fig. 4—7. The steep and overhanging sides of the small rocks of rugged limestone in the woods on the Laventille Hills, near Port-of- Spain, are frequently decorated with dozens of these little shells, attached by their apertures to the rock. Gill, Guppy. Specimens collected by Gill, sent by me to Poey, were for- warded by him to Pfeiffer, who described the species. I lately published some notes (Annals, viii, 170, 1868) on the lingual dentition of Cylindrella, and repeated the frequently made statement that it has no jaw. The discovery of a jaw in the large Mexican forms induced Crosse & Fischer (Jour. de Conch., January, 1868) to establish the genus-Hucalodium. Hav- ing very recently received, from my valued correspondents Ven- dryes and Gloyne, specimens of several species of Cylindrella from Jamaica, with the animals preserved in glycerine, I exam- ined them with great care, and to my extreme surprise found a. jaw, allied in structure to that of Macroceramus (Annals, viil, 162, fig. 5; ix, 84, fig. 4), in C. rosea, sanguinea, brevis, Maugeri, gracilis, and elongata. I have detected the jaw, of similar charac- ter, also in C. Bahamensis of New Providence, C. scaeva, Elliotte and Brooksiana of Cuba, and in @. Trinitaria.: The jaw of C. Trinitaria is—and the same may be said of those of the other species—of a texture so extremely thin and delicate that it may almost be described as membranaceous rather than horny. It is transparent, pale yellow, arcuate, composed of numerous plates disposed in the same manner as in ee a a a —_ lL Se! LE hh OF CONCHOLOGY. 187 the jaw of Macroceramus, the overlapping edges of the plates having the appearance of coste, between ZA ——-&BW Whichare a few fine longitudinal striz. ‘The Za SS terminations of the plates produce irregular, a G. ~ ill-defined denticulations at the cutting mar- Hy gin. Ui. The annexed figures, for which I am in- debted to Edward 8S. Morse, represent the jaw and teeth of C. Trinitaria. The for- = mula of the lingual dentition is 5—2—1—2 —5x110. The figure given by Guppy and | ‘Hogg (Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvi, tab. 11, fig. Nils Hl 4+oy\2 : . os eg 12) is quite unintelligible. 35. SIMPULOPSIS CORRUGATUS, Gup. Ann: and Mag., Jan., 1866. in Jaw and lingual denti- tion of C. Trinitaria, Pfr. 5 a. Side view of lateral. Occurs in the forest near Savana Grande. EN pon oe ? This species is described as being nearest to, but less Succinea- per than S. Brasiliensis.. The aperture more nearly orbicu- ar, and the ribs larger than in S. rufoverens. 36. SUCCINEA MARGARITA, Pfeiffer. Trinidad. Gill. Also, (fide Pfeiffer) in Haiti and Bermuda. I sent specimens collected by Gill to Pfeiffer, who determined them to be S. margarita, var. major. 37. SuccineA CuvieRi, ? Guilding. One specimen collected by Gill was thus labelled by Pfeiffer. 38. SUCCINEA APPROXIMANS, Shuttleworth. Diagn., n. Moll., No. 6. Found on the ground in damp places in most parts of the island. Guppy. As to this determination I am not certain. - Some specimens received from Guppy, as he admits, are not distinguishable from S. margarita. ,GRENADA. 1. CYCLOTUS GRANADENSIS, Shuttleworth. Grenada. Newcomb, Guppy. I received specimens of this from Dr. Wesley Newcomb in 1855, and forwarded one to Shuttleworth. It is allied to C. ru- 188 AMERICAN JOURNAL gatus, Guppy. Shuttleworth remarks: “differt a C. asperulo Sow., cui sculptura persimilis, testa magis elevata, anfr. convex- ioribus et colore.” 2. HEeLicInA Heatet, Pfr. Guppy did not collect this species, which is allied to H. ocet- dentalis, Guild., of St. Vincent. 3. HELICINA MINUTISSIMA, Newcomb, M. 8. I received one specimen in 1855, from Newcomb, and sent it to Shuttleworth, who did not return it and expressed no opinion about it. 4. CoNULUS VACANS, Guppy. | I refer to my remarks on this species in the list of Trinidad shells. ®). HeLix piminuta, C. B. Adams. Jamaica.—C. B. Adams. Grenada. aa Ne 6. HELIX PERPLEXA, Férussac. This was not found by Guppy. It occurs also in the Grena- dines. Pfeiffer (Mon. v, 319) erroneously refers this species to Trinidad. 7. ENNEA BICOLOR, Hutton. Grenada.—Guppy. 8. BULIMUS GLABER, Gmelin. Grenada.—Newcomb, Guppy. Guppy remarks (Ann. and Mag. June, 1868), “this digons from the Trinidad shell described by me as P. auris-scturi in its greater solidity and more ventricose figure, and in being less im- pressed in the middle of the last whorl. Its lip is thicker, and its columellar tooth more prominent. In all these respects, ex- cept the compression of the last whorl, it agrees better with the Brazilian P. glaber than the Trinidad form.” 9. BULIMULUS INDISTINCTUS, Guppy. Ann. and Mazg., 1. ¢. Guppy describes this as probably mearest to B. tenuissimus, Fér., and B. sepulcralis, Poey. It is larger, he says, than either of those species, and approaches B. lliaceus in some re- spects. 10. STENOGYRA ocTONA, Chem. OF CONCHOLOGY. 189 11. SrenoGyRA PLICATELLA, Guppy. Guppy refers to his description in the Trinidad list, adding that the Grenada specimens are intermediate between the Trini- dad vars. a andy. He adds that they were probably included in my Catalogue as St. subula, Pfr. Gill collected in Grenada shells which I considered to be S. subula and octonoides. 12. STENOGYRA CARAOCCASENSIS, Reeve. Grenada.—Gill, Guppy. 15. LeprinarniA Funckt, Pfeiffer. Grenada.—Newcomb, Guppy. Guppy (Ann. and Mag. |. c.) remarks: ‘The Grenada shell to which the name Zornatellina Funcki is applied in Bland’s list (1861) is identical with the form from Trinidad, which has re- cently been described by Dr. Pfeiffer as 7. Blandiana, and which I refer to the P. lamellata of Pot. and Mich.”’ I sent the specimens received from Newcomb to Shuttleworth, who considered it to be LZ. Funckt, and remarked that it is less acuminated and the striz stronger than in L. Antillarum. 14. SUCCINEA APPROXIMANS, Shuttleworth. This is the same species as is enumerated by Guppy under this name in his Trinidad list. I have specimens collected by Gill. | | DOMINICA. Guppy (Ann. and Mag., June, 1868) gives the following in- teresting introductory remarks to the list of terrestrial mollusks collected by him in this island: — . ‘‘Dominica is, I believe, the only island in the Antilles of which no list of terrestrial mollusca has yet been published. In Mr. Bland’s Catalogue, in the ‘ Annals of the New York Lyceum,’ still the most complete list we possess of the land shells of the West Indies, it is stated that no species from Dominica were known to the author. ‘To remedy this defect, I took advantage of a vacation to visit and explore that island, which I found to consist chiefly of mountains composed of volcanic rocks, and ranging from 2000 to 5000 feet high. This is perhaps the high- est land in the chain of the West Indian Islands between Jamaica and South America. , ‘There is but little which may be properly called lowlands in Dominica; but on the lower slopes near the sea I found a few mollusca, chiefly B. exzlis, St. octona, Succ. approximans, and 15 190 AMERICAN JOURNAL Helicina humilis. Ascending higher, we find H. dentiens, H. badia, H. Josephine, H. nigrescens, Amphibulina patula, B. lati- cinctus, and Helicina epistiia. Excepting the last one, these species are found everywhere above 300 or 400 feet of elevation. The dense and excessively humid forests which cover all the © higher parts of the island afford a congenial habitat to the land- snails. An ascent of Mount Kuliabon, 3000 feet high, furnished me with examples of the four Helices already mentioned,—Hya- lina Baudoni, Amphibulina pardalina, Cyclotus amethystinus, and Glandina perlucens. On Morne Diablotin, at the north end of the island, I found Hyalina Baudoni, the four Helices, Helicina rhodostoma, H. conuloides, H. plicatula, H. velutina, Amphibu- lina pardalina, Cyclotus amethystinus, and Glandina perlucens. On the very summit of this mountain, stated to be 5314 feet high, I collected Helix badia, H. Josephine, and Helicina conuloides. Amphibulina pardalina is another species fond of the thickly wooded heights; but several of the mollusca (e. g. Helicina rhodostoma and Cyclotus amethystinus) appeared to cease at about 3300 feet.”’ | 1. CycLopHorus (CYCLOTUS) AMETHYSTINUS, Guppy. Ann. and Mag., 1868. Guppy describes this as a Cyclotus, but unquestionably it must be referred to Cyclophorus, considering the character of the operculum, which he says is ‘‘horny, diaphanous.’’ He remarks: ‘“¢ This is a notable species, owing to its operculum, which departs widely from that usual in this genus (Cyclotus). In no specimen did it present the least approach to the shelly consistency of the opercula of most Cycloti.”’ 2. HELICINA PLICATULA, Pfeiffer. ; Also in Martinique. 3. HELICINA EPISTILIA, Guppy. Ann. and Mag., 1. ¢. 4, HELICINA HUMILIS, Guppy. Ann. and Mag., l. c. The pubescence in this is much the same asin H. velutina, and both are allied to H. Antillarum rather than to H. subfusea. 5. HELICINA VELUTINA, Guppy. Ann. and Mag., 1. ¢.. 6. HzLicinaA RHODOSTOMA, Gray. Also in Guadeloupe. _ 7. HELICINA CONULOIDES, Guppy. Sr. BARTHOLOMEW. Succinea. sp. indet. Helix subaquila Shuttl. notabilis Shuttl.: not found by Dr. Cleve. Bulimus elongatus Bolt. —— exilis Gmel. fraterculus Fer. marginatus Say. Stenogyra octona Chem. Pineria Schrammi Fisch. Choanopoma sulculosum Fer. : also sub-fossil. oe Distribution of Land Shells in the West Indies. 241 The following, not in my Catalogue, belong to the different Islands named. Helix castrensis Pfr. Porto Rico. (var.? of HZ. ma.) Chrondropoma terebra Pfr. “ Macroceramus microdon Pfr. Viéque, Lillienskjold ! Helix marginella Gmel. Culabre, i Bulimus elongatus Bolt. unusually fine specimens ; color of interior of aperture and columella very dark. Choanopoma senticosum? Shuttl. “ vs Oleacina subtilis Shuttl. in litt., St. Thomas; allied to O. sulculosa Pfr. of Porto Rico. Bulimus marginatus Say, St. Croix. Pupa pellucida Pfr., a also Cuba and Jamaica. Bulimus elongatus Bolt. Tortola. Megalomastoma Antillarum Sowb. “ Chrondopoma Julieni Pfr. Sombrero. It may be remarked that the land shell fauna of the Porto Rico sub-province is distinct and its limits well defined, so much so, indeed, as to warrant the inference, that the islands com- prised in it were, at a former period, more closely connected, if not united. In connection with the Geology of Anguilla, the remarks of Professor Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1868, p. 313), on the bones and teeth of a large Rodent from the cave deposits of that island, are very interesting. He thinks, “ That its discovery on so small an island, with others of like character, indicated that the Caribbean continent had not been submerged prior to the close of the Post-pleiocene, and that its connection was with the other Antilles, while a wide strait separated it from the then com- paratively remote shores of North America.” Mr. Julien (Annals VIIL., 251, 1866) mentions the occurrence at Sombrero of the fossil remains of land-turtles, which were re- ferred by Prof. Jeffries Wyman to three new extinct and gigan- tic species similar to those of the Gallapagos Islands. (See Cope in Proc. Acad. N.S. Phila., 1868, p. 180.) ecech | aie Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusce. By W. G. BINNEY AND THOMAS BLAND. No. z Reprinted from the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History, Vol. IX., February, 1870. THE illustrations given in this paper are from figures obtained by the use of photographic negatives in a magic lantern, and reduced by photography. The negatives were taken by our friend Mr. Sam. Powel, of Newport, R. I., to whom we are in- debted for valuable aid in the study of lingual dentition. Succinea NW uttalliana, Lea. The specimen from which was taken the lingual membrane here figured was labelled by Mr. Lea. It was received from the Smithsonian Institution. No locality is given for the specimen, 1 282 Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. but it was preserved in the same bottle as Ancylus Newberryr, Pompholyx effusa, Fluminicola Nuttalliana, and other species of the Pacific coast. Lingual dentition of Succinea Nuttalliana, Lea, Lingual membrane broad. Teeth 19.1.19, in almost straight transverse rows. Centrals short, stout, obtusely tricuspid, the central cusp with a long acute point, attached to a quadrate plate, the upper edge of which has a central quadrangular spot of thinner texture, easily mistaken for a complete cutting away of a portion of the plate. Laterals on somewhat oblong plates which bear on their outer upper corner a small quadrangular expansion, stoutly and obtusely bicuspid, the larger cusp surmounted by a long acute point; base rounded. Uncini on plates with rounded bases and attenuated and serrated apices, irregularly denticulated. Fig. 1, @ shows two centrals and two laterals, with a third lateral detached ; 6 and c show uncini from the left of the median line; d the eighth lateral, partly in profile. The jaw of Succinea Nuttalliana has a perfectly smooth an- terior surface. Bulimulus pallidior, Sowerby. Lingual membrane broad, with numerous nearly straight trans- verse rows of 40.1.40. teeth. Centrals with one long blunt Fre. 2. Lingual dentition of Bulimulus pallidior, Sowb. median, and two obsolete, small side cusps; plate subquadrate, rounded at base, excavated at its upper margin, and with small Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. 283 square, lateral expansions. Laterals much like centrals in shape, unsymmetrical, the inner side cusp being still more obsolete ; base and inner side of plate forming one regular outward curve; upper edge of plate horizontal, with one lateral expansidn only at its outer corner. Uncini on long, narrow, low, subquadrate plates, with one long, curving, blunt denticle, and one short blunt denticle at its outer side. Fig. 2, @ snows two incomplete rows of centrals and laterals ; 6 one of the uncini, near the extreme lateral edge of the mem- brane. The jaw has already been described (Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America, Part 1, p. 196). This species is from Lower California. Helix tumida, Pfeiffer. The specimen which furnished the lingual membrane here described was received from Messrs. Gloyne and Vendryes, of Kingston, Jamaica, to which Island the species belongs. H. tumida is placed by v. Martens (Die Heliceen, 2d ed., 145) . with several other Jamaica species, and Hl. pemphigodes, Pfr., of Cuba, in the subgenus Cysticopsis of Morch. HIG. 3: Lingual dentition of Helix tumida, Pfr. Lingual membrane with numerous straight rows of 22.1.22 teeth. Centrals with three stout cusps, the middle one very large, on a subquadrate plate which has square lateral expan- sions above. Laterals of same form as centrals, but lacking the inner side cusp and inner lateral expansion. Uncini with one Jarge and several smaller blunt cusps, attached to a lon quadrate plate. | The figure presents one-half of one central, the first lateral, and g, sub- 284 Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. several uncini (the fourth, fifth, and twelfth) to show variations in their form; also the thirteenth tooth in profile. The jaw is long, narrow, slightly arched, blunt at ends, with a slight, broad, median projection. ‘T'here is a long, narrow, coni- cal projection springing upwards from about the centre of the anterior surface of the jaw, of the same color, material, and con- sistency as the jaw itself. This is not the muscular attachment which often adheres to the jaw after it has been extracted. Jaw with delicate distant longitudinal strize. Zonites laevigata, Pfr. (See Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America, Part L, p. 287.) The wood-cut here given was engraved from a drawing Fie. 4. A WAS LAY SSS Lingual dentition of Zonites levigata, Pfr. . by Dr. Leidy, prepared for, but not published in, the “ Terres- trial Mollusks of the United States.” The drawing was at once recognized on our recently obtaining the lingual membrane of the specieseaua Teeth 17.1.17, arranged in curving transverse rows. Centrals short, stout, rounded at sides,square at base, apex with three short and pointed cusps, the middle one longest. Laterals long, narrow, tricuspid, the outer cusp very short and sharp, the central cusp extremely long, bulging at sides, tapering to an acute point; inner cusp almost as long as central cusp, narrow, pointed; third and fourth laterals merging into the uncini, which are aculeate, as common to the genera Zonites and Hyalina. The centrals are on a long, narrow plate, whose four sides curve rapidly inwards. - The laterals are on plates long, narrow, curving outwards in an arcuate manner. : any we have previ- y than in Fie. 5. ia Floridana, Binney. (Terr. Moll. U. S., IL, p. 17.) On p. 306 of Land and Fresh- water Shells of North America, Part I., we figured the lingual Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. Veronice An extremely instructive lingual, showing the merging of laterals into unecini more complete] ously examined. (ob) Sheed A e poe On bos = 5 o— ~ nM oO (a) es So oo te os Oo + a oD) 9 Bo. 2 S dp) 4 oO = ra) as rm E = ae 1S SoS Om in x oe Soe e alsa] ce) CO rob) GH ab) fn Se eH oe R68 OB WH Y o M = aed e ° | peer 2S ho gg as EE Fa Sia seas cs OS: A + ELF GE (a ol Alaa Ra oe Zz oO BR ) OD —~ we SES) eae eS © Se fe Z REP ce “ ~) ° © GH HH = tip Soe ee, wo ON _ eo o A oy i=) iS : oA g 22 I Near, > mM = Tp S = re a) oO 8 aS ee : i \ Pe ee Be ae De of 2 SS se * ee A aa S Siar ae mos Bete ee Odes «gS SS 4 a & KR o) © = ro mies & oe \ pate ie ee wy oO YPN PR een cD) os} . 8 ee pe a 5 Gatse ey ae ae \ cece gee ae oOo oS Y PP DM Q o ~—H Sie Rie #4 aI ap Le aD) == ro! ~ an Bic fg oP 6 ee, eee samy Se 2 Scenes ie oH A Se caer es oe Oo ® Sey ow Oo Ss In) oD) = Mm rs Ds S oS oy > 2 ioe . ore Boe op 3 basen se fel) = oO SF So hs le soaps hol S) Sd Jen} > Lingual dentition of Limax flavus, L. p. 63 of Land and Fresh-water Shells, Part I. Here also the num- ber of teeth varies, as in Veronzcella Floridana, described above. 286 Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. Melampus bidentatus, Say. The specimen which furnished the lingual membrane figured was collected at Newport, R. I., by Mr. Sam. Powel. - Rye, We ay : . E ty \ ax HN yy pan: PEEL OOO Lingual dentition of Melampus bidentatus, Say. Lingual membrane broad. Teeth 33.1.33. Centrals small, upright, with rounding base and bulging sides, reminding one somewhat of the ace of clubs, its apex elongated, terminating in a distinct, acute denticle; this central is attached to a very large triangular plate, greatly expanded above. Laterals uniform, larger than the centrals, of the same shape, but less symmetrical, and with a much more extended and narrower basal projection ; these laterals are perpendicular, but are attached to obliquely curving plates, long and narrow, each plate being detached. There are about thirteen of these laterals, in almost straight hori- zontal lines, on both sides of the median line. The uncini change abruptly from the laterals, are in oblique rows, are attached to upright, oblong plates, square at top and base, diminishing as they pass off laterally ; the uncini are rather square, their broad, simple apices are armed with three strong denticles, the inner denticle being the largest. The figure represents two rows of centrals with the laterals to the right of the median line and a few uncini. The upper line of figures gives the central, the first two laterals, one of the uncini, and one of the laterals in profile, all detached. The teeth of this membrane are so nearly on a plane as to allow one photograph to bring out all the details. Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. 287 Helicina occulta, Say. Lingual membrane long and narrow. Teeth 00.5.1.5.00, in transverse, arching rows. Centrals upright, longer than wide, widest at the horizontal base, slightly narrowing towards the apex, which is nearly as wide as the base, broadly recurved and Fre. 8. Lingual dentition of Helicina occulta, Say. denticulated at its cutting edge. First lateral oblong, shorter than the central, rounded at base, narrowed towards the apex, which is broadly recurved and denticulated; this lateral is in- clined obliquely from the central, its apex being reflexed in the same direction. The second lateral resembles the first lateral in every particular, but is much less wide. Third lateral perpendi- cular, longer than broad, triangular, its apex small, reflexed and denticulated. Fourth lateral very long, irregular, jaw shaped, its lower edge for one-half its length furnished with four strong, large, acute, beak-like denticles; the left end of this lateral is produced in a horizontal direction, at right angles to the direction of the balance of the tooth, is excavated above and below, and in some instances appeared to have a wing-like expansion behind theuncini. Fifth lateral quite small, subcircular, its apex broadly reflected and denticulated, the whole tooth fitting into the upper excavation of the horizontal portion of the fourth tooth. The uncini, more than twenty-five in number, are long, slender, crowded, the apex reflexed and continued in three fringe-like denticles. 7 There seems to.be great uniformity in the teeth of the different 288 Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. transverse rows, but there are in some instances five beak-like denticles on the fourth lateral. It is difficult to follow this tooth behind the crowded uncini, but we are confident that in some instances it is very much more expanded than shown in the figure, resembling a gull’s wing. The first beak-like denticle seems to be on the same plane as the upper portion of the tooth; the other three are on the same plane as the lower por- tion; this is shown in the figure by the line running parallel to the upper edge of the tooth. The apex of the first denticle seems often to be recurved. | | The fifth lateral is with much difficulty found under the microscope. It is on a different plane from the other teeth, and is crowded into the excavation in the fourth lateral. It seems often wholly filled up with foreign matter, not being as readily — cleaned as the other teeth, even in a solution of potash. The whole lingual is a very difficult study, and requires numerous views to bring out the details of its structure by photo- graphy. It is owing only to the untiring perseverance of Mr. Powel that we are able to illustrate it satisfactorily. Fig. 8, 6, shows the central and one-half of one transverse row of the laterals, with two uncini only. ‘The balance of the uneini curve rapidly outwards and downwards, giving to the entire transverse section of the lingual membrane the usual strongly arched outline. (See Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America, Part III., fig. 216.) Fig. 8, a, represents the third lateral, which is not well shown in its crowded position, as in 0. ) On p.108 of Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America, Part III., a fac-simile is given of Troschel’s figure of the lingual dentition of the other species of the United States, /Zeliczna orbi- culata. A comparison of the two figures will show that the species differ in their lingual dentition as widely as in their shells. The specimen from which the membrane was extracted was found living by Mr. E. R. Leland, who gives the following notes of its station :— Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. 289 “The locality in which I found the Helicina occulta is a fishing station known as Whitefish Bay, six miles north of this city (Milwaukee, Wisconsin), on the slope of the lake bluff, which at that point is somewhat wet and bogey, with a growth of pines, tamaracks, juniper, and some deciduous trees. They were under dead leaves beside logs; on the 30th of May and 6th of June, 1869, they were in considerable numbers, though they could hardly be said to be abundant. I have not visited that piace since the latter date. On the 19th inst., however, I found a few Specimens in a ravine near the lake, about, two miles and a half north of the city—making in all some twenty-five specimens found, among which are two young ones with an acute carina.” The locality is an interesting one, showing the possibility of a tropical genus existing in a cold latitude. The discovery of Mr. Leland is of far greater importance, however, in proving beyond doubt the fact of Helicina occulta actually existing at the present time. The species is found very plentifully in a fossil state in the post-pleiocene of the Western States, and is generally supposed to be extinct. Dr. Binney has (Terr. Moll. I., 183, 184) argued at length against this opinion, and figured specimens apparently recent (Ibid. III., pl. lxxiv., fig. 1); he also referred to this species the shell found living in Western Pennsylvania by Dr. Green, and described by him as Helicina rubella. Specimens in an apparently recent state have also been received by us from Sheboygan, Wisconsin, and through. the Smithsonian Institute from Lexington, Virginia, collected in the latter locality by Mr. McDonald. Fresh specimens were, however, so rare that belief in the extinction of the species prevailed generally. Dr. Gould referred (Terr. Moll. U.S., IL, 352) Helicina rubella to Helicina orbiculata, a recent species found as far north as Tennessee, and finally in the Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America, Part III., Helicina occulta is removed from the catalogue of recent . species and quoted only among the fossils. Mr. Leland has now reversed this decision by finding the animal actually living. It is in consequence fair to presume that 290 Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusea. the Sheboygan specimens are also recent, as well as those from Lexington, Virginia, and that the species, though, perhaps, rarer than formerly, is still to be found in the Western States. Those persons not having access to Doughty’s Cabinet of Natural History will be interested to know that /elicina rubella was found on hills not far from Pittsburg, Pa., on the old post road from that place to Wheeling. Dr. Green received it from a friend, and immediately questioned its origin, but was assured that it had been actually. found living on more than one occasion, We presume that Prof. Kirtland (Ohio Report) refers to the same individuals as received by Dr. Green, when he speaks of a species of Helicina being found on the hills adjacent to the Ohio river, Mr. Say described /Zelicina occulta from fossil specimens from a bluff near New Harmony, Ind. He did not notice it living, nor has any author done so. The name occurs, indeed, in sev- eral catalogues of Recent Species, but we have never known it to be found with the living animal until now. Pompholyx effusa, Lea. The shell from which was extracted the lingual membrane Fie. 9. Lingual dentition of Pompholyx effusa, Lea. here described is one of the original lot received from Cali: fornia, from which the species was described. It was labelled by Mr. Lea. Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. 291 A figure of the shell, with descriptions of the external charac- ters of the animal, will be found in Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America, Part II., p. 73-74. As there has been some discussion in regard to this species having two pairs of eyes, we will here repeat that the eyes are situated in the place usual in the Limneeide. Lingual membrane broad, with 22.1.22 teeth. Central teeth upright, narrow, widening and knobby at the base; apex re- curved, and produced into an obtuse beak. Laterals nine on each side of the central line, in a straight transverse row, wide, quadrate, apex recurved, prolonged beyond the base of the tooth in a more or less broad blunt beak. Uncini about thirteen on each side of the median line, in oblique transverse rows, not attached to a plate, simple and not recurved; the first eight from the extreme lateral edge of the membrane long, narrow, arm- shaped, terminating in a wrist-like contraction and hand-like expansion, strongly digitate. The remaining uncini gradually changing into the shape of the laterals, but still not merging into them, the line of demarcation being strongly marked. There is great variation in the beak-like projection of the re- curved apex of the laterals, and still more in the digitation of the uncini. The jaw is long, narrow, slightly arcuate, with blunt ends; anterior surface inant By the characters of its lingual dicndidiory and its horny jaw, Pompholyx appears nearly related to Planorbis. Fig. 9, a, represents the central and two laterals to the right of the median line; 6 gives one full series of uncini to the left of the median line;.and c one of the uncini in profile. Planorbis. trivolvis, Say. The specimen from which was extracted the lingual mem- brane here figured was collected at ae Rhode Island, by Mr.Sam. Powel. — Lingual membrane broad, with slightly curving rows of teeth. 292 Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. Teeth 19.1.19. Centrals sub-oval, rounded at base, narrowing toward the top, which is squarely truncated; apex broadly re- curved into an obtuse beak, beyond which are two long, narrow, tusk-like projections. First seven laterals uniform, in an almost straight transverse series, detached, inclining obliquely toward the median line, large, square, broadly reflexed, extending beyond the base in a wide, blunt beak, at each side of which are Fre. .10. Lingual dentition of Planorbis trivolvis, Say. usually one or more small denticles. These laterals pass gradually into the uncini, which are in curving rows, long, narrow, widely recurved, with variable, strong, beak-like digitations on their apices and outer sides. There is great variation in the digitations on the uncini, no two of which appear alike. The laterals also vary somewhat in the breadth of their recurved beaks. Fig. 10,.a, represents two central teeth with two of the first Jaterals on the left of the median line ; 6 the merging of the laterals into the uncini; and c extreme uncini. 6 and ¢ are taken from the right of the median line. Tulotoma magnifica, Conrad. Through the kindness of Dr. E. R. Schowalter, of Uniontown, Alabama, we are able to describe the lingual dentition of Tulo- toma magnifica, Conrad. The specimens received from Dr, Schowalter were taken in the Coosa river, Alabama. It will be seen that in its lingual dentition Zulotoma is more closely allied to Vivipura (as suggested by Gill, Proc. Acad. N. Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. 293 Se., Phila., 1863) than to Melantho and Lioplax. (See Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America, Part ILL, pp. 16, 35, 55, etc.) Lingual membrane long, with the arrangement of teeth usual to the family. Teeth 8.1.3, The centrals are subcircular, with a truncated, irregularly horizontal base; the apex recurved, channelled, and obtusely knobbed ordenticulated. The first lateral is about as wide as the central, oblong, bulging at the sides, trun- cated and horizortal at base, its apex deeply digitated or fringed, some of the denticles being recurved at their apices. The second Fie. 11. Lingual dentition of Tulotoma magnifica, Conrad. lateral is laminar, narrowing slightly towards the truncated base, curving outward from the central tooth, its apex with long fringe-like denticles, some of which are recurved, others obtusely knobby. The third lateral resembles in shape and size the second, but is somewhat less curved, and has shorter, less delicate denticles. There is considerable variation in the number, length, delicacy and arrangement of the denticles on the different teeth. Insome cases they are very broad, with simple recurved edges. In others they are long, narrow, and bifurcate. Again on many teeth the denticles are not absolutely separated one from the other, but the end of the tooth is rather deeply channelled. The variations occur in the laterals, the centrals being more uniform. The side edge of the laterals is sometimes recurved for’ a considerable length. 294 Notes on Lingual Dentition of Mollusca. In figure 11 outlines are given of one central tooth and the three Jaterals of one side of the lingual membrane, with (a and b) the apices of two separate laterals, to show variation in the den- ticulations. The generic characters of the animal of Zulotoma never having been given, we add them here. Foot moderate, not produced beyond the snout. Color dark blue. Head and snout small. Lingual teeth as described above. Right tentacle broad. Left cervical lappet small; right larger, trough-shaped. Branchial laminze numerous, long, narrow, crowded in a double row. Mesodon leucodon of Rafincesque. The name Mesodon leucodon, Raf., has found its way into the books as asynonym of /felix thyroides. As no description of any Fie. 12. such species wasever published by Rafinesque, we have expressed the opinion that it was ori- ginally a manuscript name sent by Rafinesque to Ferussac. (Terr. Moll. U.S, IV., 54.) Since that time we have seen a manuscript = work by Rafinesque, entitled ‘“ Conchologia ae Ohioensis,” given by Prof. Haldeman to the Smithsonian Institution. In this there occurs not only a description, but a figure of Mesodon leucodon. 'These are here copied as concho- logical curiosities. They have, of course, no scientific value. Mesodonleucodonthyroide. ‘* Mesodon Leucodon. MRoussatre, varié de petites taches brunes, irreguliéres, provenantes de l’animal; trés finement strié entravers ; levre bordi aigu, réfléchi; dent blanche, oblique au milieu de la bouche; forme bombée, convexe, obtuse; opercule collé,, membraneux.” The operculum referred to is no doubt the epiphragm. In the same manuscript are other figures scarcely recognizable, but one of MMesodon labiatum, a species not described in any | ey oe ee —- a a Note on Vivipara lineata, Val. 295 ao work, seems to represent the carinated form of felix pal- Fie: 18. o©=> SE Mesodon labiatum. liata. A copy of this figure is here given. Note on Vivipara lineata, Valenciennes. By W. G. BINNEY. WHEN studying the Viviparidee of North America in preparing the Smithsonian “ Landand Fresh-water Shells of North America, Part III.,” I found in use, both in published works and in col- lections, the name Paludina lineata of Valenciennes for a species of Vivipara of the United States. From the work of Humboldt and Bonpland I obtained the description of Valenciennes, of which an English translation is here given :— . Paludina lineata.—This species resembles that of the Seine. It is equally ventricose, but has a thinner shell. Shell ventricose-ovate, thin, diaphanous, with delicate transverse strize; greenish horn-color, with numerous transverse greener vitte. Whitls five, last one large, ventri- cose, and equalling in height one-half the entire length of the shell. Besides the strive of growth, there are numerous transverse, very fine lines. The whirls are not flattened towards the moderate suture. Apex acute. Color green, sometimes somewhat corneous ground, on which are a large number of bands of a deeper green and variable width, sometimes merely linear. On the upper whirls the bands are obsolete. Apex not eroded in any of a large number of individuals. Operculum brown, thin, horny, covered with numerous concentric, not spiral lines. Found im Lake Erie by M. A. Michaud, who found one shell full of young, as in the case of our species, which proves the species — to be viviparous. There is reason to believe the cther species also are so, though in the most natural eae species vary in being both ovi- parous and viviparous. The genera of colubers and vipers among the reptiles are an example of this, while the Mollusca furnish more nume- rous ones, Length 1 inch 3 lines. 296 Note on Vivipara lineata, Val. It needed but a glance at this description to convince me that it was never drawn from a specimen of the species to which the name lineata has been applied by American authors. It was equally clear to me that the description was not applicable to any species known to inhabit the region indicated by Valenciennes. I was obliged, therefore, in the work referred to (p. 31), to leave it a doubtful species, with the hope of its eventually being redis- covered. | Here the matter rested, until an opportunity occurred of clear- ing up all doubt regarding the identity of Paludina lineata, Valenciennes. While in Paris, in 1867, it occurred to me to look among the shells at the Garden of Plants for the original specimen of Valenciennes. ‘Through the kindness of Prof. Lacaze-Duthiers every facility for the search was given me. I very soon found the desired type, glued to a card tablet and labelled, in the handwriting of Valenciennes, ‘‘ Paludina lineata, Val., dans Humboldt et Bonpland, tome II Du lac Erie, Amérique du Nord, par M. Michaud;” but below was written in the same hand ‘‘ C’est faux, elle vient de ’Inde.”* Here then was a simple solution of the difficulty. The species is not American. It is the well-known Kastern shell figured by Kiister as Paludina Bengalensis (Chemn., ed. 2, figs. 15, 16). Other specimens from Delhi, Bengal, &c., are labelled P. lineata, also in Valenciennes’ handwriting; on one tablet Pad. fasciata, Gray, is given as a Synonym. A few days after this interesting discovery at the Garden of Plants I was looking at a copy of Humboldt and Bonpland’s ‘Recueil d’Observations, &c.” at the house of M. Crosse. Turning to the description of Paludina lineata, I found a marginal note referring the species to Bengal instead of Lake Erie. Recogniz- ing the handwriting of Valenciennes, I called the attention of M. Crosse to it, and learnt that the book had actually belonged to Valenciennes, at the sale of whose library it was bought by M. * Paludina lineata, Val., in Humboldt and Bonpland, vol. 2. From Lake Erie, North America, by Mr. Michaud. This is a mistake, the shell comes from India Note on Vivipara lineata, Val. 297 Crosse. Here, then, was an additional proof of the erroneous habitat originally given by Valenciennes. I should add that the shell found by me labelled as the type of Paludina lineata in the Garden of Plants answers well to the description of Valenciennes. The facts given above remove Paludina lineata from the catalogue of American Viviparide. Unfortunately, however, the name Jineata remains to burden and confuse our synonymy. Haldeman, surely without critical examination, referred Valen- ciennes’ description of Pal. lineata to the North American species described by Say as Paludina vivipara. Haldeman has been blindly followed by most American authors, and by Kiister, who further adds to the confusion by a typographical error, using linearis instead of léneata in a single instance, a name which some have tried to perpetuate. This confusion would have been avoided by a reference to the original description of Valenciennes, instead of accepting the name from correspondents or books. It is one of the greatest faults of American writers on Conchology thus to accept names, without reference to original descriptions.* Until this fault is corrected, the disgraceful confusion of our synonymy will be worse confounded. * An instance of the mistakes thus arising is to be found in reference to this very species of Valenciennes. A writer in the Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc., Phila. (1862), 451, notes the fact of a certain species of North American Vivipara being characterized by jour spiral red bands, and further insists on the permanency (invariability ?) of the characteristic as a guide in distinguishing it from an allied European form which has but three bands. Yet this author refers this strictly four-banded species to Paludina lineaia, Valenciennes, a species described not as having four red spiral bands, but as having a large number of bands of a deeper green and variable width, sometimes merely linear. Surely, if the specics invariably has four bands, such a description as the last cannot apply to it. ¢ “ie Re Mather, Bp? ra ee ty peta rte’, ‘inet fie ve of Ete Bert. the ABS % ‘A a : a ee tie be ie u XS Laue Trea aba . YS Hohe I Fe CHAT Oe ES ees ged - aN ae Oe as ie Ltd Os rok oFSE GIN oh = Fs, aut lait hk. 4 FSC Lee ; a a aaa ih Sone ae iv de, og hccvec san eee . v Set oye LC eer ee sor aahla® a ‘NPS aRaA ahi sar B ‘a Metts 2 3 ‘ih: BAe Wis it . fj é j Mimais ts i". bit AS a” Hi, le jis nite 3 Jit ane - ht racial red SEM Ble PL CH bapgetaa ae \isfegy ole) 10° 5 - ‘ ar " oe s? etait bo fateg pe aa ied ONY gn been |e aa gee ee a * i ~o ». i t oe =a abit. _- >» Se > a o _— ' en f ited as mre ‘ i aT y ref ’ , Ff Fi L 7 7 : clas bs . i si al - 4 . . / - ' . : + . ‘ e - : . * i » ) 7 . : ; Wi * March 3, 1871.] o6 (Bland. Notes relating to the Physical Geography and Geology of, and the Disiribu- tion of Terrestrial Mollusca in certain of the West India Islands. By THoMAS BLAND. (Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 3, 1871.) In 1861 I published (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y. VII.) a paper on the Geographical distribution of the genera and species of land shells of the West India Islands, and in 1866 (American Jour. of Conchology, I.) fur- ther papers on the same subject. From a study of such distribution, without reference to the Physical Geography or Geology of the Islands, I arrived at the conclusion that they may be divided into the five following provinces or sections, each having a distinct faunal character, viz. : I. Cuba with the Isle of Pines, Bahamas, and Bermudas. If. Jamaica. | Jil. Haiti. IV. Puerto Rico with Vieque, the Virgin Islands, Sombrero, Anguilla, St. Martin, St. Bartholomew, and St. Croix. ‘Y. The Islands to the south of those last mentioned, to and inclusive of Trinidad. I remarked that the Islands to the West of Puerto Rico have the greater generic, as well as specific alliance with the North American Continent (Mexico and Central America, of course, included), and those to the East and South, with tropical South America. Within the last year I have endeavored to learn, if any and what evidence may be gathered from the depth of the sea around, and in the vicinity of the Islands, of their former greater proximity to each other and the adjacent continents, sufficient to account for or throw light on the observed facts of land shell distribution. The result is extremely interesting, and in the main confirmatory of the views above expressed. The British Admiralty Charts have afforded data, chiefly to the 100 fathom line of soundings only, while recently, through the kindness of Mr. Rawson W. Rawson, Governor in Chief of Barbados and the Windward Islands, I have obtained particulars of the deep sea soundings, taken in the Caribbean sea, especially for Telegraph Cable purposes, by United States and British Naval Officers, which supply information of great value, as I propose inthis paper to show. Iam also indebted for much in- formation to ‘‘The West India Pilot,’’ published by the British Admiralty. I reserve, for another opportunity, observations on the faunas of the first three of the above mentioned sections, now confining myself to the fourth and fifth, with incidental reference to that of the second. Since the date of my former papers, my knowledge of the species inhabiting the Islands embraced in the latter sections has been largely increased, for which my acknowledgments are due principally to Mr. Robert Swift, of St. Thomas, Dr. Cleve, of the University of Upsala, Governor Rawson, and Mr. R. J. Lechmere Guppy, of Trinidad. Bland. | 57 {March 3, Srcrion IV. Puerto Rico with Vieque, the Virgin Islands, Sombrero, Anguilla, St. Martin, St. Bartholomew, and St. Croix. Puerto Rico, Vieque and the Virgin Islands, of which Anegada is the most eastern, stand on one and the same bank, an elevation of which to the extent of somewhat less than 40 fathoms (240 feet) would unite the whole, converting them into one Island. Sombrero is on another bank, about 40 miles from the Virgin bank, and 23 miles from the north end of the Anguilla bank. The depth of the channels which separate the Som- brero bank from the Virgin bank on the west, and the northern end of the Anguilla bank to the east, is not known, but soundings are recorded, at their margins, of 160 fathoms (960 feet) and 190 fathoms (1,140 feet), with- out bottom. Anguilla, St. Martin and St. Bartholomew stand on the western edge of another bank of considerable extent. Its southeastern end is 14 miles only from the Antigua bank, and the depth of water between the two is upwards of 122 fathoms (732 feet). An elevation of the Anguilla bank of about 40 fathoms (240 feet) would unite the Islands upon it. The land shell fauna of the above named Islands is unquestionably the same ; it has some alliance with that of Haiti, but very little with that of the Islands to the south of the Anguilla bank. Not only is the absence of certain genera prevailing in Sections J., IJ., and III. noticeable, tut the diminished number of representatives of others is equally so, for example : int 6-1. Sif.” ey. Moepalomoaehomins x. pics eens ee har te eee 18-species, 1 3 Aleoddigy. 5. 25s 2a hee line tere nea 9 “ 2 1 Stro plats: x pon sineins1- es habeas: < oe nine een ek 7 2 2 Macrocee amis sss scenes t 3, ate 3 ee ie a Boy ote ae 2- Cylindrelia.. «xs: ssp ss bb eeecae Anne cee eS wes 6 The fact that Megalomastoma, Alcadia, Strophia, and Macroceramus are not represented in the Islands south of the Anguilla bank (§ V.) and that in those Islands there are 4 species only of Cylindrella, affords striking proof of the difference of their faunas. St. Croix is not unfrequently classed with the Virgin Islands, from which it is 85 miles distant, but it stands on a bank disconnected from any others and with very deep water around it. Soundings are on record (taken, I believe, by Capt. Parsons, R. N,), between it and the Virgin bank, about the mid-channel, of 1,450 fathoms (9,300 feet), and not far from its northern shore of 2,000 fathoms (12,000 feet), without bottom being found. The following soundings to the eastward were obtained by the U. 8. S. Yantic, in 1870, between St. Thomas and Saba: fathoms. feet. N. Lat. 18° 01’ 50’".. W. Long. 64° 10’ 20/7.—1,825 = 10,950 eg 17° 55’ 00/’. 68° 50’ 30/7.—1,240 — 7,440 Pe ll 187]. o8 (Bland. Considering the facts of distribution already given, and the above mentioned soundings, it seems highly probable that very deep water will be found between the Anguilla and Antigua banks. In this connection it is interesting to notice that the depth of the sea is 1,376 fathoms (8,256 feet) between Cubaand Jamaica, in N. Lat. 18° 36’, W. Long. 76° 03’, a somewhat near approximation to the Latitude of the great depth between the Virgin bank (St. Thomas) aud Saba. The fauna of St. Croix isciosely allied to that of Puerto Rico, and seeing the depth of water between them, it is a significant fact that Caracolla (Helix), caracolla £L. one of the characteristic species of the latter, is found subfossil only, with other extinct species, and among thema Strophia, inthe former. Jfegalemastoma, Alcadia, and Mucroceramus do not exist in St. Croix, while there’is one species of Cylindrella. With further reference to the soundings, the Latitude of Jamaica, and the nature of the fauna of St. Croix, I should mention that Megalomastoma and Strophia have none, and Wacroceramus one representative (a Cuban species) in Jamaica, in which Island there are, however, 14 species of Alcudia and 51 of Cylindrella. Sombrero has one living species (Chondropoma Julient Pf.) which is also found, with a Strophia, embedded in the phosphatic limestones of that Island. Professor Cope lately referred to me, for determination, shells from the matrix between the femoral condyles of Lozomylus latidens, Cope, one of the great extinct Rodents, the bones of which have been found in the caves of Anguilla. The shells are closely allied to Tudora pupaeformis, Sow, now living on Anguilla, and apparently identical with an unde- termined species which inhabits St. Martin. . SEcTION V.—Swubdivision 1. Islands on the St. Christopher and Antiqua banks, Montserrat, Guadeloupe, Dominica, Martinique, and Barbados*. Subdivision 2. St. Lucia, St. Vincent, Grenada and the Grenadines, To- bayo, and Trinidad. In former papers I did not treat the fauna of the Islands in this section as capable of subdivision, but with my present increased knowledge must necessarily do so. Immediately to the south of the Anguilla bank there is, to the eastward, a bank on which stand Barbuda and Antigua, and to the westward, another (separated from the adjacent Islands by channels of a greater depth than 200 fathoms, 1,200 feet), which constitutes the base of St. Eustatius, St. Christopher, and Nevis. At a short distance from the northern end of the latter bank stands Saba (about 2} miles in diameter,) rising perpen- dicularly from the sea to the height of 2,820 feet, with the 100 fathoms (600 feet) line of soundings about half a mile from its western, and a little more than half that distance from its easternside. Late soundings between St. Eustatius and Saba (Lat. 17° 31’ 10/’, Long. 63° 08’ 30’’) give a depth of 543 fathoms (2,058 feet). * T omit mention of several small Islands geographically belongingto those enumerated in both subdivisions. Bland.] og March 3y, Within 3 miles S. W. from Saba is the Saba bank, which forms nearly a parallelogram, its longest sides about 32 miles and its shortest about 20 miles in extent, the eastern edge fringed with a narrow ledge of living . coral, sand and rock, nearly 30 miles in length and varying in depth from 65 to 10 fathoms. It is remarkable that an elevation similar to that mentioned with re- ference to the Virgin and Anguilla banks (less than 40 fathoms, ) would unite Barbuda and Antigua, alsoSt. Eustatius, St. Christopher and Nevis, and convert the Saba bank into an Island. With respect to Guadeloupe, Dominica, Martinique, &c., the following particulars of soundings lately taken by the U. 8. S. ‘* Yantic,’? Com- mander Irwin, are extremely interesting : : Between R fathoms. feet. Antigua and Guadeloupe, Lat. 16° 40’. Long. 61° 48/. 348 = 2,088 Guadeloupe and Dominica, ‘** 15° 45/. 6) 61937. 850 = 2,700 Dominica and Martinique, 66 THO OB ‘< 61° 20’. 1,078 = 6,468 Martingue and St. Lucia, ‘ee ROA, < 619 04/. 1,232 = 7,392 St. Lucia and St. Vincent, é6 138° 83’, ‘6 61° 20’. 1,346 = 8,076 Capt. Parsons, R. N., found on a line of soundings from St. Vincent to Barbados, depths of 350, 956, 1,218 in (about) Lat. 18° 05’, Long. 60° 25’, 1,211, and 147 fathoms, the greatest ascertained depth being equal to 7,308 feet. The same officer obtained the following results from soundings between Barbados and Tobago, viz. : fathoms. feet. N. Lat. 18° 00’. W. Long. 59° 40’. 300 — 1,800 12° 40’. He . 570 = 3,420 ie 12° 30’. oH 59° 50’. ‘780 = 4,680 “ 12° 10/. or 60° 05’. 1,030 — 6,180 re 11° 40’. “s 60° 10’. 1,060 = 6,360 ‘3 11° 27’. a 60° 25’. 500 = 3,000 without bottom. I have already given the depths between Martinique and St. Lucia, that Islandand St. Vincent andthe latterand Barbados. St. Vincent isseparated from the northernend of the Grenada bank, on which Grenada and the Gren- adines are situated, by a narrow channel, not over, Capt. Parsons remarks, 300 fathoms (1,800 feet) deep. The Grenadines consist of a chain of Islands and rocks extending for 60 miles between Grenada and St. Vincent. The depth found on soundings taken by the ‘‘Yantic,’’ gave on and near to the west side of St.Vincent, in about the Latitude of its northern end, 1,080 fathoms (6480 feet), opposite the channel to the south of St. Vincent 594 fathoms (3,564 feet), and along the West side, in close proximity to the Grenada bank, from North toSouth, 880 fathoms (5,280 feet), 801 fathoms (4,806 feet), 916 fathoms (5,496 feet), and 545 fathoms (3,270 feet). Trinidad and Tobago are on soundings (less than 100 fathoms), both being in fact on the submarine slope of the South American Continent, and the deeper water found by the ‘‘ Yantic’’ between the former Island and the Grenada bank, in (about) Lat. 11° 50’, Long. 61° 45’, was 386 ee 1871. ] 60 [Bland. fathoms (2,316 feet), while the maximum depth known, as above stated, between Tobago and Barbados, is 1,060 fathoms (6,360 feet). It appears from the foregoing evidence, that Trinidad, Tobago, the Grenada bank (an elevation of which to the extent of 40 fathoms would give an Island nearly 100 miles in length), and St. Vincent, stand on a partially submerged ridge, an extension of the South American Continent, having, say, 1,000 fathoms depth of water on the west side, and still greater depths between its northern termination and St. Lucia, also onits eastern side between it and Barbados, and between the latter Island and Tobago. The summit of this ridge is 2,316 feet beneath the level of the sea be- tween Trinidad and the Grenada bank, and, say, 1,800 feet between that and St. Vincent, while the altitudes above the sea are, of Trinidad 3,100, Tobago 1,800, Grenada 2,746, and St. Vincent about 8,000 feet. The genera and species of land Mollusks which occur in the Islands on the ‘‘submerged ridge’’ just mentioned (Trinidad to St. Lucia inclusive), are chiefly allied to those which are characteristic of Venezuela, the por- tion of the Continent contiguous to Trinidad. The species of Heliz, in its wide application, including Stenopus, Hyalina, and Zonites, are 15 only in number, while there are of Bulimus (as restricted by Albers) 5, and of Pulimulus 14 species, the total number of species of the latter in the West Indies, being about 88. The subgenus Dentellaria (Helix) is character- istic of the Islands embraced in Subdivision 1 of Section V., but has few _representatives in those named in Subdivision 2. D. perplexa, Fer., is peculiar to the Grenadines and Grenada, D. Isabella, Fer., is common to one of the Grenadines, Barbados, and Cayenne, (French Guiana,) and D. orbiculata, Fer., toSt. Lucia, Martinique and Cayenne. The genus Bulimus, of which the subgenera represented are Borus, Pelecychilus, and Hurytus, all South American, occurs in the West Indies only in the group (subdivision 2) embracing St. Lucia and Trinidad and the intermediate Islands. Borus oblongus inhabits Barbados, but it was introduced there from St. Vincent by the late Rev. Mr. Parkinson. Hurytus aulacostylus, Pf., occurs both in St. Lucia and Demerara. With respect to Trinidad, it is certainly curious that we have there a species of Diplommatina (D. Huitoni, Pf.) and of Hnnea (#. bicolor, Hutton). the latter found also in Grenada and St. Thomas, both living in the East Indies. Guppy has lately discovered a species to which he has given the generic name of Blandiella, but it is, I think, a Truncatella, allied, at least, to the subgenus Tohettia, H. and A. Adams, the type of which is 7. porrecta, Gould, of Taheiti. The land shell fauna of the Islands in subdivision 2 have marked alliance with that of Cayenne. There are on that group six species of Helix which are also found in Cayenne, viz.: Dentellaria orbiculata, nux-denticulata, dentiens, Isabella, badia, and Thelidomus discolor. The genus Cyclophorus has no less than seven species in Martinique, Dominica, and Guadeloupe, but none in any other part of the West Indies, while one, a different species, inhabits Cayenne. In Barbados no member of the family Cyclostomacea has been discovered. I have already referred to some ‘other peculiarities of this fauna as compared with that of the Islands Bland. ] 6 1 [March 3, embraced in section IY, and should add that Dentellaria does not occur in those Islands. Helix predominates over bulimus in North America and the Islands in Sections I., II., III., and IV, while the reverse is the case in South America, and there is at least an increased proportionate num- ber of Bulimus, as compared with Heliz in Section V. I have spoken of a ‘‘ridge’’ on which the Islands in subdivision 2 of that section stand (St. Lucia excepted), and must remark in addition, that there may have existed an extension of the South American Con- tinent, from the eastern boundary of Guiana to some point west of the Grenada bank, and running North to the neighborhood of the Anguilla bank, on the western side of which extension there was the fauna now to be studied in the Islands from St. Lucia to Trinidad, and on the eastern side, in those from the St. Christopher and Antigua banks to Barbados. Reference has been made to the similarity of depths in nearlysthe same Latitude between Jamaica and Cuba, and Saba and the Virgin bank. Mr. Rawson has directed my attention to a comparison of the following depths in the Caribbean sea, ascertained by soundings between Kingston (Jamaica *) and Chagres, and those between Barbados and Tobago : Lat. 12° 00’, Long. 79° 25’/—924 fa. Lat. 12° 10’, Long. 60° 05’/—1, 080 fa. “¢ 11°25, * ©9799 30/—969 fa. “ 119407, “ §0°10/—-20Gtie Taking a wide view of land shell distribution in the West Indies, it may be said that the fauna of the Islands on the northern side of the Caribbean sea, from Cuba to the Virgin and Anguilla banks, was derived from Mexico and Central America, and that of the Islands of the eastern side, from the Antigua and St, Christopher banks to Trinidad, from tropical South America. It is noticeable that the mountains in the former Islands, range, generally, from West to East, but in the latter from South to North, excepting in Tobago and Trinidad, where they are parallel with, or in the same direction as the coast mountains of the adjacent continent. The present geological condition of the Islands affords ample evidence of the lapse of vast periods of time in the earlier tertiary epochs, during which the Limestone formations, extensively developed in most of the Islands, were deposited. The white Limestone of Jamaica, referred by Sawkins (Geology of Jamaica, London, 1869), to the Post Pliocene, covers more than three-fourths of the Island and is computed at 2000 feet in thickness. It rests on the yellow Limestone (Miocene), which, he remarks, during the deposition of the former, ‘‘sank to great depths, in some places apparently 3000 feet, so as to permit the growth of those great coral structures, from the débris of which the enormous calcareous development of the white Limestone has been derived. The lapse of time required for these important phenomena cannot be easily realized by the imagination.”’ That the Islands, or some of them, were formerly united and formed part of an ancient continent, may, it would seem for various reasons, be inferred, and the discovery of mammalian and other remains in Anguilla, Sombrero, etc., is an important one. * The Pedro bank, within 50 miles of the southern shores of Jamaica, with an elevation of 30 to 40 fathoms would give an Island 100 miles long, 30 in breadth near its centre, and 45 at its western edge. 1871.) 62 [Bland. Referring to the Anguilla cave remains, Prof. Cope remarks (Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila., 1868) on their indicating ‘‘that the Caribbean continent had not been submerged prior to the close of the Post-pliocene, and that its connection was with the other Antilles, while a wide strait separated it from the then comparatively remote shores of North America.”’ The occurrence with the Anguilla fossils of a land shell of a species now living, points to the age of the existing tauna, but the marked difference, both generic and specific, between the present land shell fauna of the Islands upon and to the North and West of the Anguilla bank and those to the South of it, may be taken as evidence of their early and con- tinued separation. Captain Parsons, in MS. Notes on the Geology of some of the West Indies, for a perusal of which I am indebted to Mr. Rawson, observes that the éastern or windward edge of the Grenada bank is at an average distance of 7 miles from the Islands, while the western edge is not more than two-thirds of a mile, and that there is a similar great disparity in other of the banks and Islands. He concludes that such increased develop- ment of the eastern over the western sides is primarily due to the equa- torial current, which running for ages through the Islands has bronght and deposited material on the windward side.* On this subject, the following quotation from ‘‘The Natural History of Barbadoes,’’ by the Rev. W. Hughes, London, 1750, is really interesting, and particularly so in connection with the views of Sawkins with regard to Jamaica. 2 “The current of the Deluge between the Tropics ranfrom East to West. Notice the shattered condition of the eastward side of the chain of hills and cliffs, which are as barriers to the Island (Barbados), from Cuckold’s Point to Conset’s Bay, for as they face the East their torn state on that side alone and no where else, shews that they not only by their situation, first stemmed, but as they were higher than any other part of the Island, they wholly bore the repeated percussions of the current in the gradual ascent of the Deluge. Notice, also, the coping figure of the Island from East to West, for if we view narrowly the several gradual descents of so many continued ridges of rock, like cascades, descending precipitously to the westward (for instance, the long chain of hills from Mount Gilboa, in St. Lucia’s Parish, to the Black Rock in St. Michael’s), we shall con- clude from the deep soil on the eastward of these where the land is level, and from the rugged and bare washed surface of the west, that the latter was thus torn by the violence of the waters falling over them, and the former, the effect of the subsided sediment upon the decrease of the Deluge. The want of such a bed of rocks from Black Rock to St. Anne’s Castle caused the chasm which opens to the sea through Bridgetown opposite to the Valley of St. George’s. The course of the gullies is, too, from East to West, and they were caused by the current of the Deluge, the regular course of which to the westward between the tropics was the natural con- sequence of the easterly trade wind.’’ * In the Bahamas the Islands are, generally speaking, on the windward side of their respective groups and banks.—(Nelson.) Bland.] 6 3 {March 4, 1871. Sawkins, in the Report on Jamaica, to which I have already referred, shows that the highest elevations on that Island are situated to the east, and the inclined slope rises from the west. With respect to this, he draws ‘‘deductions from two important elements: ‘1, The great equatorial currents have existed in times past as at present. ‘¢2. That the trade winds also prevailed with the same uniformity.”’ Referring to vestiges of volcanic action and certain stratified deposits towards the eastern end of the Island, containing pebbles and debris of previously existing rocks, Sawkins remarks: ‘‘ This (volcanic) action might have operated intermittently, so as to permit the growth of coral reefs, marine animals, &c., of which the remains are contained in the limestone formations. Again, supposing the deposits to have originated from local igneous or volcanic action, or from ‘debris derived from islands to the east, submersion having intervened, the lighter material§ and finer sediment would be transported by the currents to the westward, these in- fluences combining with subsequent changes of level, account for the prolongation of the land to the westward.”’ In connection with the facts stated I can only incidentally refer to the barrier presented by Trinidad, Tobago, the Grenada bank, and St. Vincent to the distribution, to the westward, of marine forms living at greater depths than 400 fathoms ; and to the same barrier and others offered by the Islands and banks to the North of St. Vincent, to the flow of the equatorial current into the Caribbean sea. Also to the existence of a cold current at great depths between Barbados and Tobago, shown by the temperatures ascertained by Capt. Parsons, viz. : / : Surface, Max. 79° Fah., at 1,030 fathoms, Min. 88° “e 820 ce ce 1,060 “ec cs 88°.5 [Extracted from the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, May 21, 1872.] NOTES ON LINGUAL DENTITION OF CERTAIN SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN LAND SHELLS. BY THOMAS BLAND AND W. G. BINNEY. We are indebted to Miss Annie E. Law, of Jalapa, Tennessee, and to Mr. Henry Hemphill, of Oakland, California, for the specimens from which we extracted the jaws and lingual mem- branes here described. ZONITES LAVIGATUS, Pf. Jaw as,usual in the genus. ZONITES INTERTEXTUS, Binney. The jaw and lingual membrane are as usual in the genus. ZONITES DEMISsUS, Binney. Jaw arched, ends attenuated, pointed; anterior surface smooth, cutting edge with well developed sharp median projection. Lingual membrane as usual in the genus. laterals above eight in number on either side of central line. ZONITES LASMODON, Phillips. Jaw and lingual membrane as usual in the genus. ZONITES INTERNUS, Say. The jaw and lingual membrane are those of Zonites (or Hya- lina), and not of Helix, thus showing the generic position of the species, which is not so well marked by the shell. The jaw is slightly arcuate, ends attenuated, pointed; median beak-like prominence to the cutting edge. The lingual membrane is long and narrow. Central teeth large, with a long median cusp. Laterals like the centrals, but bifid, four in number, marginals aculeate. PATULA STRIGOSA, Gould. Jaw long, low, slightly arcuate; anterior surface smooth except- jing near the lower margin, where there are numerous, crowded, subobsolete ribs, or coarse striz, crenellating the cutting edge. There is a very strong muscular attachment to the upper margin. The lingual membrane is as usual in the genus. (See fig. 129 of L. and Fr. W. Shells, I.) The marginal teeth are wide and low, with one inner, long, obtuse, oblique denticle, and several short side blunt denticles, obtusely rounded. 136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF PaTULA COOPERI, W. G. Binn. Lingual membrane as in Patula strigosa. PATULA IDAHOENSIS, Newc. The jaw very much resembles in form and in its crenellated cutting edge that of Patula striatella. (See fig. 141 of L. and Fr. W. Shells, part I.) Its anterior surface has coarse perpendicu- lar strive or obsolete wrinkles, not well formed ribs. There is a stout membranous attachment to the upper margin. Lingual membrane as in Patula Hemphilli. (See Am. Journ. of Conch., TT, 247.) PATULA PERSPECTIVA, Say. The jaw and lingual membrane are quite like those of P. stria- tella. The ends of the jaw, however, are more squarely tron and the striz are not converging. HELIX POLYGYRELLA, Bland. Jaw slightly arcuate, ends but little attenuated, blunt; anterior surface with fifteen broad ribs, denticulating either margin. Lingual membrane as in H. auwriculata. We are indebted to Mr. Harford for the living specimens from which the notes on this species are drawn. HELIX PALLIATA, Say. Jaw short, high; anterior surface with more than fifteen ribs, denticulating either margin. HELIX OBSTRICTA, Say. Jaw with ten ribs. Lingual membrane as in H. palliata. HELIX DEVIA, Gld. var. This small, doubtful form from Salmon River, Idaho, has the jaw arcuate, ends blunt, with about seven stout ribs denticulating either margin. The lingual membrane is broad, teeth as usual in the genus, the marginals low, wide, with one oblique, bluntly bifid, inner denticle, and several short, blunt, outer denticles. HELIX FIDELIS, Gray. In Amer. Journ. Conch., VI. p. 207, pl. ix. fig. 1, we described and figured the jaw as short, high, thick, rough, strongly arcuate, ends attenuated, blunt, cutting edge with a well developed, blunt, median projection, marked with decided longitudinal striz, which crenellate its margin. We have lately had an opportunity of examining numerous other adult specimens, and find them decid- NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137 edly costate, usually with about six ribs, denticulating either margin. PALLIFERA DORSALIS, Binney. An opportunity has lately been given us by Mr. H. Prime of examining living specimens from Westchester Co., New York. We find Mr. Morse’s description and figure of the jaw to be quite correct, and have no doubt of the genus being distinct from Tebennophorus. The species appears to us well marked also, especially by the great activity of the animal’s motions. Mr. Prime noticed it climbing on trees, a habit often observed by us in several of our land shells. Thus Helix thyroides in the garden of one of us at Burlington, N. J., constantly climbs the fruit trees, to eat the gum which exudes from the branches. Our figure 535, of L. and Fr. W. Shells, part I., is defective. The head does not extend beyond the mantle. See the upper figure in Terrestrial Mollusks, III., pl. lxiii. e. j S IEVese. a scone Brot i, i NY . * aK: te > wa mohlcoth OF sea, ee Ashe’ ‘tana eld : us ve . ‘ ‘ é ate ‘eal entaneod is bie ‘4 ES FR Ae oP on ana toatl inane emit raMutcT nett ro ee Gee 7 ‘1a Te. i ra stinmets jas 8 goiriy y Ob tak att 1 iP ae hae irovk Pron Ff] foarte A As A if ycfol eu eae Te klueby. Ort, ‘ae nat / a OF waa orf Antascya “oh. WNP intent aera aed a cis nt A ; Y cle Sateen is at" hawtiont #2 ae bus Deeks ‘9 ae Hine? a0 aria a no Ue nite ay eh yi big. of? tee : iy a Keb. simp: eth We oe Gee ee a | iP JG Oe al Deterred iets pie son ALA Lip bil eile - XIX—On the Lingual Dentition of Certain Terrestrial Pul- monata Foreign to the United States. By THOMAS BLAND AND W. G. BINNEY. Read Dec. 9, 1872. [Reprinted from the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History, N. Y., Vol. x, Oct., 1872.] Helix Jayama, C. B. Apams (Sagda). Like Sagda connectens C. B. Adams and Sagda Haldemaniana C. B. Adams (see Amer. Jour. Conch. VII, p. 175), this, also a Jamaica species, has quadrate, not aculeate, marginal teeth on its lingual membrane. The cusps of the marginals are short, stout and blunt, centrals and lat- erals as usual. Jaw smooth anteriorly, with scarcely any median projection to its cutting edge. ' This is an additional proof of the position of Sagda (219) 220 Certain Terrestrial Pulmonata being among the Helicea rather than the Vetrinea of von Marten’s arrangement. We received from Mr. Henry Vendryes the specimen examined. Meucochroa Roissieri, Cuarr. The genus Leucochroa is adopted by von Martens (Die Heliceen ed. 2, p. 78) the type being Helix candidissima Drap, a species whose anatomy has been described by Moquin-Tandon as being more nearly related to Zonites, than to Helix. The genus is classed by von Martens among the Vitrinea, the section of Helicea containing the genera furnished with ribless anterior surface and median projec- tion to the jaw, and aculeate, marginal teeth to the lingual membrane. Among the species catalogued by von Martens is Leucochroa Boissieri Charp. Having sometime since received a specimen of this species from Mr. John Van Nostrand, collected by him in Palestine, we have examined its jaw and lingual dentition with the following results. Jaw very low, long, arcuate, ends but little attenuated, bluntly rounded. Cutting edge with a decided median projection, anterior sur- face free from ribs, with a strong, transverse line of reinforcement. The jaw resembles that of Clausilia or Pupa more than that usually found in Helix. : . Lingual membrane as usual in the Helicide. Centrals short and stout with a bluntly pointed median tooth, the side teeth almost obsolete. Laterals with a very long, oblique, blunt inner tooth, the outer tooth almost obsolete. Marginals subquadrate, with several short, blunt, papille-like teeth. From the above it will be seen that Leucochroa Boissiert must be classed among the felicea, its lingual membrane having the quadrate type of marginal teeth, and not the acu- leate type common to Vitrina, Zonites and other Vétrinea. Its jaw is of the form often found in the Helicea. Judging from both jaw and lingual membrane, we would not separate the species from the genus felix as received by von Martens. We are inclined to believe that further investigations will ~~ i Foreign to the United States. 221 prove the genus Leuwcochroa to be only a subgenus of felix, in the arrangement of “ Die Heliceen.” Helix circum firmata, REDFIELD. Lingual membrane long and broad, centrals tricuspid, laterals bicuspid, cusps long and slender, marginals aculeate. From the above description it will appear that this spe- cies belongs to the Vétrinea rather than to the Helicea of von Marten’s arrangement, in which latter it is classed in ‘* Die Heliceen” as a species of the subgenus JZicrophysa. Eielix Bermawudermsis, Prr. Jaw extremely thin, arched, with a blunt, median projection to its cutting edge. . Lingual membrane long and narrow. Central teeth tricuspid, laterals bicuspid; the cusps in each long and slender. Marginals numerous, aculeate in oblique rows. As in the A. circumfirmata, the result of our examina- tion of the lingual membrane throws light on the generic position of this. species. It can no longer be retained in Caracolus, a sub-genus of Helix, as it has the dentition of the Vitrinea of von Marten’s arrangement. For the speci- mens examined of this and the preceding species, both from Bermuda, we are indebted to Mr. J. J. Crooke. Eielix perpiexa, Frr. (Denteliaria). Jaw with a median projection to its cutting edge. The anterior sur-— face of the jaw is of irregular thickness, showing some approach to the ribbed form of jaw. Lingual membrane as usual. Central and lateral teeth with short, stout, blunt cusps. Marginal teeth quadrate, with one wide, stout, bluntly rounded median cusp, and two small, blunt side cusps. We are indebted to Governor Rawson for this specimen collected in the Island of Grenada. 229 Certain Terrestrial Pulmonata Pupa suléata, MuLurr (Gonidomus). Lingual membrane long and very narrow. Rows of teeth arranged en chevron. Teeth separated, aculeate, as in Pupa palanga Lesson, photo- graphed by us (Amer. Jour. Conch. V, pl. x1, fig. 1.) We obtained no jaw on boiling the buccal mass in a solu- tion of caustic potash. This species belongs to the genus Gonospira, in which P. palanga was placed by Crosse and Fischer (Journal de Conch. TX, 213 (1869), pl. x1, figs. 6-8). The specimen examined, sent from Mauritius by Consul Pike, was kindly supplied by Mr. John G. Anthony. EBulimaus awmlacostylas, Prr. (Lurytus). Lingual membrane as usual in the genus, the marginal teeth simply modified from the laterals. Jaw slightly arcuate, membranous, almost transparent, in one single piece, but divided by delicate ribs into more than sixty plate-like sections, as common in the genera Bulimulus, Cylindrella, etc. No upper median triangular plate, but the ribs ran somewhat obliquely to the centre. We are indebted for this specimen from St. Lucia, and for the following from St. Vincent, to Governor Rawson. Bulimus auris-silemi, Born (Pelecychilus). Jaw and lingual membrane as in the last species. The middle cusp of the central teeth and inner cusp of the lateral teeth long, acute. The jaw of this and the preceding species do not agree with the generic description of von Martens ‘ costis validis exarata,” but are like that of Bulimulus. This fact gives still more proof of the difficulty of classifying the Lulimé by their jaw, at the present stage of our knowledge of the subject, as already remarked by Fischer (Jour. de Conch. All, 2957 L872, Foreign to the United States. 223 ADDITIONAL NOTE ON THE GENUS AMPHIBULIMA. Since our paper “On The Relations of Certain Genera of Terrestrial Mollusca of, or related to, the Sub-family Suc- ‘cinine, with Notes on the Lingual Dentition of Succinea appendiculata Pfr.” (pp. 198-207) was printed, we have re- ceived, through the kindness of Dr. W. J. Branch of the island of St. Kitts, two specimens of Amphibulima patula with the animals, preserved in glycerine, and can in conse- quenge offer a decided opinion as to the generic relations of the species. ° Finding a note among the papers of the late Mr. Robert Swift to the effect that “ S. patula Brug. is found at St. Kitts on Bayford’s estate on the wild plantain which grows on the banks of a small water-course,” Bland wrote on the 21st November last, requesting Dr. W. J. Branch, a correspon- dent of Mr. Swift and also of Governor Rawson, to obtain specimens, if possible, for examination. To this request Dr. Branch most kindly responded. We subjoin copy of his interesting letter, which accompanied the specimens. ‘‘T went a few days ago to Bayford’s to look for the S. natula but, after a long and fatiguing search, found only two small (young) speci- mens. When I was in the place several years since, the bushes on each side of the little river were covered with snails* (a striped Bulimzs. a species of Helicina and the S. patula), but the other day I saw only three arboreal snails. The present scarcity of these creatures in St. Kitts is probably due to the hurricane which visited the island in 1870. Many trees, some of enormous size, were torn up by the roots, others lost all their branches, and scarcely a single leaf was left on any tree. The sup- ply of water to the estates was cut off or much diminished by the drying up of the numerous streams from the mountains. This was, no doubt, caused by the want of foliage to protect the moisture, which collects on the slopes of well-wooded hills, from the sun’s heat. So the poor snails have come to grief from the actual violence of the hurricane itself, and the subsequent cutting off of their supplies both of meat and drink. You will see that both the snails sent are completely tucked into their shells, but I do not think that they often, or perhaps ever. draw in either the head or the posterior part of the foot during life. Their flesh is partic- * B. multifasciatus Lam. and H. fasciata Lam. (T. B.) 224 Certain Terrestrial Pulmonata ularly watery and gelatinous and shrinks up as they die. When they are moving about, the foot looks very large and when I touched the creature it could not or would not retreat into its shell. *On this point, however, I shall be able to give more accurate information when I can collect addi- tional specimens.” We find, that the animals are completely retracted into. their shells and very much in the same manner as in Succinea, little more than the entire surface of the foot being alone seen within the aperture, the edges of the peristome pro- . jecting slightly beyond it. While the sensitiveness of the animal to touch may be slight and its habit as described by Dr. Branch, they’cannot be said to be much larger than their shells, as remarked by Sallé of Xanthonyx, aud described by Fischer and Crosse, or as described by Dr. Cooper of Binneia. The specimens for which we are indebted to Dr. Branch, must have been taken alive in the month of Decem- ber, and very soon at least after death, before becoming dry, put in the glycerine. It will be remembered that Guppy considers Omalonyx and Brachyspira as groups or sections of Amphibulima. Ina very recent letter he repeats his assurance that “the animals of both Amphibulima patula and pardalina are very much larger than the shells and quite incapable of retraction into them.” His observation agrees, so far as it goes, with that of Dr. Branch, who adds a remark as to the shrinking up of the animals “as they die.” This shrinking before death must be accompanied by the exercise of contractile muscular force, and probably further observation will prove that the animal, while in possession of its full vital power, can and does with- draw itself into the shell, and especially, perhaps, in seasons of drought. The jaw of A. patula, of which we subjoin description, has not the accessory plate characteristic of Succinea, and which is found in Omalonyx and Brachyspira; while the latter subgenera therefore belong to the Succinine, Amphi- - bulima must be associated with the Helicine. By the char- acter of the ribs of the jaw, it is most nearly allied to the Foreign to the United States. 225, genus Bulimulus. The same may be said of G'eotis lately examined by us. Amphibulima patula.— Body obtuse in front, pointed behind, entirely retractile within the peristome, though usu- ally greatly expanded. Mantle simple as in Succinea, Helix, etc. Base of foot wrinkled transversely, without distinct locomotive disk. Generative orifice? Respiratory orifice? Jaw slightly arcuate, low, ends attenuated: extremely thin and transparent with prominent transverse strie; divided longitudinally by about forty-five delicate ribs into so many plate-like sections of the same character as those of Cylin- drella, Macroceramus and many species of Bulimulus. No upper triangular median plates as in Cylindrella. Margin serrated by extremities of ribs. The figure we have given of the jaw of Succinea? appen- mienlata Pir. (Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., X, pl. ix, fig. 2) offers a correct general idea of the jaw of Amphibulima patula. See also our photograph of jaw of Cylindrella rosea (Am. Journ. Conch., V, pl. xi, fig. 2) for the character of the ribs and plate-like sections. Lingual membrane as already described and fired by us from a specimen from Dominica (See Am. Journ. Conch., VIl, 186, pl. xvii, figs. 1-2), long and broad, composed of numerous horizontally waving rows of teeth, of the form usual in the Helicide. Centrals subquadrate, extended at basal angles, narrowing towards the centre, expanding towards the upper edge, which is reflected and tricuspid, extending quite to the base of the tooth; the cusps are stout, the median one bluntly pointed. The lateral teeth are of the same type as the centrals, but unsymmetrical. The marginals are long and narrow, rounded at base, narrowed at apex, reflected and bicuspid; cusps short, stout, and gene- rally a simple modification of those of the laterals. The extreme marginals have irregular teeth, like simple papille. | Printed at the SALEM PRESS. 2 XXI.— On the Lingual Dentition of Geotis. By THOS. BLAND AND W. G. BINNEY. Read January 6, 1873. [Reprinted from the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History, N. Y., Vol. x, Oct., 1872.] THE genus G‘eotis was described by Shuttleworth,* founded ona curious mollusk from Porto Rico. The lingual denti- tion was said to be nearly the same as in Vitrina and Zonites, the teeth arranged in oblique rows, centrals obtusely tri- *“ Tamina lingualis fere ut in Vitrina et Zonites constituta videtur, papillae nempe numerose in seriebus utrinque obliquis ordinatze sunt: papilla centrali obtuse tri dentata; mediis vix a centrali diversis; lateralibus autem subulato-productis, arcuatis basi? bifurcatis, An maxilla adsit heret.’” ‘‘E formatione linguz animal videtur sine dubio carnivorum.” Shuttleworth, Bern Mit. 1854, p. 34. (252) Lingual Dentition of Geeotis. 253 dentate, laterals scarcely differing from the centrals, mar- ginals lengthened, awl-shaped, arcuate, at base ? bifurcate. The presence of a jaw was not verified by Shuttleworth. The character of the dentition was considered such as to denote carnivorous habits of the animal. This is all the information as to the lingual dentition of Geotis hitherto published. Moérch, indeed, places the genus (Jour. de Conch. 1865, 384) in his section Odontognatha, which comprises the Terrestrial Pulmonata furnished with a ribbed jaw, not from any original investigations, but simply from its assumed identity with Parmacella, a genus believed to have a ribbed jaw, judging from the obscure figure given by Feérussac of the mouth of Parmacella palliolum (Hist. t. 8 A, fig. 8). Shuttleworth’s description rather indicates the form of dentition figured by us (Land and Fresh Water Shells, I), of many species of Vitrina, Hyalina and Zonites. The bifurcated base of the marginal teeth may even be sup- posed to be such as we have figured (/. c. 17) in the centrals of Glandina truncata. We have long had in our possession the jaw and lingual membrane of a specimen of G'eotis from Porto Rico. The animal was received many years ago by one of us (Bland) from the late Mr. Robert Swift, the alcohol in which it was originally preserved evaporated, and the jaw and lingual membrane were, not very long since obtained, by macera- tion, in a somewhat imperfect condition. Comparing the latter with Shuttleworth’s description, we find that at first we had misunderstood his words, which, indeed, are quite liable to mislead, especially in the infelicitous comparison with Vitrina and Zonites. We give, therefore, a more de- tailed description and figure, in order to prevent further errors. Jaw (plate xi, fig. 1) long, low, slightly arcuate, ends attenuated, ex- tremely thin and delicate, transparent: in one single piece, but divided by over forty* delicate ribs into as many plate-like compartments of the type * Fragments only of the jaw were saved; the largest one we have figured, and from it estimate the whole number of ribs. 254 Lingual Dentition of Geotis. common in Bulimulus and Cylindrella, but without the upper median tri- angular plate characteristic of the latter; both margins scarcely serrated by the ends of the ribs. From our numerous observations on the jaws of Pulmo- nata (see Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., X, 165), we consider this to be a form of ribbed jaw, the plate-like sections being actually divided by delicate longitudinal ribs. It is to be understood that the jaw is not in separate pieces, as in Or- thalicus and Liguus (see Ibid, p. 168). Our figure of the jaw of Helix turbiniformis, Pfr. (Ibid, pl. ii, fig. 2), gives the same type of jaw, though differing in form. That of Succinea ? appendiculata (Ibid, X, pl. ix, fig. 2) is still nearer the jaw we are considering. The lingual membrane is entirely different from what we had supposed from our interpretation of Shuttleworth’s de- scription. We recognize no resemblance to that of Zonites and Vitrina, but rather (in arrangement and shape of teeth and position of cusp) to that figured by us of Orthalicus zebra and undatus (Amer. Jour. of Conch. 1870, pl. ix, figs. 2, 6,10, 12,) and Liguus fasciatus drawn by Leidy, (Terr. Moll. U. S. Il, 270). From these, however, it dif- fers in the development of its cusp, which shares the trifid character, and nearly resembles that of Helix muscarum (Am. Jour. Conch. /. ¢. fig. 4). Lingual membrane long and broad, composed of numerous rows of teeth arranged en chevron. Centrals very long, narrow, obtuse above, incurved at sides, obtusely rounded and expanded at base near which is a short, gouge-shaped, expanded cusp, whose lower edge is bluntly triden- tate. Laterals same as centrals in shape, but a little larger, and unsym- metrical from the disproportionate expansion of the outer denticle of the cusp. Marginals same as laterals, but more slender, with more developed and graceful teeth, of which the median is pointed, often bifid. There is much variety in the shape and denticulation of the cusps. The middle denticle is always the smallest. We find no distinct marginal teeth of the aculeate type noticed by Shuttleworth, but believe he was misled by see- ing these teeth in exact profile, when they have somewhat that form as shown in our figure 6. . Seen from above, Amn. of Lyc. Nat.Hist. of N-Y. Vol X-PEAL Lingual Dentition in Physa. 255 however, the same teeth retain their subquadrate form, figure 7. Both jaw and lingual membrane, therefore, prove that the genus belongs to the Helicinw of our pro- posed arrangement of Pulmonata (see Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., /. c. 165), or to the Helicea of von Martens. (Die meeliceen, ed. 2.) By its jaw, G'eotts calls to our mind the genus Amphibu- lima (see pl. xi, fig. 8), as well as the shell known as Suc- cinea? appendiculata Pfr., whose generic position we have left in doubt (Ibid, X, pl. ix, fig. 2), and many species of Bulimulus. We have above shown the resemblance of its lingual dentition to that of Orthalicus and Liguus, as well as of Helix muscarum. It also forcibly reminds one of some of the features of the dentition of Z’riboniophorus. Our figure 5, plate xi, gives the central and adjacent lat- eral teeth: fig. 6 an extreme marginal in profile, on a dif- ferent scale of enlargement: fig. 7 a marginal seen as in fig. 6: fig. 1 the largest fragment saved of the jaw. XXII. — Note on a curious form of Lingual Dentition in Physa. By THOS. BLAND AnD W. G. BINNEY. Read January 6, 1873. WE have received from Governor Rawson specimens in alcohol of a shell apparently belonging to the genus P/ysa, collected at Point 4 Pitre by M. Schramm. On examining its jaw and lingual dentition, we find both different from what is usual in that genus. The jaw is not at all chevron- shaped,* but is simply slightly arcuate, long, low, ends atten- uated. The lingual membrane wants entirely the broad transverse rows of comb-like teeth arranged en chevron * See figure of jaw of Physa in Land and Fresh Water Shells of North America, II p. 75, fig. 1238. JANUARY, 1873. 18 ANN. Lyc. Nat. HIST., VOL. x. 256 Lingual Dentition in Physa. which are characteristic of Physa.* On the other hand, the lingual membrane is long and narrow, with almost horizontal rows of teeth. The centrals are narrow, somewhat expanded at the base, at apex recurved into a slightly produced quin- quedentate cusp, the central denticle the largest. The later- als are quadrate, the whole apex recurved into a broad cusp produced almost to the base of the tooth, with one large, inner, stout, pointed denticle which bears on its inner side another small pointed denticle, and two, small, irregular, sharp, side denticles. The marginals are but modifications of the laterals, wider than high, with one bluntly bifid inner, and several small, blunt, irregular side denticles. The centrals and laterals are like those of Limneat rather than of Physa, the marginals more like those of Planorbist but much more quadrate. In our figure 2 of plate xi, we give one central and several lateral teeth, in fig. 3 one marginal: fig. 4 represents the jaw. A view of the shell is also given in fig. 9. We have not been able to determine this species of Physa, represented by M. Schramm to be very rare. In some re- spects it appears to be allied to P. striata D’Orb. (Cuba I. 192, Tab. xii, figs. 14-16), received by that author from M. Ferdinand de Candé, but whether from Martinique or Cuba was not positively known. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. A portion of jaw of Geotis (p. 253.) Physa ——? (See p. 255.) One central tooth and two laterals from the lingual membrane. The same as 2. One marginal tooth. . Thesame. The jaw. b Re iat * See Ibid, p. 81, fig. 138: p. 82, fig. 141. Physa ampullacea, Gld. from Colorado Ter- ritory, lately collected by Dr. E. Palmer, has the same type of lingual. Dall has detected amore simple form of tooth alternating with the comb-like laterals of Physa. Seehis exhaustive review of Limneide etc., in Ann. of Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., IX, 333, for valu- able information on the dentition of the tresh water Pulmonates. tSee our figures in the Amer. Jour. of Conch., 1871, pl. xii. tSee our figure in Ann. of Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., IX, p. 292. Lingual Dentition in Physa. 257 Lingual dentition of Geotis. One central tooth with adjacent laterals. . Same as last, but more enlarged. An extreme marginal tooth in profile. Same as 5. An extreme marginal tooth. Amphibulime patula (see p. 225.) The jaw folded as it appears on the microscope slide, the position taken from its extreme tenuity. Physa sp. indet. Shell. Jaw and Lingual dentition. Figs. 2-4. {Printed at the Salem Press. fi! : ¥ AZ — . ov ‘ 4 , ‘ ‘ ’ 5 ‘ / 7 es ak: OLY, NEES <5 ¢ Po *, : if : Se x pty) ae Hb fi; Pig he, 5S £4) 3) ? ; a + i 4 vu - *h 2 ' os , ‘ i ‘ . i. vi + : ‘ } ; Ae a } ‘ ‘ Hits “aif iy ; ne DT “7 es bee ulin + ia [From the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, Vol. 10, May, 1872.] XII. Description of a New Species of Mollusc of the Genus Felicina. BY THOMAS BLAND. Read April 22nd, 1872. Helicina gloynei, nov. sp. T. subglobosa, tenuis, pellucida, pallide cornea, epidermide lineis spirali- bus, confertis, pilosulis induta, sub epidermidem nitida, striatula, lineis microscopicis concentricis decussatula; spira parum elevata, apice acuti- cuscula, rufescente; anfr. 44, convexiusculi, ultimus rotundatus, seri- (186) - New Species of Mollusc of the Genus Helicina. 187 ebus 5 angustis fusco-pilosis longioribus ornatus, basi impressus; colu- mella breviter recedens, compressa, alba, callum tenuem, album emittens ; apertura vix obliqua, semicircularis; perist. tenue, margine dextro brev- iter reflexo, basali cum columella angulum formante. Opere. ? Shell subglobose, thin, pellucid, pale horn colored, with epidermis hav- ing closely set spiral lines of short hairs, beneath the epidermis shining, delicately striate, and with microscopic spiral lines; spire slightly ele- vated, apex rather pointed and tinged with reddish color; whorls 44 rather convex, the last rounded and ornamented with five spiral series of longer dark hairs, base impressed; columella shortly receding, com- pressed, and with thin white callus over the umbilical region; aperture scarcely oblique, semicircular; perist. thin, the right margin slightly reflected, basal margin forming an angle with the columella. Diam. maj. 9, min. 7, mill. Alt. 5, mill. Habitat. Newcastle, in the Parish of St. Andrews, Jamaica, West Indies, at an elevation of about 4,000 feet above the sea. Remarks. This interesting species is very unlike any other hitherto found in Jamaica. It has the hirsute char- acter of Alcadia hirsuta C. B. Adams, of that island, and in that respect, as well as in general form has, to a remarkable degree, the aspect of a Schasicheila, without, however, the incised peristome. Iam indebted for this, as well as many other species, to my valued correspondent Mr. C. P. Gloyne, R. E., who refers to it, the specific name having been communicated by me, in his Notes on the Land Shells of Jamaica, Jour. de Conchyliologie XII, p. 44. January, 1872. [ Reprinted from the Annals of Lyceum of Natural History of N. Y., Vol. 10, Nos. 10-11, March-June, 1873.] XXVIII.— On the Physical Geography of, and the Distribu- tion of Terrestrial Mollusca in, the Bahama Islands. By THOMAS BLAND. Read April 28, 1873. Tue northern end of the extensive and remarkable group called the Bahama, or Lucayos Islands, lies opposite southern Florida, and from this point the islands stretch off in a double series, nearly parallel to the trend of Cuba and San Domingo, and terminate properly in the Turk’s Island Bank, on which are the last, and most easterly, of this chain of in- habited islands, which extends about 600 miles, from within 70 miles of the coast of Florida, to within 100 miles of that of San Domingo. The following brief description of the Banks and Islands, defined generally by the 100-fathom line of soundings, is taken principally from the valuable “ Report’on the Bahamas,” by Governor Rawson, which report accompanied the official “Blue Book” of that colony, for 1864; the soundings from the charts issued by the U.S. Coast Survey, and the Hydro- graphic Office of the U.S. Navy. The Little Bahama Bank.— This is the most northerly bank; its north- western point, Matanilla Reef, is 70 miles from the Florida shore, sepa- (311) 312 Physical Geography, etc. rated from it by the Gulf of Florida, the greatest depth of which, on the line of the axis of the Gulf Stream, off the western edge of the Reef, is 344 fathoms (2,064 feet). The area of the Bank is about 5,560 square miles, of which the islands occupy about 1,200; it is separated from the Great Bahama Bank by the northwestern and northeastern Providence Channels, but is not more than 45 miles from any part of it; at the nearest point only 15 miles. The Little Bank contains only two islands of considerable size; Athen (divided by a narrow channel into Great and Little Abaco) and Grand Bahama. ‘‘Hole in the Wall,” at the southeast end of Great Abaco, is 568 miles distant from Cape Hatteras. The Great Bahama Bank.— This Bank, south and southeast of the Little Bank, is separated from it by the Providence Channels, from Florida by the Gulf of Florida, by the Santaren Channel from Salt Key Bank, and by the Nicholas or Old Bahama Channel from Cuba, from which Key San Domingo, the southern extremity of the Bank, is distant about 40 miles. The greatest depth of the Gulf of Florida between Cape Florida and Gun Key, on the western side of the Great Bank, is 309 fathoms (1,854 feet), and more southerly, between Carysfort Reef and Orange Key (distance about 60 miles), 475 fathoms (2,850 feet). The greatest depth of the Santaren Channel, between the Great Bank and Anguilla Island on the Salt Key Bank (distance about 27 miles), is 386 fathoms (2,316 feet). The Great Bank has an area of about 37,000 square miles, of which the islands upon it occupy about 2,357 square miles. This Bank is penetrated at its centre by a deep Sound, the Gulf of Providence (known as the ‘‘ Tongue of the Ocean”), for a distance of 110 miles, with an average width of 25 to 380 miles, approached from the northwest and northeast by the two Providence Channels. : The principal islands on the Great Bank are as follows :— The Biminis, two small Keys on the western side, about 45 miles from Cape Florida. On the western edge of the Gulf of Providence, skirting the Bank, is Andros Island, the largest of the group (area 1,600 square miles), and to the northeast of it, the Berry Islands. East of the Gulf of Providence and at the northeast and east edge of the Bank, is Eleuthera, followed in the same direction, southeast, and then south, by a succession of long, narrow islands, viz., San Salvador or Cat Island,* Long Island and Ragged Island. On the north edge*of the Bank, at the eastern entrance of the Gulf of Providence, is New Providence, and to the southeast of it, Exuma, with its chain of Keys extending 100 miles, lying on the eastern edge of the bank and on the western side of Exuma Sound, which breaks the con- tinuity of the Bank between San Salvador and Long Island, and runs about 100 miles in a northwesterly direction, with an average width of 40 miles. * Watling’s Island is, by some, called San Salvador, but in giving that name to Cat Island I follow Governor Rawson. of the Bahama Islands. 313 Salt Key Bank.— This Bank lies in the triangular interval west of the Great Bank, between it, Florida and Cuba. Its area is about 1,430 square miles; there are no inhabited Keys upon it. Elbow Key, on its west side is about 50 miles distant from Sombrero Key (Florida Keys), and the greatest depth of water between them is 500 fathoms (8,000 feet). Salt Key, on the southwest of the Bank, is about 30 miles from Bahia de Cadiz (Keys north of Cuba), with depth between them of 534 fathoms (3,204 feet). The distance and depth of the Santaren Channel, between Anguilla Island (Salt Key Bank) and the Great Bank, have been already stated. Islands east of, and between, the Great Bank and the Caicos Bank.—To the eastward of the Great Bank, and separated from it and from each other by deep water, are Watling’s Island (40 miles east of the south end of San Salvador), Rum Key (24 miles from the northeast end of Long Island) and Conception Island, which is between San Salvador and Rum Key. Southeast of Long Island the chain of islands is continued to the south- east and south, as follows:—On a distinct Bank, separated from Long Island on the Great Bank by the Crooked Island Passage (25 miles in width), are Crooked Island, Acklin’s Island, with Castle Island, of small size, at its southern extremity, and Fortune Island or Long Key. To the northeast of Crooked Island lies Samana or Atwood Key (unin- habited), and to the east of Acklin’s Island there is a cluster of small islets, called Plana, or French Keys. To the southeast, about 45 miles from Acklin’s Island, is Mayaguana. Caicos and Turk Islands Banks.— In the same southeasterly direction is the Caicos Bank (on which are’ several islands), separated from Maya- guana by the Caicos Channel, about 30 miles in width, and at a short distance to the southeast, on another Bank, with the Turk Passage between it and the Caicos Bank, lie the Turk Islands. Mouchoir Carré, Silver and Navidad Banks.— These three Banks of coral and sand, separated by deep water channels of 30 to 40 miles in width, extend the Bahama chain of islands to the southeast, about 100 miles, viz., Mouchoir Carré, Silver Bank, which is about 36 miles north of Cape Viejo Francés (San Domingo) and Navidad Bank, the southeast end of which lies north-northeast about 32 miles from Cape Cabron, the nearest part of San Domingo. Great and Little Inagua, or Heneagua — Detached from all the other islands, from 60 to 70 miles south of Acklin’s Island and Mayaguana, nearly in the latitude of the Turk Islands, are Great and Little Inagua, Standing. I believe, on one Bank. Great Inagua (area 530 square miles) is one of the largest and finest of the Bahama group. These islands, north of, and opposite the Windward Passage, between Cuba and San Domingo, are about 65 miles from the northwestern extremity of the latter and about 50 miles from Point Maysi the northwestern end of the former. 314 Physical Geography, etc. Lieut. Nelson (Proc. Geo. Soc., IX, 203) mentions that, generally speaking, the islands are on the windward sides of their respective groups and banks. ‘The exceptions re- ferred to by Mr. Rawson (Report, 11) are Grand Bahama on the southern side of the Little Bank, New Providence on the northern side, and the Biminis on the northwestern edge of the Great Bank. No part of any of the islands exceeds the height of 200 feet, generally much less. The shores of a few present an abrupt face, or cliff, not exceeding 40 feet in height. They are almost universally environed with reefs or shelves of rock, which extend often to a considerable distance, and usually terminate abruptly. Professor Agassiz (Bulletin Mus. Comp. Zool., I, 271) observes that “the Bahamas and the reets to the northeast of Cuba exhibit very abrupt slopes and a great depth is reached close to the shores of the Banks, so that the Bahamas resemble the coral reefs of the Pacific much more than the reefs of the coast of Florida.” Dana refers to the Bahamas as being coral reefs and reef islands, essentially like atoll reefs. The geological formation of these islands appears to be very similar to that of Bermuda; their form and surface con- dition, being due to a great extent to the prevailing winds and currents, but owing much, probably, as remarked by Dana, with reference to the Bermudas, “to the configuration of the land upon which the coral reefs were built up.” Nelson (/.c.) explaining his reasons for calling the Bahamas the Gulf Stream Delta, refers to it as,— | ‘¢ A Delta which has been apparently thrown down by the waters of the Gulf Stream on their receiving a check from those of the Atlantic as they emerge in full strength from the Gulf of Mexico.” He adds, ‘although such deposits will be greatly accelerated in formation, and gain much stability, by finding ready-made hilly ground under the sea, nevertheless they can be formed without this; but taking into account the remarkably symmetrical relation between the sweep of the Bahamas and that of the submarine mountain range of the Leeward Islands (with which they form a continuous S-like series), as well as the very general absence of shifting of the Bahama Islands. 315 sands, it may be surmised that the Bahama Delta has had the advantage of such ready-made base and submarine nucleus of aggregation.” With respect to the present surface condition of the Bahamas, as compared with that of the Bermudas, the evi- dence lately made known by Mr. J. Matthew Jones of sub- sidence in the latter should not pass unnoticed. In a communication published in “Nature” (Aug. 1, 1872), Mr. Jones explains that about two years ago submarine blast- ings were carried on at the entrance of Hamilton harbor, and at a depth of over six fathoms a cavern was broken into which contained stalactites and red earth. Also, that during the past two years similar blastings had taken place inside an artificial harbor, situate at the western extremity of the islands, for the purpose of forming a bed of sufficient depth for the reception of the great dock constructed several years ago, in England. | Mr. Jones thus states and comments on the results :— ‘“¢The excavations extended to a depth of 52 feet below low water mark. At 46 feet occurred a layer of red earth 2 feet in thickness, containing remains of cedar trees, which layer rested upon a bed of compact calca- reous sandstone. Here we have the first satisfactory evidence of the submergence of an extensive deposit of soil once upon the surface, and that to the depth of 48 feet below the present low water level, which con- sequently grants an equal elevation above it in former times. Now on carefully surveying the Bermuda chart, we find that an elevation of 48 feet will bring the whole space which intervenes between the present land and the barrier reef, now covered with water, above the water level. This attained, what more is required to prove the former extent of the island group, before the present submergence, to the present barrier reef? Mr. Jones promises further evidence on this interesting subject. Whether any similar proofs of subsidence have been noticed in the Bahamas, I am unable to state. I now propose to consider the evidence afforded by the distribution of the Land Shells on the Bahama Islands. 316 Physical Geography, ete. The total number of species known to inhabit the Bahamas is about 80, of which a few species have not yet been satis- factorily determined or described ;* 20 belong to operculate genera, and the remainder are inoperculates. The operculate genera represented are Clenopoma, Cy- clostomus, Cistula,t CHONDROPoMA, Trochatella, Heicina Schasicheila and Alcadia. The occurrence on the Great Bank, in New Providence and Eleuthera, of a Schasicheila (NS. Bahamensis Pf.), is singular, inasmuch as the genus is not otherwise represented in the West Indies. Of the four other known species, three belong to the Mexican fauna; the habitat of S. minuscula Pf. is unknown. The operculates considered, the land shell fauna of the Bahamas is essentially West Indian, and that of the Great Bank closely allied to the Cuban fauna. Of the five species (exclusive of Cistula scabrosa) on the Great Bank, all of which are confined to it, the three follow- ing are also found in Cuba; Chondropoma canescens Pfr., Trochatella rupestris Pfr., and Alcadia minima Orb. There are no Cuban operculate species east of the Great Bank. Several species of the Crooked Island Bank occur in Inagua, and one on the Turk Bank, while three species are common to the latter and Inagua. | With respect to the inoperculate species, omitting several, the affinities of which have not been determined, the follow- ing genera and groups are represented, viz.: Zonites ( Con- ulus?) ; Helix (Microphysa, Polygyra, Thelidomus, Puacti- oprycHa and Potymita); Cylindrella s. s., one species ; Macroceramus, two species ; Bulimulus (Liostracus, Mesem- brinus and Leptomerus, one species of each) ; Cionella (Lep- dinaria, one species) ; Stenogyra (Opeas, Subulina, Melan- *A complete catalogue of the species, showing their distribution, is in course of preparation and will shortly be published. t The single species C. scabrosa Humph., referred by Sowerby to Providence Island, and by Gray to Jamaica, I do not know. The names of genera or groups (of the in- operculates also}, most numerously represented, are printed in capital letters. of the Bahama Islands. 317 tella) ; Pupa (Stropuia and Leucochila) ; Orthalicus; Suc- cinea; Glandina ( Oleacina, one species). Judging from the inoperculates, as well as the operculates, the West Indian character of the Bahama land shell fauna is manifest. The following is a list of the inoperculate species com- mon to the Bahamas and the adjacent continent, Bermuda and certain of the West India Islands. The distribution in the Bahamas is indicated by the use of the abbreviations L. and Gt. Bk. (Little and Great Bank) ; Is. East (islands be- tween the Great and Caicos Banks) ; Turk Is.; Gt. and L. Inagua (Great and Little Inagua). ZONITES. Conus? Guidlecht Pir... . Gt. Bk... . ».. Florida,jCuba, Haiti, Porto Rico. HELIX. mineroprysa “ortem Pit. °. . . Gt. Bk., ~ .~. Florida; Cuba; Haiti, Porto Rico. icropwysa Boothtaned Pir. . . -Gt. Bk, -. . 9; Cuba; Haiti. Poyoura microvonta Wesh., . . Gt. Bk., . .-. . Bermuda. mrcKoomus provisora Pir., —.« « Gtr Bk, oO. 0. 2s Cuba: Plagioptycha Albersiana Pfr., . Gt. Inagua, Turk Is., Haiti. Playioptycha disculus Desh., Ae Maielcag (See oy Nehinek pte Ae eaTGIe ovine sarians Mke.. . . il. and Gt. Bk., Is. East., . . Florida Keys. MACROCERAMUS Gossei Pfr... . Gt. Bk., . . Florida, Cuba. BULIMULUS. meptomerus sepulcralis Poey, +.) (Gt. Bky, si. 3. Cuba: STENOGYRA. Oavas sould Elite rho kait we - Gt. BKsn ocd) oi Nlorida, Cuba: Haiti, Porto Rico. Opeas octonoides C. B. Ad., . . Gt. Bk., . . Florida, Cuba, Porto Rico. pupulnae octona Ch;, « < «=. Gt. Bk... ).,)Elorida, Cuba; Haiti, ete. Melaniella gracillima Pfr., . . Gt. Bk., . . Florida, Cuba, St. Thomas. 318 Physical Geography, ete. PUPA. Strophia mumia Brug.;. 41 5.WRO> LBB. > ae mee Turk Is. Strophia tostoma Pfr., .. .«- ., -. Turk Js., Gt. Inagua,. ‘Cuba: Strophia incana Binn.,. . . . Is. East, . . 'Florida Keys. Cuba. Strophia marmorata Pfr. 0% « \.. (tsk. °s) sob ie eee Strophia cyciostoma Kiust., «. . ‘Gt: Bk, . 1. se: 2, Ga Strophia Cumingiana Pfr., *.. Is. Hast, . . =. © ~ Cole Leucochila fallax* Say; .°.*. “Is. East, .. . %.. Bermmdar Turk Is., . . Florida, Cuba, Gt. Inagua, ». ©... :! Hair Leucochila pellucida Pfr... . . Turk Is., Gt. Bk., Bermuda, Texas? ! Cuba, Haiti. ORTHALICUS uwndatust Brug., . Gt. Bk., . .. Florida, Cuba. SuccingEa luteola Gould, . . . Gt. Bk., . . Texas, Florida, Haiti. GLANDIN A. Oleacing solidula Pit... . . «Gt. BEY “s48e25 eee The distribution shown in the foregoing list proves in a marked manner the alliance of the Bahamas, and of the Great Bank especially, with Cuba. The numerous repre- sentatives of Polymita and of Strophia, and the occurrence of Polygyra, Thelidomus and Melaniella on the Great Bank only (all three groups unrepresented in Haiti) afford similar proof, while the development of Plagioptycha in the Turk Islands and Great Inagua, with the fact that P. Albersiana and disculus are common to them and Haiti, appears to indi- cate their connection with the latter island. Dr. Cleve (Geology of the N. E. West India Islands, Stockholm, 1871) mentions that Anegada (on the Virgin Bank) is geologically in all respects different from the other Virgin Islands, that it lies northwest to southeast (the others extending from west to east) and has a close resem- blance to the Bahamas. The land shells of Anegada, how- ever, in common with those of the other islands on the * JT include, for the present purpose, the forms known as marginatus and nitidulus. {A single specimen in the cabinet of Mr. Rawson, said to be from the Biminis. of the Bahama Islands. 319 Virgin Bank, have no special relations with those of the Ba- hamas. Most of the Anegada species occur in other of the Virgin Islands and in Porto Rico, none of them in the Ba- hamas. In connection with the facts stated as to the distribution of terrestrial shells in the Bahama Islands, and the infer- ences with regard to their former more intimate relations with each other and with adjacent lands, the views of Prof. Dana (Corals and Coral Islands, 1872) are of great value. In the chapter vi (p. 348), entitled “Geological Conclusions,” Dana considers at some length “The Oceanic Coral Island Subsidence,” and after treating the subject with reference more especially to the Pacific tropics, he says (p. 368) :— ‘“¢ The changes which took place cotemporaneously in the Atlantic trop- ics are very imperfectly recorded. The Bahamas show by their form and position that they cover a submerged land of large area, stretching over six hundred miles from northwest to southeast. The long line of reefs and the Florida Keys, trending far away from the land of southern Flor- ida, are evidence that this Florida region participated in the downward movement though to a less extent than the Bahamas. Again, the islands of the West Indies diminish in size to the eastward, being quite small in the long line, that look out upon the blank ocean, just as if the subsidence increased in that direction. Finally, the Atlantic beyond is water only, as if it had been made a blank by the sinking of its lands. ‘¢Thus the size of the islands as well as the existence of coral banks, and also the blankness of the ocean’s surface, all appear to bear evidence to a great subsidence. ‘¢The peninsula of Florida, Cuba and the Bahamas look, as they lie together, as if all were once part of a greater Florida, or southeastern prolongation of the continent. The northwestern and southwestern trends, characterizing the great features of the American continent, run through the whole like a warp and woof structure binding them together in one system; the former trend, the northwest, existing in Florida and the Bahamas, and the main line of Cuba; and the latter course, the west- southwest, in cross lines of islands in the Bahamas (one at the north ex- tremity, another in the line of Nassau, and others to the southeast), on the high lands of northwestern and southeastern Cuba, and in the Florida line of reefs, and even further, in a submerged ridge between Florida and Cuba. This combination of the two continental trends shows that the lands are one in system, if they were never one in continuous dry land. ‘¢ We can not here infer that there was a regular increase of subsidence from Florida eastward; or that Florida and Cuba participated in it equally JUNE, 1873. 22 ANN. LYC. NAT. HIST., VOL. X. 320 Physical Geography, ete. with the intermediate and adjoining seas; for the facts in the Pacific have shown that the subsiding oceanic area had its nearly parallel bands of . greater and less subsidence; that areas of greatest sinking alternated with others of less, as explained on page 326; and that the groups of high islands are along the bands of least sinking. So in the Atlantic, the subsidence was probably much greater between Florida and Cuba than in the peninsula of Florida itself; and greater along the Caribbean Sea par- allel with Cuba, as well as along the Bahama reefs, than in Cuba. ‘‘The position of the lonely Bermuda atoll confirms these deductions. Its solitary state is reason for suspecting that great changes have taken place about it; for itis not natural for islands to be alone. The tongue of warm water, due to the Gulf Stream, in which the Bermudas lie, is narrow, and an island a hundred miles or more distant to the northeast- by-east, or in the line of its trend (p. 219), if experiencing the same sub- sidence that made the Bermuda land an atoll, would have disappeared without a coral monument to bear record to its former existence. Twenty miles to the southwest-by-west from the Bermudas, there are two sub- merged banks, twenty to forty-seven fathoms under water, showing that the Bermudas are not completely alone, and demonstrating that they cover a summit in a range of heights; and it may have been a long range.” The facts regarding the diminution in size of the islands of the West Indies to the eastward, are of peculiar interest, not only as affording conclusive evidence of the greater sub- sidence in that direction, but in connection with geographical distribution. The banks and islands forming the long Bahama chain diminish in size to the southeast, where are situated at its termination the submerged Mouchoir Carré, Silver and Navi- dad Banks. Ina similar manner the submerged Virgin Is- land Bank (with Anegada on its northeastern extremity, geologically, in the opinion of Dr. Cleve, resembling the Bahamas), Sombrero and the Anguilla Bank, terminate the chain of the West Indies (parallel with the Bahamas) east- ward from Cuba. In the caves of Anguilla the remains of large extinct mammalia are found, which must have inhabited a far more extensive area, subsequently broken up by subsidence. Packard (Amer. Nat., 1872) remarks, “there is every probability that the separation of these islands (of the east- of the Bahama Islands. 321 ern part of the West Indies) took place at a late period of time, and probably subsequent to the spread of the post- pliocene fauna over North America.”* Dr. Cleve (J. c.) observes that “the Bahama Islands, the Island of Anegada, and a part of Barbuda belong to a very recent period.” + The same author (1. c. 18), referring to the “Leeward Islands,” states as follows :— “The Islands north of Guadaloupe form two parallel chains from north- west to southeast. The western chain commences with Saba and consists of St. Eustatius, St. Kitts, Nevis, Redonda and Montserrat. All of those islands are volcanos and if the line were extended farther to the North if would reach the island of Anegada, of post-pliocene date, and all the volcanos seem to be of the same or nearly the same geological time. The Bahama Islands, which are also most probably of post-pliocene date, have the same direction and seem to be the continuation of the same or of a parallel line of elevation. East of the volcanic range is another completely different range of islands. They are not volcanic and com- mence with Sombrero comprising Anguilla, St. Martin, St. Bartholomew, Barbuda and Antigua. All of these islands are of the tertiary age, eocene, miocene and pliocene.” In his “Summary of the Geology of the West Indies” (l.c. 47), Dr. Cleve says :— ‘‘ From the facts exposed above it may consequently be inferred, that of the two prevailing lines of elevation in the West Indies, the one run- ning from west to east originated before the miocene time, and that the other from northwest to southeast, commencing with the Bahamas and continuing in the same direction down to Trinidad, was formed after the miocene time.” While considering the facts, and geological grouping of the Islands quoted above from Dr. Cleve’s paper, it should be remembered that the land shell fauna of Saba, of St. Eusta- tius, St. Kitts and Nevis (all three on one Bank) and of Re- donda and Montserrat, and of Barbuda and Antigua (the *See also Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1868, and Bland, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1871. | Helicina convexa is common to Bermuda and Barbuda. 322 Physical Geography, etc. last two on the same Bank) is, in common with most of the islands to the south, to and inclusive of Trinidad, distinct from the fauna of the islands between and inclusive of the Bahamas and Cuba, and the Anguilla Bank, on which are Anguilla, St. Martin and St. Bartholomew.* This difference of the faunas, and the well defined line of their separation, must be considered in connection with the past and present geological history of the Islands. The distribution of the species of the genera Macrocera- mus and Strophia illustrates in a marked manner the dis- tinctness of the two faunas just mentioned. Macroceramus has two species in the Bahamas (1 common to the Great Bank, Florida and Cuba, MM. Grossez, being the only species found in Jamaica); 36 in Cuba, and 10 in Haiti of which 1 (M. Gundlachi) occurs in both. There are two other species only in the islands between and inclusive of Porto Rico and those on the Anguilla Bank, M. signaius which besides Haiti, is found in Tortola, Necker Island and Anegada, all on the Virgin Bank, and in Anguilla and St. Bartholomew on the Anguilla Bank; MW. microdon occurs in Porto Rico, Vieque, St. Thomas, Tortola and Ane- gada.’ The genus is not represented in St. Croix, and not in any of the islands south of the Anguilla Bank. Strophia has 16-18 species in the Bahamas of which 1 is also in the Florida Keys, and at least 6 in Cuba; 17 in Cuba; none in Jamaica; 2 in Haiti, of which one, S. striatella, occurs in Cuba, Porto Rico, Necker Island and Anegada, and the other, S. microstoma, is found also in Cuba, Haiti and Porto Rico (fide Pfr.). Remains of a fossil species, un- determinable, are noticed in Sombrero, and a fossil species in St. Croix. There is no representative of the genus on the Anguilla Bank or to the south of it. The exceptions are curious, Macroceramus Grossei and Strophia uva are found in Curagao ! t * See Bland, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., l. c. tI desire to acknowledge my obligations for specimens and the means generally of the Bahama Islands. 323 Dana as already quoted, refers to parallel bands of greater and less subsidence in the Pacific Ocean, and to analogous conditions in the Atlantic ;— the subsidence was probably, he says, “much greater between Florida and Cuba than in the Peninsula of Florida itself; and greater along the Carib- bean sea parallel with Cuba, as well as along the Bahama reefs, than in Cuba.” Recent soundings show in these re- spects the following facts : The greatest depth in the Gulf of Florida, between Key West and Havana is within 5 miles of the latter, 800 fathoms (4,800 feet), and I have already stated that there is a depth in the Nicholas Channel, between Salt Key Bank and Cuba of 534 fathoms (3,204 feet). Between Cuba and the east end of Jamaica the depth is 1,244 fathoms (7,464 feet). Eastward of Jamaica, along the southern side of Haiti, in about the latitude of Beata Island, great depths have been ascertained, — one sounding west of that Island gave 2,136 fathoms (12,816 feet), and one to the eastward of it 1,840 fathoms (11,040 feet). The greater subsidence still further to the east, between the Vir- gin Bank and St. Croix, may be inferred from the enormous depth there found of no: less than 2,580 fathoms (15,480 feet). A line of soundings from the south side of Jamaica and east of the Pedro Bank, across the Caribbean Sea to Aspin- wall (a distance of about 550 miles), shows the instructive fact that, with no very considerable exception, the sea bot- tom slopes gradually from Jamaica towards the coast of the Isthmus of Panama. About 60 miles from Manzanilla Point (N.E. of Aspinwall), the depth is 1,215 fathoms (7,290 feet). The bottom then rises comparatively rapidly,— the depth at about 40 miles from Aspinwall being 677 fathoms (4,062 feet), and at about 20 miles, 227 fathoms (1,362 feet). of studying the land shells of the Bahamas, to the late Mr. Wm. Cooper, Dr. Bryant, and Mr. Robert Swift: also to Mr. W. W. Miller, Mr. Daniel Sargent, of Inagua, and Dr. Weinland, but especially to Mr. Rawson W. Rawson formerly Governor of the Ba- hamas, and now of Barbadoes and the Windward Islands. 324 Physical Geoaraphy of the Bahama Islands. In connection with the relations of the land shell faunas of the islands on the north side of the Caribbean Sea, I may mention that the greatest depth between the coast of Yucatan and Cape San Antonio, the western extremity of Cuba, about midway between the two, is 1,164 fathoms (6,984 feet) ,*— between the east end of Jamaica and the west end of Haiti (so far as is yet known), 600 fathoms (3,600 feet), and north of Mona Island, in the Mona Passage (between Haiti and Porto Rico) 250 fathoms (1500 feet). JI postpone com- parison of the faunas of the islands and the adjacent parts of the North American continent, but in regard to the depth between Haiti and Jamaica on the west side, and Porto Rico on the east it is noticeable, that while the fauna of Haiti has very little relation with that of Jamaica, it has much alliance with that of Porto Rico. *I am indebted to the kindness of Prolessor Peirce, Superintendent of the U. §. Coast Survey, and of Professor Henry, of the Smithsonian Institution, for full particu- lars of the deep-sea soundings between Cape Catoche and Cape San Antonio, ascer- tained on the survey in 1872. Printed at the SALEM PRESS, July, 1873. Ooh~ 1 ¥R3 C NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 939 ead-color, feathered in front about half way below the joint, pro- tected beneath by ten large transverse scales. Toes dark lead- color,large. Claws black, and strong. The female does not differ much from the male in the general appearance of the plumage, is considerably larger, as usual with the birds of prey. The back is rather lighter brown, the white spots larger. Tail darker, more of an umber tint on the middle feathers, which are edged and tipped with white. The forehead is white, but the feathers of the head and neck are tipped with small lanceolate spots of brown. Under parts entirely white, with fewer spots on the flanks than the male, the tarsi and feet more robust, and of a similar-color. Dimensions.—Male, total length 203 inches, tail 9 inches. Female, total length 224 inches, tail 94 inches. The above description is made from two specimens, male and female, collected in Winnebago County, Iowa, by Mr. John Krider of Philadelphia, in September, 1872, and carefully prepared by that gentleman. He mentioned having seen several others, and described them as having the habits and manner of flight common to the buzzard family, and, from their being noticed in the autumn, were possibly - migrating from more northern breeding-grounds. During a pre- vious visit to the same locality, in 1871, he saw a specimen evidently similar to these, but was unable to secure it. Being informed by residents of the country that the appearance of a “white hawk” there was not an unusual occurrence, he felt con- fident of ultimately procuring one, and has not been disappointed. Being convinced that it is undescribed, I have named it in honor of the veteran naturalist to whom we are indebted for the cliscovery. Spec. in Mus. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia. , 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ON THE LINGUAL DENTITION AND JAW OF CERTAIN TERRESTRIAL PULMONATA FROM THE UNITED STATES, WITH REMARKS ON THEIR SYSTEMATIC VALUE. BY THOMAS BLAND AND W. G. BINNEY. The character of the jaw and lingual dentition of the various genera and subgenera of our land shells is now so well known, and apparently so constant, that we have not thought it necessary to give full descriptions in each case. We simply refer to a pub- lished description or figure under each genus or subgenus, unless some unusual feature has been observed. The number of ribs upon the jaw is given approximately when there is a difficulty in deciding whether certain stages of thickening of the material of the jaw shall be counted as rudimentary ribs or not. Macrocycuis DurAnti, Newcomb. Los Angeles, California, Mr. Henry Hemphill. On examining the lingual membrane, we find it does not agree with that of Hyalina or Zonites, but with that of Macrocyclis Vancouverensis, sportella and concava. The species must there- fore be recognized as a Macrocyclis. The jaw was injured in extraction and imperfectly examined. It seems, however, to have the usual characteristics of the genus. LIMAX CAMPESTRIS, Binney. New Jersey, W. G. Binney. Jaw and lingual membrane as usual in the genus. ZONITES LIMATULUS, Ward. Near Cincinnati, Ohio. My. A. G. Wetherby. The species has the longitudinal furrows along the side, above the foot, and the caudal mucus slit, as in Zonites suppressus, (see our fig. 524 on p. 292 of Land and Fresh-water Shells of N. — A., I.) In two individuals examined we found the sac and dart as figured by Leidy in Z. ligerus (Terr. Moll., I, pl. xii. fig. 3). Jaw and lingual membrane as usual in the genus. . VITRINA PFEIFFERI,’ Newcomb. ;, Lake Tahoe, California, Dr. J. G. Cooper. Jaw and lingual membrane as usual in the genus (see our fig. 21, 22,0n p. 26,1.c.). About ten lateral teeth. Marginals bluntly bifid as usual. Pe Mee NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. QAI VITRINA EXILIS, Morel. Petropaulouski, W. H. Dall. The species is also found in Alaska. ; Jaw and lingual membrane as usual in the genus, the former with ends somewhat recurved as in our ficure of Zonites arboreus (1. c. p. 88). About seven lateral teeth. Hewtrx Mooreana, W.G. Binney. (Polygyra.) Bosque County, Texas. Mr. Hugo W. Ericsson. Jaw’ with about fifteen, adjoining, broad ribs, denticulating either margin. | Lingual membrane as in Polygyra. Hewix Hazarpi, Bland. (Polygyra.) Munroe Co., Tennessee, Miss Annie E. Law. Jaw as usual in Polygyra, ribs adjoining, stout, denticulating either margin. . Lingual membrane as in H. auriculata (see our fig. 1. c.). HELIX AURIFORMIS, Bland. (Polygyra.) Savannah, Georgia. Jaw with ribs as usual in the subgenus—see last species. Lingual membrane as usual in the subgenus. (See H. Mooreana, above.) HELIX HIRSUTA, Say. (Stenotrema.) New Jersey, T. Bland. Jaw as usual in the subgenus.’ Lingual membrane already de- scribed by us. (l. c. p. 119, fig. 197.) HELIX SPINOSA, Lea. (Stenotrema.) Philadelphia, Munroe Co., Tenn. Miss Annie EH. Law. Jaw as usual in Stenotrema.? Lingual membrane as usual in the subgenus.’ Heuix RvuGELI, Shuttleworth. (7 vriodopsis.) Philadelphia, Munroe Co., Tenn. Miss Annie H. Law. 1 See our figures 1. c. p. 87 and 92. 2 The jaw in Stenotrema is arcuate, ends blunt, anterior surface with crowded, broad ribs, denticulating either margins See our figure of the jaw of H. monodon, |. c. p. 122, fig. 204. For lingual membrane, see fig. 205. 249 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Jaw with about ten ribs; as usual in the subgenus." Lingual dentition as usual. HELIX FALLAX, Say. (T'riodopsis.) Philadelphia, Munroe Co., Tenn. Miss Annie E. Law. Lingual membrane and jaw as usual in Z’riodopsis,' the latter with about fourteen ribs. HELIX TRIDENTATA, Say. (TZriodopsis.) Same locality as last. Jaw as usual in the subgenus.? Lingual membrane already figured by us. (I. ¢. fig. 220, p. 130.) HELIX HOPETONENSIS, Shuttleworth. (7Z'riodopsis.) Charleston, 8. C. Mr. W. G. Mazyck. Jaw with over ten ribs; as usual in the subgenus.' Lingual membrane as usual. HELIX DENTIFERA, Binney. (Mesodon.) Mohawk, New York. Dr. James Lewis. Jaw with fourteen ribs; as usual in the subgenus.” Lingual membrane as usual.? The marginal teeth remind us of those of Helix thyroides (1. ¢c. p. 148, fig. 252), but the inner den- ticle is more obtusely pointed. The figure referred to is liable to mislead. The marginals are subquadrate (not aculeate), with one long, oblique, sharply pointed denticle, much more produced than usual in the genus. HeLix Rokmert, Pfr. (Mesodon.) Bosque Co., Texas. Mr. Hugo W. Ericsson. Animal externally as in H. thyroides, dentifera, etc. Jaw and lingual membrane as usual in the subgenus,’ the former with over seven ribs. HELIX ELEVATA, Say. (Mesodon.) Philadelphia, Munroe Co., Tenn. Miss Annie E. Law. ' In Triodopsis the jaw is arcuate, ends blunt, anterior surface with stout, adjoining ribs, which denticulate either margin. See our fig. oy p. 127, 1. c. For lingual dentition, see fig. 215. 2 In Mesodon the jaw is arcuate, ends blunt; anterior surface with stout, separated ribs, denticulating either margin. say our fig. 231, on p. 137, 1. c. The lingual dentition is figured on p. 188, fig. 282. The central and lateral teeth are obtuse, short, stout, with obsolete side denticles to the re- flected cusps. — =. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 943 Lingual membrane and jaw as usual in the subgenus,’ the latter with over twelve ribs. HELIX GERMANA, Gould. (Mesodon.) California, Mr. Henry Hemphill. Jaw more resembling the type usual in the subgenus Stenotrema than Mesodon, the ribs, eleven in number, being broad and crowded. Lingual membrane as usual in Heliz. There are forms of H. germana closely connecting the species with H. Columbiana, Lea. The jaw of the latter is described by Dr. Cooper as strongly arched, with eight broad ribs. HELIX GRISEOLA, Pfr. (fruticicola.) Bosque Co., Texas. Mr. Hugo W. Ericsson. Jaw with about ten broad, crowded ribs, denticulating the cut- ting margin; upper margin with membranous attachment. The jaw is somewhat of the type figured by Moquin Tandon for that of Helix hispida. (See our fig. 274, p. 159, 1. c.) Lingual membrane as usual in the genus Helix. The reflected cusps of the teeth are short, stout. Marginals with blunt denti- culations. HELIX sEQUOICOLA, J. G. Cooper. (Arionia.) Jaw as usual in the subgenus.? Ribs from four to six. Lingual membrane as usual in the subgenus. Central and lateral teeth with short, stout cusps. Marginals with two bluntly bifid denticies. . HELIX EXARATA, Pfr. (Arionta.) Santa Cruz, California, Mr. Henry Hemphill. Lingual membrane and jaw as usual in the subgenus,’ the latter with six ribs. Heix Trasxi, Newcomb. (Arionia.) Los Angeles, California, Mr. Henry Hemphill. Lingual membrane and jaw as usual in the subgenus,’ the latter with eight ribs, five stout, three slight. 1 See note 1 to p. 242. 2 In Arionta the jaw is strongly arched, ends blunt; anterior surface with a few, stout, distant ribs, projecting far beyond, and deeply scalloping either margin. See our figure of that of H. redimita in Am. Journ. of Conch. VI. pl. ix. fig. 11. For lingual dentition, see our fig. 284, p. 164, of Land and Fresh-water Shells of N. A., I. 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Heiix AYRESIANA, Newcomb. (Arionta.) San Miguel Island, California. Mr. Henry Harford. Animal long and slender, smoky-white, covered with white coarse granulations running longitudinally down the back, one line of granulations very prominent and central, bordered on either side with a deep furrow. Also oblique lines of granulations running down the sides of the foot. Foot dirty-white below. Tail short, broad, pointed. Some individuals are darker, with a purplish tinge. Jaw and lingual membrane as usual in the subgenus,’ the former with six ribs. | HELIX RUFICINCTA, Newcomb. (Arionta.) Catalina Island, California. Mr. Henry Hemphill. Jaw more like the type common in Mesodon than in Arionta, 2. e., arcuate rather than arched, margins rather pectinated than scal- loped by the ends of the ribs, which are about ten in number. Lingual membrane as usual in the subgenus. HELIx KELLETTI, Forbes. (Arionta.) Catalina Island, California. Mr. Henry Hemphill. Jaw and lingual membrane as usual in the subgenus,’ the former with about six ribs. HeLIx NEWBERRYANA, W.G. Binney. (Glyptostoma.) See our plate is fig. 12, 3. San Diego, California. Mr. Henry Hemphill. This species belongs to no described section or subgenus, we propose for it, therefore, the name Glyptostoma, (yavrzos, otwua), from the peculiar sculptured lines which revolve upon the parietal wall. Cee enees subgen. nov. Testa late umbilicata, depressa, ruguloso-striata, solida, anfractus 6, ultimus depresso-globosus, antice non descendens ; apertura obliqua, sub- circularis; peristoma simplex, acutum, intus incrassatum, marginibus approximatis, columellari brevi, vix reflexiusculo. Maxilla arcuata, costis validis distantibus (circa 16) exarata ; new valde dentati.? Lamina lingualis ut in Helice videtur; dentes marginales subquadrati. 1 See note 2 to p. 248. 2 See our plate I., fig. 1, and the explanation of the plate, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. © 245 Systema sexuale simplex ;! desunt sagitta, bursa, flagellum, et vesica multifida. Orificium ut in Helice positum. Externally, the animal resembles that of Helix. It is bluish- slate colored. 3 We have already described and figured the lingual dentition (see Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 190, pl. xvii. fig. 3, 4). The jaw is long, low, slightly arcuate; ends blunt; anterior surface with about sixteen stout, separated ribs, scalloping either margin. The jaw is lower, less arcuate and longer than in Arionia. Its ribs resemble those of that subgenus in projecting far beyond and scalloping the margins of the jaw, but they are much more numerous. | This description applies only to the more perfect form of the jaw (fig. 1 of our plate), noticed only in one individual. In several other individuals the ribs on the jaw were much more narrow and less projecting at the upper and lower margins. There is more difference between these than is usually found in different indivi- duals of the same species. SUCCINEA CAMPESTRIS, Say. Charleston, 8. C. Mr. W. G. Mazyck. Jaw as usual in the genus; the anterior surface has no decided ribs. | Lingual membrane as usual in the genus (see our figure on p. 267, i C.). SUCCINEA LINEATA, W. G. Binn. Little Colorado River, Arizona. Dr. HK. Palmer. Jaw and lingual membrane as usual in the genus, the former without distinct anterior ribs. Haying published many descriptions and figures of the jaws and lingual dentition of mollusks, mostly terrestrial, we here propose to review our work, to see how nearly our observations agree with the generic descriptions published by Albers and von Martens for the various genera. We give below a list of our descriptions published previous to 1873 in other works than the Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America, Parts I. II. and 1 See our plate, fig. 3.. There is one accessary organ, of use unknown to ; us. Seé below, explanation of plate. 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF III., and the second edition of the Invertebrata of Massachusetts. In cases where we have not published together, the name of the separate author is given. PULMONATA GEOPHILA. (a.) Without jar. Gonospira sulcata, Miller. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., X. 222. See next species. : Gonospira palanga, Fér. Am. Journ. Conch., V. 37, pl. xi. fig. 1, photograph. Lingual membrane quite distinct from Pupa, in which it is placed by von Martens. Glandina rosea, Fér. Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 202, fig. 1. (b.) With jaw in one single ptece. ? Hyalina Baudoni, Petit. (Mérchia.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 175. There are no lateral teeth as usual in Hyalina. The lingual is like that of Macrocyclis, to which genus we believe it belongs. Macrocyclis Voyana, Newc. Am. Journ. of Conch., VII. 175. We have shown the dentition to be peculiar in this genus. Stenopus Guildingi, Bland. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., VIII. 158, fig. 3. T. Bland. Nanina Calias, Benson. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 188, pl. xvii. fig. 6, 8. Lingual membrane not given in Albers’ ed. 2. We have shown that it differs from Troschel’s figures. Nanina cultrata, Gould. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 189. Wanina inversicolor, Fer., leucostyla, Pfr., rufizonata, H. Ad., mili taris, Pfr. Ann. yc. N. Boor: Y¥.; 168. All shown by us not to belong to the genus Helia. Limax flavus, Lin. Copied in Am. Naturalist, IV. 167, fig. 42, 43. W. G. B.—Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., LX. 285, fig. 6. Limax maximus, Lin. Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 203. Zonites capsella, Gould. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 174. Zonites ligerus, Say. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 174. Zonites gularis, Say. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 174. Zonites intertextus, Say. Pr. Phila. Ac. N. Sc., 1872, 135. Zonites demissus, Binney. Proc. Phila. Ac. N. Sc., 1872, 135. Zonites lasmodon, Phillips. Proc. Phila. Ac. N. Sc., 1872, 185. Zonites internus, Say. Proc. Phila. Ac. N. Sc., 1872, 135. Zonites levigatus, Pfr. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., [X. 284, fig. 4.— Proc. Ac. Ni Se: Phila, 1672,4190; : Pallifera dorsalis, Binney. Proc. Phila. Ac. N. Sc., 1872, 137. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247 Hemphillia glandulosa, Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., X. pl. ix. fig. 15, £6; 17. . Ariolimax Columbianus, Gould. Am. Journ. Conch., I. 48, pl. vi. fig. insta. W.G. B. ; Veronicella Floridana, Binney. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., TX. 285, fig. 5. Veronicella. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 163, pl. xii. fig. 7. Bulimus oblongus, Mill. (Borus.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 180. Bulimus pardalis, Fer. (Dryptus.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 181. Bulimus marmoratus, Dunker. (Dryptus.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 181. '' Jaw not examined. Bulimus multicolor, Rang. (Anthinus.) Am. Jour. Conch., VI. 208. The jaw is ribless, thus differing from description of Bulimus. Bulimus Hanleyi, Pfr. (Orphnus.) Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 208. Jaw quite unlike. generic description. Strongly arched, with a median projection, ribless. Bulimus magnificus, Grat. (Orphnus.) Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 208. Jaw quite like generic description. Bulimus odontostomus, Sowb. (WMacrodontes.) Am. Journ. Conch., WAST The jaw differs from the generic description in being ribless. Bulimus aulacostylus, Pfr. (Hurytus.) Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., X. 222. The jaw as in Bulimulus. Bulimus auris-Sileni, Born. (Pelecychilus.) Same as last species. Cochlostyla fulgetrum, Brod. Am. Journ..Conch., VII. 180. Jaw not described in Albers and v. Martens. We find it with ribs. Limicolaria Numidica, Reeve. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 181. Jaw differs from the generic description in being ribless. Eucalodium Newcombianum, Gabb (= Berendtia Taylori, Pfr.). “Amn. lye..N. H. of N. Y., Vill. 175, fig. 3. ‘TL. Bland. Stenogyra decollata, Lin. Am. Journ. Conch.,-VII. 188. Stenogyra gonostoma, Gundl. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 188. Stenogyra octona, Chemn. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 183. We have shown the peculiar characters of the dentition constant in the three species. Clausilia tridens, Chemn. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 28, pl. ii. fig. 1-5, nace _ Amphibulima patula, Brug. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 186, pl. xvii. fig. 1, 2, lingual membrane.. Jawin Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., X. 225, pl. mat. fig. 8: We have shown the jaw and dentition to be unlike Succinea. 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Pellicula? appendiculata, Pfr. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., X. 206, pl. ix. fig.-2, 9-11. Bulimulus pallidior, Sowb. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., IX. 282, fig. 2, lingual. Bulimulus laticinctus, Guppy. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., X. 81, pl. li. fig. 1,55. The teeth are peculiarly modified. Bulimulus Bahamensis, Pfr. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., X. 82, pl. ii. fig. 3, 4. The teeth are peculiarly modified. Bulimulus sufflatus, Gould. Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 209, pl. ix. fig. 8, 18. Bulimulus Marielinus, Poey. Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 209. Jaw alone. Bulimulus Jonasi, Pfr. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 182, asin B. awreolus. Bulimulus aureolus, Guppy. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 181. Lingual membrane as in B. laticinetus. Jaw not examined. Bulimulus alternatus, Say. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 181. Bulimulus membranaceus, Phil. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 182. Teeth as in B. laticinctus. Bulimulus dealbatus, Say. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 182. Jaw only. Bulimulus Berendti, Pfr. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 182. The species referred to proves to be B. corneus, Sow. Bulimulus durus, Spix. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 182. Cylindrella subula, Fér. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 183. Cylindrella seminuda, Ad. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 184. Cylindrella rosea, Ad. Am. Journ. Conch., V. 37, pl. xi. fig. 2, photograph. Cylindrella sceeva, Gundl. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., VIII. 161, fig. 4. Lingual membrane only. Ibid. 1X. 77. T. Bland. Cylindrella Blandiana, Pfr. Ann. Lye. N. H. of N: Y., [X.-8b, aig: 5. T. Bland. Cylindrella trinitaria, Pfr. Am. Journ. Conch., IY. 187, fig. T. Bland. Jaw first noticed, also jaw described in C. rosea, sanguinea, brevis, Maugert, gracilis, elongata, Bahamensis, sceva, Hiliottt, Brooksiana. Macroceramus Gossei, Pfr. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 187, pl. xvii. fis. 9,11, 12: Teeth quite different from the form usual in Cylindrella and Macroceramus. Macroceramus signatus, Guild. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., VIII. 162, fig. 5,6. Ibid. IX. 84. T. Bland. Pineria Viequensis, Pfr. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., X. 26. Lingual membrane entirely distinct from Pupa, where it is placed by von Martens. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249 Patula strigosa, Gould. Proc. Phila. Ac. N. Sc., 1872, 135. Patula Idahoensis, Newc. Same as last, 136. Patula Cooperi, W.G. Binn. Same as last, 136. Patula perspectiva, Say. Same as last, 136. Patula solitaria, Say. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 176. Patula Hemphilli, Newcomb. Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 207, pl. ix. fig. 3. Patula Cooperi, W. G. Binn. Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 207. Jaw. Sagda connectens. Ad. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 175. The marginal teeth are quadrate, not aculeate, proving the genus to belong to the Helicea, not to the Vitrinea. Sagda Haldemaniana, Adams. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 175. See last species. Sagda Jayana, Adams. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., X. 219. See last species. . Helix circumfirmata, Redf. (Microphysa.) Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., Mi eee: The species shown to belong to the Vtrinine. Helix turbiniformis, Pfr. (Microphysa.) Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., Ree. pl i. tig. 2. _ Jaw unusual in the genus—resembling that of Bulimulus. Helix Boissieri, Charp. (Leucochroa.) Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., X. 220. 2 The species shown to be more nearly related to Heliz than to any of the Vitrinine. Helix Yatesii, J. G. Cooper. (Gonostoma.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 176. Helix polygyrella, Bland and Cooper. (Polygyrella.) Proc. Phila. Ae IN- Se:;, 1872;, 136. Helix microdonta, Desh. (Polygyra.) Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 205. Helix septemvolva, Say. (Polygyra.) Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 206. Helix fastigans, L. W.Say. (Polygyra.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 176. Helix stenotrema, Fer. (Stenotrema.) Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 207. Helix loricata, Gould. (TZrtodopsis.) Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 206. Helix inflecta, Say. (Zriodopsis.) Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 206. Helix palliata, Say. (Mesodon.) Proc. Phila. Ac. N. Sc., 1872, 136. Helix obstricta, Say. (Mesodon.) Same as last, 136. Helix devia, Gould. (Mesodon.) Proc. Phila. Ac. N. Se., 1872, 136. Helix similaris, Fér. (Dorcasia.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 176. Helix Newberryana, W.G.B. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 190, pl. xvii. fig. 3, 4. ii 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Helix fidelis, Gray. (Aglaja.) Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 207, pl. ix. fie. 1,9. Jaw said to be ribless, but a better specimen found normal, Proc. Phila. Ac. N. Sc., 1872, 186. Helix redimita, W. G. Binn. (Arionta.) Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 206, pl. ix. fig. 11. Helix tudiculata, Binney. (Arizonta.) Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 208, al. ix. Te, Helix Townsendiana, Lea. (Arionta.) Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 206. Helix reticulata, Pfr. (Arionta.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 177. Helix Nickliniana, Pfr. (Ardonta.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 177. Helix Tryoni, Newce. (Huparypha) jaw, W. G. B. Am. Journ. Conch., I. 93, pl. vi. fig. 2-10. Showing variation in number of ribs. Helix Gossei, Ad. (Coryda.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 177. Lingual membrane only. Helix aspera, Fer. (7Vhelidomus.) Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 204. Helix notabilis, Shuttl. (Zhelidomus.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 177. Lingual membrane only. Helix pemphigodes, Pfr. (Cysticopsis.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 177. Lingual membrane only. Helix tumida, Pfr. (Cysticopsis.) Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., TX. 283, fig. 3, lingual. Jaw, different from generic description, figuredin Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 208, fig. 2. Helix loxodon, Pfr. (Plagioptycha.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 177. Unlike the generic description, the jaw has a median projection, and is ribless. Helix diaphana, Lam. (Plagioptycha.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 178. See last. species. Helix monodonta, Lea. (Plagioptycha.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 178. See last. Helix Albersiana, Pfr. (Plagioptycha.) Amer. Journ. Conch., VII. 178. Jaw same as in last species. Helix macroglossa, Pfr. (Plagioptycha.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 178. Jaw with median projection and no anterior ribs. Helix varians, Mke. (Polymita.) Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 206, lingual. Helix muscarum, Lam. (Polymita.) Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 204, pl. ix. fig. 4, 16. Jaw ribless, lingual widely differing from the usual type of Helia. Helix graminicola, Ad. (Polymita.) Amer. Journ. Conch., VII. 178. Jaw different from generic description of Hel¢dw in having no anterior ribs —and in having a median projection to its cutting edge. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251 Helix crispata, Pfr. (Hurycratera.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 179. Helix orbiculata, Fér. (Deuntellaria.) Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 205, pl. ix. fig. 14. Jaw apparently costate. Helix Isabella, Pfr. (Dentellaria.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 179. Jaw surely costate. ; Helix dentiens, Fér. (Dentellaria.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 179. Jaw as in last. Helix perplexa, Fér. (Dentellaria.) Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., X. 221. Jaw with traces of anterior ribs, but with a median projection to its cut- ting edge. (Helix Schroeteriana, Pfr. (Pleurodonta.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 179. Lingual membrane alone examined. Helix acuta, Lam. (Pleurodonta.) Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 204. Helix excellens, Pfr. (Caracolus.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 180. Lingual membrane only examined. . Helix Bermudensis, Pfr. (Caracolus.) Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., X. 221. The species shown to belong to the Vitrinina. Helix fuscocincta, Ad. -(Lepioloma.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 180. Jaw unlike generic description in having a median projection and no ribs. Helix Phcenix, Pfr. (Acavus.) Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 180. Jaw with no anterior ribs. (c.) With jaw in separate pieces. Liguus virgineus, Lin. Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 209, fig. 3, 4, lingual membrane. Liguus fasciatus, Mill. Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 211, pl. ix. fig. 6. _ Orthalicus zebra, Mill. Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 212, pl. ix. fig. 2. Orthalicus undatus, Brug. Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 213, pl. ix. fig. 10, 12. (d.) With jaw with supplementary upper plate. Succinea effusa, Shuttl, Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 213, pl. ix. fig. 15. Succinea Nuttalliana, Lea. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., IX. 282, fig. 1. PULMONATA LIMNOPHILA. Limnza appressa, Say. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 161, jo) OB a phe ieee ately Limnza megasoma, Say. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 162, pl. xii. fig. 3, 6. Pompholy x effusa, Lea. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., [X..290, fig. 9.— Amer. Journ. Conch. VI. 312, pl. xviii. Planorbis trivolvis, Say. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., IX. 292, fig. 10. Melampus bidentatus, Say. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., IX. 286, fig. 7. 252 ‘PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF PECTINIBRANCHIATA. Geomelania. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 185, pl. xvii. fig. 7, 10. Blandiella reclusa, Guppy. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 185, pl. xvii. fig. 5. Cyclotus stramineus, Rve. Am. Journ. Conch., I. 45, pl. v. fig. 1,°4 T. Bland. Jaw and teeth. Megalomastoma cylindraceum, Chemn. Am. Journ. Conch., I. 45, pl. v. fig. 2, jaw. T. Bland. Megalomastoma Antillarum, Sowb. Same as last, fig. 3, teeth. T. Bland. Megalomastoma bituberculatum, Sowb. Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 218, fig. 6. Tulotoma magnifica, Conrad. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., IX. 298, fig. 11. SCUTIBRANCHIATA. Stoastoma pisum, Ad. Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 184. Helicina occulta, Say. Ann. Lyc. N. H. of N. Y., IX. 287%, fig. 8.— Am. Journ. Conch., VII. 29, pl. ii. fig. 6. _Helicina orbiculata, Say. Am. Journ. Conch., VI. 214, pl. ix. fig. 5. From the observations we have catalogued above, it appears that the jaw cannot be depended upon as a generic character in the genus bulimus, as constituted in the second edition of Die Heliceen. We have found it strongly ribbed, with ribs as described below in Bulimulus, ribless, and ribless with a decided median projection to its cutting edge. In Limicolaria the jaw is described with ribs, we find it ribless in one species. In Bulimulus, von Martens describes the jaw as composite. We have shown it to be in one single piece, though divided by delicate ribs into numerous plate- like sections. The jaw is also very thin and transparent. This form-of jaw seems constant in Bulimulus. It is also found in Cylindrella, Macroceramus, Amphibulima, Geotis, and even in Helix (H. turbiniformis). The tendency to an upper triangular median plate is more or less seen in this form of jaw—its greatest development being in Cylindrella. In the genus Helix as constituted by von Martens, the jaw is said to be ribbed, but we have found every variety of jaw except that with an upper additional plate, and that with free imbricated plates as in Orthalicus. We believe, however, that the form of jaw is constant in all the species of each section or subgenus of NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 953 Helix. Thus we have found the jaw alike in all the species we have examined of Patula. So of Sagda, Polygyra, Mesodon, Arionta, Sienotrema, Triodopsis, Plagioptycha, Polymita, Dentel- laria. It appears to us, therefore, that we may hope to find a reliable generic character in the jaw, when the present subgenera, or some of them at least, are recognized as distinct genera. On account of the gradations in the ribs and median projection, we have else- where’ suggested that for the purpose of grouping the genera into subfamilies, we may depend only upon the following distinctions in the jaw. (a.) Jaw in one piece. (b.) Jaw in separated, imbricated pieces. (c.) Jaw in one piece with an upper accessory plate. As regards the lingual dentition, it appears that the distinction, as far as the central and lateral teeth are concerned, is but slight between the various families and genera. The marginal teeth, however, give us two very distinct types, the aculeate and quadrate. The former is found either unaccompanied by a jaw, or by its simplest form. Up to this date no instance is on record of aculeate marginal teeth together with a jaw complicated by anterior ribs, free imbricated plates, or an upper accessory plate. ‘The presence of aculeate marginal teeth is usually (not always) indicated by a smooth, shining shell, with acute peristome. The shell, however, is not always reliable as an indicator of the form of marginal teeth, - for we have shown the rough shells of several Mauritius species to have a lingual membrane with aculeate marginal teeth. It appears, therefore, that the shell alone will not indicate the generic position of some species. The quadrate marginal teeth are accompanied by various forms of jaw. They are usually constant in shape in the various genera. Sometimes, however, we have met with unexpected variation— such as in Macroceramus Gossei, Helix muscarum, and a group of Bulimulus represented by B. lalicinctus. The form of jaw with free, imbricated plates seems (excepting in Punctum) constantly accompanied by a peculiar form of quadrate teeth, as in Orthalicus and Liguus. To our surprise, however, we have detected a somewhat similar form of teeth in Ceotis, } Anm hye. N. He of .N.. ¥iz) 63" 254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF whose jaw is like that of Bulimulus.t’ It seems, therefore, that the lingual dentition is less reliable as a generic character than the jaw, at least in cases where the aculeate marginal teeth are absent. Finally, we are convinced that most satisfactory results will follow the patient investigation of the jaw and lingual dentition of the Geophila. Although we have in many cases proved the distinctions, which have been based on them, to be unreliable, we believe that a further accumulation of facts will lay the foundation of a natural and generally acceptable classification. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Fig. 1. The jaw of Helix Newberryana (see page 244). Fig. 2. Genitalia of Helix infumata. See references to fig. 5, except 9, the duct of the genital bladder. Fig. 3. Genitalia of Helix Newberryana. Same references as in 5, excepting 12, probably a rudimentary dart sac, for which see page 245. The names of the organs are the same as used by Dr. Leidy in the plates of Vol. I. of Dr. Binney’s Terrestrial Air- breathing Mollusks of the United States. We failed to detect any accessory gland of the epididymis. The - epididymis is very long, convoluted in the lower half of its length, straight above. It runs free for a long distance outside the mem- brane which covers the oviduct, before entering into the liver, where it joins the testicle. The latter is imbedded in the liver, near its upper extremity. It is composed of several, apparently six, separated fasciculi of blind tubes. The vas deferens enters the penis about its middle, not at its end. The penis is small, cylindrical. There is no trace of lobuli in the ovary, but its under, concave surface is reticulated. The genital bladder is oval, its duct is long, free only for a short distance, then attached to the oviduct the whole length of the latter; at its base it becomes again free, and enters the vagina below the terminus of the oviduct. At about the same point, the vagina receives the mouth of a long, broad, rounded organ, (12 of fig. 3). This organ is hollow. Its use is unknown to us, it may be a dart sac, or a prostate gland. 1 We are about publishing this in the Ann. N. Y. Lyc. of N. H., 1873, X. 251, pl. xi. fig. 5. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255 The vagina is very long, the penis enters it at its lower ex- tremity near the exterior opening of the genitalia. For the sake of comparison, we have also given figures of the genitalia of two other Pacific subgenera, Arionta and Aglaja. In Helix Townsendiana, Lea (Arionta), see plate I. fig. 4, we detected the accessory gland of the epididymis (3), composed of several acini of different sizes. The genital bladder is lengthened oval (9), and differs greatly from that of Helix Newberryana in having a very short, stout duct. At the opening of the penis there is a decided enlargement, perhaps of the nature of a prepuce, or prostate. The vas deferens enters the penis below its apex. The retractor muscle is at the apex of the penis. There seems no accessory organ, the genitalia being reduced to their simplest type. | Of Aglaia we have examined two species, H. fidelis, Gray, and H. infumata, Gould. The genitalia of these are almost exactly similar. In neither have we detected any accessory gland to the epididymis. In both the penis is extended into a decided fla- gellum (15). The vas deferens (7) enters below the flagellate ex- tension (15). The retractor muscle (6) is attached on the oppo- site side and still lower down. There is a well-marked prepuce (12). Opposite the entrance of the penis on the other side of the vagina, which is here considerably swollen, is a small sac-like organ (14), ending in a smoothly rounded cul-de-sac, of what use in the economy of the animal is unknown to us, unless it be a rudimentary dart sac. There was no appearance, however, of a dart within it. Just above this organ opens the stout duct of another organ (13), cylindrical, bluntly pointed, hollow, of a reticulated appearance. There is a contraction where this organ joins its duct, which is of about the same size. The two together are about as long as the penis with its flagellum, and stouter. No dart was noticed within this organ. It is, no doubt, a form of vaginal prostate, as described by Moquin Tandon. The genital bladder (9) is globular. Its duct is long, free in the upper half of its course. The oviduct, ovary, genital bladder, testicle, etc., of H. infumata, fig. 2, are not figured by us. They are as in H. fidelis, fig. 5, excepting the testicle, which is as in H. Newber- ryana. Fig. 4. Genitalia of Helix Towsendiana, Lea. Same reference as in Fig. 5, excepting 3, the accessory gland of the epididymis. 256 |, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Fig. 5. Genitalia of Helix fidelis, Gray. 1. Testicle. 2. Epididymis. 4, The prostate gland. 5. The sac of the penis. 6. The retractor muscle of penis. T. The vas deferens. 8. The oviduct. 9. The genital bladder. 10. The exterior orifice of genitalia. 11. The ovary. 12. The prepuce. 13. Vaginal prostate. 14. Rudimentary dart sac? 15. The flagellum, which contains a capreolus. 16. The duct of the genital bladder. XXXII.— Description of a new Species of Helix, and Note on H. Mobiliana, Lea. BY THOMAS. BLAND, Read Jan. 5, 1874. | Reprinted from the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History, N. Y., Vol. x, Nov., 1873.] Hielix Wetherbyi, nov. sp. (Mesodon.) T. obtecte-perforata, orbiculato-depressa, tenuis, granulato-striata, pal- lide cornea; epidermide fusca, pilis prostratis, obliquis obsita, induta; spira breviter conoidea, sutura impressa, apice obtusiusculo; anfr. 5, con- vexiusculi, lente accrescentes, ultimus antice subito defiexus, gibbosulus, constrictus, subtus convexus, ad peripheriam subangulatus; apertura obliqua, rotundato-lunari, dente albo, erecto, obliquo, lingueformi, parie- tali munita; perist. labiatum, angulatim refiexum, margine supero ad insertionem expanso, columellari dilatato, adnato. Shell with umbilicus covered, orbicular-depressed, thin, granulately striate, pale horn-colored; epidermis dark, covered with oblique, prostrate hairs; spire somewhat co- noidal, suture impressed, apex obtuse; whorls five, slightly convex, gradually increasing, the last suddenly deflected, rather gibbous, constricted, beneath convex, subangulate at the periphery; aperture oblique, roundly lunate, with a (361) 362 Description of a new Species of Helix. white, erect, oblique, tongue-shaped parietal tooth; peris- tome thickened, angularly reflected, the upper margin ex- . panded, the columella margin dilated, covering the um- bilical perforation. Diam; maj. 17, min. 15 mill.; Alt. 8 mill. Ffabitat. At the base of sandstone cliffs, mouth of Laurel River, Whitley Co., Kentucky. A. G. Wetherby. Remarks.— This species belongs to the same group (Me- sodon) as Hf. dentifera, Binn., and H. Roemer, Pf., but is of smaller size, somewhat more ele rated, and readily distin- guished from them by the sculpture and epidermis. It dif- fers from HZ. divesta, Gould, in having a parietal tooth, and, although in general appearance like a small form of H. ap- pressa, Say, is without the lamina on the basal margin of the peristome.: | Five specimens were collected by Mr. Wetherby, to whom I dedicate the species. I am under obligation to him for examples of this and many others, some of them rare species. Iam indebted to my friend W. G. Binney for the follow- ing particulars of the dentition of H. Wetherbyi. Jaw as usual in Mesodon, low, wide, arcuate, ends but little attenuated, blunt, with about eighteen decided ribs, denticulating either margin. Lingual membrane long and narrow; teeth as usual in the subgenus:(see L. and F. W. Shells N. A., I, figs. 282, 242). -Centrals with a long bluntly-pointed middle cusp, and obsolete side cusps; laterals like cen- trals, but with no inner cusps. Marginals low, wide, quadrate, with one very tong, oblique, blunt, inner denticle, and one outer, short, blunt denticle. Hielix Ed@dviawdsi, Bland. (Stenotrema.) This pretty species, hitherto solely known from Virginia, where it was discovered in 1857, by Mr. W. H. Edwards, and not found since, was collected by Mr. Wetherby, in Laurel and Whitley counties, Kentucky. Rielix Yhelbilizaraa, Lea. (MWesodon.) In “Remarks on North American Helicidee” (Ann. Lye. N.Y., VI, 341, 1858), concurring in a suggestion of Dr. and Note on H. Mobiliana, Lea. 363 -Pfeiffer, I placed this species in the synonymy of A. jejuna, Say, having before me adult specimens from Georgia, and others, immature, from Florida. W. G. Binney (Terr. Moll., 1V, 67, 1859), Tryon (Amer. Jour. Conch., I, 308, 1866), and Binney and Bland (Land and Fresh-water Shells, Part I. 151, 1869) adopted this view. Having since the latter date acquired specimens from Baldwin, Florida, col- lected by Col. Jewett and the late Dr. Hubbard, also from Mobile, by Mr. Mohr, I am satisfied that two species have been confounded,—that H. Mobiliana, Lea, is distinct from the small species, Known especially from the vicinity of Savannah, Ga., now recognized as H. jejuna. The figures in Terr. Moll., pl. xlii, f. 2, of Tryon (l.c.), pl. v, f. 3, and Land and Fresh-water Shells, fig. 258, are of HA. jejuna and do not represent Lea’s species. -In A. Mobiliana there are six whorls; the last whorl is re- markably constricted and gibbous at the aperture, more tumid at the base and with smaller umbilicus than in jejuna. ~The microscopic spiral lines on the embryonic whorls of the latter are absent in the former. The peristome at its junc- tion with the penultimate whorl is sharp, not reflected nor thickened, but elsewhere reflected, thickened by a whitish callus within, the edge of which forms a distinct portion of the peristome, and has an obsolete tooth-like development .near the columella. The aperture is more lunate than in jejuna. | H. Mobiliana may be compared, so far as regards the tumid base, small umbilicus, constricted aperture and gib- bous character of the superior part of the last whorl behind the aperture, with a Texan form in my cabinet of H. Ber- landieriana. The measurements of my largest specimen (six whorls) of HI. Mobiliana, trom Baldwin, are as follows: Diam.; maj. 10, min. 7 mill.; alt. 6 mill. [PRINTED AT THE SALEM PREsS, Jan., 1874. sy | ED. ‘eS Sil iy oe Mant heparin “e * ; . ri peas) P h Roe Me : . 5 , » . a bis ees wf, ary we ae} le a a “a 4 5 ee Sie MT lean cs ee wae) 3 sn : cal -/ <5 sW? id s y ’ ( : ye eae i Big ‘i F ’ aR Ark, " A . ? at ‘4 y by feats ; 4 ' = C. a, “ . b | ve id p >t + ‘ zs wy,* ae ean oe ‘ y ( ¥ ' * _ i Tees > y ' + . . . , : : 2 apy hae 7 ’ - : Xe a ad ey a ' i ‘ ‘4a 4 t ‘ bd rs) / * ¥ > * bee fj . ‘ . ’ od - S és » 2 4 i é « aa? . Yay Le - d J Pp, Poee . , _ * . ~ t . 4 bral (a . au . ‘ ~ 4 LA ‘ J # és Pp’ § fa \ y , . * _ at as A " - “e . ui : ‘ : Oy ited . é 2 = he geli ein _ ier ny. ets ; ‘ a ; . ; e b y 4 Se ‘ > 2 ’ rec Bai ' - siAd TB Beta? ’ ay ar - , r one , 7 as » gy é ti . § itd! y : . b« * . 7 5 y Px oi = _ pti - 4 Fl ¥ + a » Tips Da 4h 4 a " , ‘ i> \? a ar. ’ SAISON 1- . a 2 , ee ' ° ) > » . 4*,A # ¢ 2 ‘ ‘ 4 oi : rm ‘ siraed é » ‘ 1) abe 2 ea de ae M - et " 7’ [Reprinted from the Annals of the Lycetim of Natural History, N. Y., Vol. xi, Febuary, 1874.] VIII. — Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks, with Descrip- tions of New Species. \ BY THOMAS BLAND. Read Oct. 5, 1874. Oleacina flexuosa, Pfr. Tus was described in 1854 (Zool. Proc.), from a speci- men in Cuming’s cabinet, and subsequently figured in Nov. Conch., I, t. 3, f. 16-17, but the habitat was unknown. There is in the Swift cabinet * a very fine example, with *I have recently had the opportunity of examining the collection of my late esteemed friend, Mr. Robert Swift, before its delivery to the Philadelphia Academy, to which it has been presented by his daughter. (72) 73 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. note that it was received from Aux Cayes, in November, 1856, from Mr. Ross. Mr. Swift communicated this, and probably sent to Dr. Pfeiffer the imperfect shell referred to in Mon. Vi; 278. The specimen in the Swift cabinet is long. 65, diam. 24 mill., apert. 37 mill. long., infra medium 10 mill. lata. This is the only species in the West Indies nearly allied to the large Mexican forms. Macrocyclis euspira, Pfr. In the Swift cabinet I lately found young specimens, as well as adults, of this Venezuelean species, and from one of the former obtained the animal. W. G. Binney favors me with the following report on its dentition : — ‘fhe lingual membrane is indeed like that of Macrocyclis in its general type. It differs from our North American species only in having all the teeth purely aculeate, the usual form of marginals in the Vitrinine. It has no laterals, but the first teeth are of a transitional character, between laterals and marginals. This cannot be considered a generic difference. Zonites levigatus has no true laterals, and several species have not more than two. M. euspira has a true Glandina-like lingual, especially in the form of the central tooth, which is of a somewhat different character in the North American species of Macrocyclis. The presence of a jaw with smooth anterior surface and decided median projection to the .cutting margin, in connection with the form and arrangement of the teeth and the absence of true laterals, warrant our placing euspira in Macrocyclis.” v. Martens has this species in _Ammonoceras, subgenus of Hyalina, with, among others, //. caduca, Pfr. of Mexico, which is doubtless a Zonites. Macrocyclis Baudoni, Petit. The jaw and dentition. of this species were described (Amer. Jour. Conch., VII, 1871, and Annals, X, 1873), by W. G. Binney and myself, and we found it to be a Macro- cyclis. FEBRUARY, 1875. ow ANN. Lyc. Nat. .HIst., VOL. x1. Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 74 Macrocyclis concolor, Fer. This species, judging from its great similarity, if not identity, with JZ. Baudoni, is doubtless a Macrocyclis. Shuttleworth (Diag. n. Moll. 1854) mentions, on the authority of Blauner, that 1. concolor is viviparous. In the Swift cabinet a specimen is preserved, which he had alive, and from which he took five embryo shells. What the habit is in that respect of the North American species of Macro- cyclis has not been noticed. .M. concolor and Baudoni are placed by v. Martens in Morchia (subgenus of Hyalina), which must now, however, be treated as a synonyme of Macrocyclis. M. laxata, Fer., is the type of that genus, but its denti- tion is, I believe, unknown. The geographical distribution of the species shows that _ Macrocyclis is essentially an American genus. In the Pacific Province of the Northern Continent, four species are found; M/. Vancouverensis, sportella, Voyana and Duranti. In eastern North America, M. concava. H. pau- cispira, Poey, of Cuba, will, I think, prove to be a Macro- ‘cyclis. M. concolor belongs to Puerto Rico, and Baudoni to Guadaloupe and Dominica; M. euspira to Venezuela. Zonites Lansingi, nov. sp. T. imperforata, orbiculato-depressa, fusco-cornea, superne levigata, basi substriatula; sutura impressa; anfr. 54 convexiusculi, ultimus non descendens, ad peripheriam obsolete angulatus, subtus convexior, circa regionem umbilicarem excavatus; apertura anguste lunaris; peristo- mate acuto, margine dextro lamella obsolete serrata intus incrassato, colu- mellari vix refiexiusculo. Shell imperforate, orbicular-depressed, shining, dark horn-colored, smooth above, at the base substriate; suture impressed; whorls 54 rather convex, the last not descending, obsoletely angular at the periph- ery, more convex at the base, excavated around the umbilical region; aperture narrow, lunate; peristome acute, the right margin thickened within by an obsoletely denticulated lamella, columellar margin scarcely reflected. ; Diam. maj. vix 3, min. 24 mill., alt. 13 mill. = 75 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. Habitat. In damp moist places, among leaves. Astoria, Oregon. Remarks. Two figures of the species are annexed. The aspect of the upper surface of the shell is very like that of Z. multidentatus, Binney. WS Fig.1. Zonites Lansingi. I am indebted to Mr. Henry Hemphill for this interesting little species, and dedicate it to my young friend, Mr. A. Ten Eyck Lansing of Burlington, New Jersey, a very prom- ising student, to whom Mr. W. G. Binney and myself are much indebted for assistance in our examination of the den- tition of terrestrial mollusks. One specimen of Z. Lansingi, appearing to have the ani- mal within it, was crushed between two glass slides, enabling Mr. Binney, without the use of potash, satisfactorily to ob- © serve the jaw and teeth remaining uninjured in the tissues of the animal. Iam indebted to him for the subjoined particulars. Fig. 2. Jaw (fig. 2, A) low, wide, slightly arcuate; ends scarcely attenuated, blunt; cutting margin without median projection; anterior surface with fourteen, broad, unequal, crowded, flat ribs, slightly denticulating either margin. Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 76 The first impression given by the jaw is that it bears narrow, separated ribs, asin Bulimulus, Cylindrella, etc. A more careful study of it, however, shows the ribs to be very broad, crowded, flat, with narrow interstices between them. Lingual membrane with 17-1-17 teeth; six laterals. Centrals (fig. 2, B) with the base of attachment longer than wide, the lower lateral angles expanded; upper margin broadly reflected; reflection very short, tricus- pid, side cusps decidedly developed, short, bearing distinct cutting points, median cusp long, slender, bulging at sides, reaching nearly to the lower edge of the base of attachment, beyond which projects slightly the distinct, long cutting point. Laterals like the centrals, but unsyinmet- rical by the suppression of the inner, lower angle of the base of attach- ment, and inner side cusp ana cutting point. Marginals (fig. 2, C) acule- ate, their base of attachment less sole-like than usual in Zonites, but more circular in outline. Fig. C shows these bases of attachment. Fig. D gives one marginal tooth in profile. This is the first known instance of a species with ribs on its jaw having aculeate marginal teeth; or of a species fur- nished with a Zonites-like shell having decided ribs on its jaw. It will be difficult to find a place for the species under any description of genus or subfamily. The shell is that of Zonites, but that genus has a ribless jaw with median pro- jection. Zonites Stearnsii, nov. sp.? With land shells from the west coast, kindly sent to me for examination by my friend Mr. Stearns, I lately noticed a single specimen of a form from Astoria, Oregon, allied to Z. Lansingi. Itis larger, more elevated and more distinctly striated than that species, has seven whorls, with rather wider and more rounded aperture, but without the lamella within the outer margin of the peristome. The measurements are diam. maj., 4, min. 34 mill., alt. 24 mill. Having before mea single specimen I am unwilling for- mally to describe the species, which for the present I desig- nate as Zoniles Stearnsit. qa. Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. The accompanying figures of this and the preceding species were kindly drawn for me, on wood, by Mr. W. G. Binney. a Fig. 3. Zonites Stearnsii. Zonites indentatus, Say. Pfeiffer, on the authority of Hjalmarson, mentions the occurrence of this species in St. Domingo. I have specimens collected by Dr. Cleve in Puerto Rico which are scarcely distinguishable from Z. tndentatus, but the color is very much darker than of American shells. Hyalina Bermudensis, Pfr. This has been shown (Bland and Binney, Annals, X, 221) from the character of the lingual dentition, to belong to the Vitrinea, not to the Helicacea of v. Marten’s arrangement. I am indebted to Mr. J. Matthew Jones for an opportunity of examining a remarkable sub-fossil form found in stalag- mitic conglomerate, in caverns at Tucker’s Town, Bermuda. _ The living H. Germudensis, as described by Pfeiffer (Zool. Proc., 1845), has seven whorls and in size is diam. maj. 23, min. 21 mill., alt. 12 mill. The extinct form differs from it in having nine whorls, the last more convex above, a less acute carina, umbilicus smaller, but especially in size. The measurements are diam. maj. 57, min. 34. mill., alt. 19 mill. I propose the name of Hyalina Nelsoni for the sub-fossil species, in honor of Lieut. Nelson, the author of valuable geological memoirs on the Bermuda and Bahama Islands. Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 78 Although its contemporary and survivor, H. Bermudensis, is nearly allied to it, I cannot refer to them as being identical. _ The occurrence of this large extinct form in Bermuda is very interesting. It may surely be inferred that the species lived at a period when the area of the land was more exten- sive and elevated. The existing form, it should be mentioned, is also found sub-fossil. Wollaston (Variation of Species, 1856) remarks, with respect to some large extinct Madeira Helices, that they may have been but forms of the smaller living species,—“coex- istent with them, though more sensitive to the great diminu- tion of altitude and area which were consequent on the break- ing-up of a once continuous land.” Sub-fossil are not unfrequently larger than living allied or identical forms. I have noticed that the sub-fossil Chond- ropoma? basicarinatum and chordiferum of St. Croix are larger than their very near ally C. Santacruzense, now living on that Island. The extinct HZ. Josephine, found in St. Kitts, is considerably larger than the living forms of the neighboring Islands. St. Croix and St. Kitts, geologically speaking, are but fragments of larger areas. Some living species, however, vary very much in size: I may instance H. Luquillensts Shuttl. of Puerto Rico. The measurements given by Shuttleworth are diam. maj., 40; min. 32 mill.; alt. 30 ad 33 mill. In the Swift eabinet there is a remarkably small specimen, diam. maj., 29; min.. Zo mill. ;-alt.-18 mill. | M. concolor, Fer., of the same Island is another instance. In the Swift Cabinet there is one, 53 whorls, diam. maj. 25; min. 23 mill.; alt. 9 mill. Adult specimens collected by Dr. Cleve, having 44 whorls, are not more than half that size. Unfortunately, I have no note as to the stations of the different sized forms. | Guesteria Powisiana, Pfr. M. Crosse (Jour. de Conch., 1872) described and figured Helix Powisiana, Pfr., placing it in the new genus Guesteria, 79 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. of which it is the only known species. He remarks on its rarity and the absence of mention of it in my Catalogue of shells collected in New Grenada (Cont. to Conch., 1852). On a recent examination of shells, which my late valued friend Mr. Robert Swift had from me in 1852, still preserved in his Cabinet, I identified a young specimen of Guesteria Powisiana, which I found in 1851 near Marmato, at an ele- vation of about 5,000 feet, on the Western Cordillera of the Andes. The shell had not been previously determined. Simpulopsis dominicensis, Pfr. In the Swift Cabinet are two specimens, marked “ Vitrina,” found by Hjalmarson near Puerto Plata (Haiti), but which are I believe young shells of Stmpulopsis dominicensis. Tn Mal. Blatt. 1858, p. 146, Pfeiffer mentions a Vitrina from Haiti, on the authority of Hjalmarson, which was subse- quently found probably, to be what I have suggested. Helix bracteola, Fer. (JMicrophysa). M. Mazé enumerates this in his Catalogue of Martinique species (Jour. Conch. April, 1874) and I am indebted to M. Crosse for a specimen of it. Looking at the description and figure by Deshayes (in Fer. Hist. I, p. 84, t. 86, f. 2), Ido not doubt the determination, but believe that the species is the same as 7. vortex, Pir. Helix Sargenti, nov. sp. T. sub-perforata, globoso-depressa, oblique striata, tenuis, pallide cor- nea?; spira brevis, apice obtusa; anfr. 5, convexiusculi, ultimus antice descendens, ad peripheriam obsolete angulatus, basi subplanulatus; aper- tura obliqua, lunato-rotundata; perist. marginibus approximatis, dextro expansiusculo, columellari superne perdilatato, reflexo, perforationem fere tegente, basali introrsum lamellato-calloso. Shell subperforate, globose-depressed; obliquely striated, thin, pale horn-colored?; spire short, apex obtuse; whorls 5, rather convex, the last descending at the aperture, obsoletely angular at the periphery, base sub- planulate; aperture oblique, lunate-rounded; peristome with the margins Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 80 approximating, right margin somewhat expanded, columellar margin much dilated above, reflected, nearly covering the perforation, basal mar- gin with a lamelliform callus within. Diam. maj. 15; min. 13 mill.; alt. 8 mill. Habitat. Little Inagua, Bahamas. Remarks. This in general form is much like H. Duclosi- ana, Fer., but the interior projecting tooth is wanting and the callus on the basal margin is more developed. The species belongs to the subgenus Plagioptycha, which is peculiarly characteristic of the Haitian fauna. I have else- where remarked (Annals X, 818) on the evidences of the former more intimate connection of Inagua and Turks Islands with Haiti. I name the species after Mr. Daniel Sargent of Inagua, to whom J am indebted for many interesting shells from the Bahamas. Helix marginella, Gmel. ( Caracolus). In the Swift Cabinet there are specimens from Mayaguez, Puerto Rico, in which the dark band almost covers the upper . whorls, leaving simply a narrow lighter colored margin next the sutures ; the dark band equally wide at the base. There is also an albino specimen, which was found in 1864, by the late Mr. Haigenson in a wood, on San Isidio Estate, near the city of San Juan. This species occurs in Vieque and Culabre as well as in Puerto Rico. Helix Gaskoini, Pfr. (Caracolus). M. Sallé first collected this in St. Domingo. He noticed, I learn from him, many specimens, but all appearing dead and white, collected two only, one of which remains in his Cab- inet, the other in Cuming’s. Professor Gabb found specimens during his explorations in St. Domingo, and one of them was given to me by Dr. 81 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. Newcomb. It agrees entirely with Pfeiffer’s description (Zool. Proc., 1851) and with Reeve’s figure. Helix bizonalis, Desh. Several years ago Mr. Ferguson found on logwood brought to the Port of New York, two specimens of a-shell allied in form to H. marginella, Gmel. of Puerto Rico ; with them were examples of /. crispata Fer., an indication that the logwood was from Haiti. One of the specimens is still in my posses- sion, the other in the Swift Cabinet. _ Dr. Newcomb collected one fresh example when crossing the eastern end of the Island; the shell was sent to me for examination and found to be similar to that had from Mr. Ferguson. In 1872 I received another (dead) specimen from Mrs. Wm. Klatte, found near Port au Prince, with H. crispata.-. The Ferguson shell was compared in 1871, by Mr. Sow- erby, in the British Museum, and agreed with specimens there labelled HY. bizonalis, Desh. In 1873 my specimens were examined by Sallé with the type of H. bizonalis in the collection of Deshayes, and pro- nounced identical with it. Deshayes (Fer. Hist. I, 68, N. 90) has, in the synonymy of the species, /7. marginata, Var. Fer. Hist., t. 63, f. 11- 12, which figures certainly agree with dizonalis. Deshayes does not give the habitat of bzzonalis; in Chem. ed. 2, N. 956, the species is attributed, apparently on the authority of specimens in Cuming’s Cabinet, to Manila, but undoubtedly it belongs to Haiti. Looking at the variability of H. Sagemon of Cuba, I am much inclined to consider that H/. Gaskoini is a var. of bizonalis. The occurrence of the nearly allied forms of Sagemon in Cuba, dbizonalis in Haiti, and marginella in Puerto Rico, is an interesting fact. The connection of the faunas of the two latter Islands is strikingly shown by the prevalence of forms Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 82 closely related to H. caracolla*, and H. Audebardi of Haiti has a near ally in H. Luquillensis of Puerto Rico. Hi, bizonalis is placed by v. Martens (Albers ed. 2) in the ‘sub-genus Obba, probably with reference to the supposed habitat, “Luzon,” while Sagemon and marginella are in Caracolus. Helix platystyla, Pfr. (Leptoloma). Pfeiffer described this species in the Zool. Proc., 1849, from a specimen, “expallescens,” in Cuming’s Cabinet. In Mon. Hel. III, 175, the habitat doubtfully given is Moluccas ; it is placed next before H. conspersula, Pfr. and H. fusco- cincta, C. B. Ad. of Jamaica, to which it is very closely allied. An example from Jamaica in my Cabinet agrees closely with Pfeiffer’s description and Reeve’s figure (Conch. Icon. N. 487, t. 90). Similar specimens in the Chitty Collection, British Museum, are labelled H. /usco-cincta, var. HH. con- spersula was described by Pfeiffer in 1845, the habitat un- known. In 1871 Mr. Sowerby informed me that a specimen in the British Museum is ascribed to India. Hf. platystyla belongs, I believe, to Jamaica as well as HI. conspersula and fusco-cincta. Cylindrella gracilicollis, Fer. I am indebted to Mrs. Wm. Klatte for several specimens of this species, found in the vicinity of Port au Prince, Haiti. It has been erroneously attributed to St. Thomas. Judging from a very young individual it appears that the number of whorls in a perfect shell must be from twenty to twenty-two. The four upper whorls are smooth. On the axis there are two revolving lamine. I have not had an opportunity of examining the internal structure of many species from the Island of Haiti, but find two lamelle * H. caracolla is found semi-fossil only in St. Croix, but Mr. Swift assured me that I erroneously referred to A. marginella as occurring there in a similar condition (Annals VU, 357). 83 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. on the axis of C. Salleana and Mjalmarsoni. It is curious that no species peculiar to Jamaica has a similar character of axis. Macfoceramus Swifti, nov. sp. T. imperforata, cylindraceo-turrita, confertim striata, punctis numero- sis et strigis obliquis fusco-corneis variegata; spira ovato-conica, apice obtusula, pallide cornea; anf. 114 vix convexiusculi, ultimus rotundatus, infra medium obsolete filo-carinatus; apertura diagonalis, rotundato-luna- rio, perist. albido, expansiusculo, incrassato, margine dextro arcuato, columellari dilatato. Shell imperforate, cylindrically turreted, crowdedly striated, variegated with oblique dark horn colored stripes and numerous spots; spire ovate- conic, apex rather obtuse, pale horn-colored; whorls 114 scarcely convex, the last rounded, obsoletely carinated below the middle; aperture diag- onal, roundly lunate; peristome whitish, rather éxpanded, thickened, the right margin arcuate, columellar margin dilated. Long. 11, lat. 4 mill.; ap. 3 mill. long, 2 lat. FHlabitat. ‘Turks Island, also Inagua, Bahamas. Remarks. This species is allied to M. Hermanni, Pfr., of Haiti, but is less distinctly costulated, the suture not crenu- lated and has thicker peristome. I dedicate the species to the late Mr. Robert Swift, from whom I originally received specimens. Macroceramus Klatteanus, nov. sp. T. rimata, oblongo-turrita, solidula, oblique costulata, albida, strigis interruptis et maculis castaneis ornata; spira elongata, apice albido; sutura subcrenulata; anfr. 10 convexiusculi, ultimus rotundatus, basi ad aperturam compressus, infra peripheriam fascia 1 nigricante, interrupta, notatus; apertura diagonalis, subcircularis; perist. albo, obtuso, margin- ibus approximatis, dextro subarcuato, columellari subdilatato. Shell rimate, oblong-turreted, rather solid, obliquely ribbed, whitish with chestnut colored interrupted stripes and spots; spire elongate, apex whitish ; suture subcrenulated ; whorls ten, rather convex, the last rounded, compressed at the base near the aperture, one interrupted dark band below the periphery; aperture diagonal, subcircular; perist. white, ob- tuse, with approximating margins, right margin subarcuate, columellar margin scarcely dilated. Long. 11, lat. 4 mill.; ap. 3 mill. longa. Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 84 Habitat. Near Port au Prince, Haiti. Remarks. This is.allied in form and ornamentation to M. tenuiplicatus, Pfr., but is much smaller, is costate, and differs from it in form of aperture. I received specimens of this and other interesting Haitian shells from Mrs. Wm. Klatte after whom [ name this species. Bulimulus stramineus, Guilding (Drymaeus). Several years ago I sent to Dr. Pfeiffer a specimen from St. Vincent, which he described (Mon. VI, p. 44) under this name as an authentic example of Guilding’s species, of which however it is probably a variety. I have since received from Governor Rawson extremely fine specimens more closely agreeing with Guilding’s description. Pfeiffer (Mon. II, 203) gives the following description, “T. subdiaphana, straminea, transverse densissime striatula ; anfr. 6-7, apicalis ferrugineus (G.). On referring, however, to the Linn. Trans. XIV, p. 340, I find the description to be “Testa tenera, tota straminea, transverse obscuro-dense stri- ata; anir. sex.” The most common form is of uniform bright yellow, some specimens have a purple apex and others several narrow red- dish-brown bands. One of my specimens measures: long. 34, lat. 14; ap. 16 mill. long., 104 lata. B. stramineus oc- curs also in the Island of Mustique one of the Grenadines. Bulimus stramineus, Richard. In the Swift Cabinet there are shells under this name, re- ceived. from M. Sallé and said to be from St. Domingo. I can find no mention of, or reference to, such a species in the books. The largest specimen, which is scarcely adult, has 54 whorls ; the two upper whorls have a pale yellowish tinge, the apex rather darker in color. It is very like and may be a variety of B. liliaceus, Fer. which occurs in Puerto Rico. ’ 85 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. Stenogyra Dominicensis, Pfr. (Pseudobalea). This was described in 1850 by Pfeiffer as a Balea, but in 1854 Shuttleworth (Diag. n. Moll. No. 6) referred it to Sten- ogyra. Pfeiffer described it as Bulimus hasta in Malak. Bl. 1856. From a Cuban specimen, in the Cabinet of R. Swift, I ob- tained the animal and found it to be viviparous. From one I took five embryonic shells, of from two to three whorls. The jaw and lingual membrane were examined by W. G. Binney, who informs me that they exhibit the characters pre- vailing in Slenogyra, the jaw striate, without median projec- tion; central lingual tooth small, laterals large, subquadrate, perfectly symmetrical in base of attachment and tricuspid. The jaw of S. decollata has the same fine strize. Strophia calcarea, Pfr. Several dead specimens of this rather rare shell were col- lected by Mr. D. Sargent on Little Inagua. The habitat of the species has not hitherto been known. In a young shell (4 whorls), the umbilicus is 14 mill. in diameter. The parietal tooth is shown in the figure in Chem. ed. 2, t. 19, fig. 4, but not referred to in Pfeiffer’s descrip- tion. . Strophia iostoma, Pfr. © From Mr. Sargent I have remarkably fine specimens of this species, from Turtle Cove, Great Inagua. The following are measurements of extreme forms: 13 whorls, Long. 46 lat. in med. 14 mill. 1143 66 66 35 66 15 «“ tt oe on ae A ip Choanopoma occidentale, Pfr. Pfeiffer refers this species (Malak. Bl. 1860, p. 216) to Martinique, but as M. Mazé (I. c.) mentions, it does not occur in that Island. Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 86 Dr. V. Rijgersma collected it several years since in the Island of St. Martin, and very kindly supplied me with specimens. Helix ammonoceras, Pfeiffer. (Ammonoceras, Pfr.) I discovered this species in 1851, in New Grenada, and it was described, from a specimen in the Cumingian Collec- tion, by Pfeiffer in 1854 (Zool. Proc.). During last year Governor Rawson sent to me, for deter- mination, a single shell from the Island of Grenada, W. I., which I found on comparison with a specimen of Hl. ammo- noceras, preserved in the Robt. Swift Cabinet, to be identical with it. Helix Hubbardi, A. D. Brown. (Sérobila.) This was first found near Indianola, Calhoun Co., Texas, by Mr. E. W. Hubbard, and described by Brown in the Phila Proc. (Oct., 1861). It was subsequently discovered at Bellevue, in the Parish of St. Andrew, Island of Jamaica, and described (Jour. de Conch., Oct., 1871) by Mr. C. P. Gloyne, as H. Vendryesiana. In November, 1872, Dr. W. Newcomb found a few speci- mens on the trees in Bonaventure Cemetery, near Savannah, Georgia, and kindly sent to me a couple. I have no doubt as to the identity of the Texas, Jamaica and Georgia shells. Gloyne mentions the parietal lamella only, but there are others as described by Brown. The species is in fact allied to H. labyrinthica, Say, and not to H. paludosa, to which group it is referred by Gloyne. The distribution of H. Hubbard: is certainly curious, but it may be observed that H. Strebeli, Pfr., which is extremely like, if not identical with, labyrinthica, belongs to the Mexi- can fauna. 87 Notes on Certain Terrestrial Mollusks. Helicina nemoralis, Guppy. This Trinidad species can scarcely be considered distinct from JT, Columbiana, Philippi of Venezuela. Auricula pellucens, Menke. In 1871 I received several dead specimens of this. species of Auricula from Mr. Henry Prime. He informed me that he “found about a dozen, none with the animal, on Punta Rasa, a small island on the west coast of Florida, at the mouth of Calvasahachee River; they were in one place only, — at the edge of a mangrove swamp, in company with Melam- pus bidentatus and M. coniformis; the latter were in great abundance.” Auricula pellucens is referred to Demerara and Ellobium Ceylanicum, H. & A. A., placed in its synonymy by Pfeif- fer, to Ceylon. I have one specimen from each of those localities, given to me by the late Mr. Swift, and they are’ certainly very like those from Florida. Pfeiffer gives the Antilles also, with doubt on the author- ity of Férussac, as one of the habitats. I never heard of the collection of the species on the Flor- ida Coast by any one excepting Mr. Prime. Stimpson (Am. Naturalist, IV, 587) refers to the present tropical character of the shells of the west coast of Florida as being plainly due to the influence of the Gulf Stream. A. pellucens, whether now living or not on that coast, doubtless originally owed its introduction there to the agency mentioned by Stimpson. Printed at the SALFM PRESS, March, 1875. er ei A [Reprinted from the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History, N. Y., Vol. xi, November, 1875. ] XXI.— Notes on certain Terrestrial Mollusks, with descrip- tion of a New Species of the Genus Amphibulima. By THOMAS BLAND. Read October 11th, 1875. Helix Sagemon, Beck. (Caracolus). In former papers (Annals XI, 81 and 148) I mentioned the receipt from Haiti of dead specimens of AH. dbzzonalis, Desh., and-referring to H. Gaskoini, Pfr., of Santo Domingo, remarked as follows: ‘* looking at the variability of H. Sag- emon of Cuba, I am much inclined to consider that H. Gas- koint is a variety of bzzonalis.” I am now indebted to Professor Linden of Buffalo, for several living specimens, collected by himself on Gonave Island, of a species not only very closely allied in every respect to, but I believe identical with the variety OL: Sagemon, described as H. Arangiana by Poey.* ‘ The Gonave shells differ only from a Cuban specimen of Arangiana, received from my friend Don Rafael Arango, in having a white instead of a reddish brown peristome. Seeing that this Cuban form belongs also to the Haitian fauna, and comparing HZ. Gaskoini with varieties of H. Sag- emon, I am led to the conclusion that the former belongs to the latter group, and is not a'variety of bizonalis. Indeed HH. Gaskoini is strikingly similar to H. marginelloides, Orb., as figured by Pfeiffer (Nov. Conch. taf., XCI, figs. 9 and 10). | I submitted the animal of the Gonave shell to my friend W. G. Binney, who examined that of the Cuban Arangiana received from Arango. Binney reported that in jaw and dentition they agree, but the former has an outer small cut- * Poey, in his Introduction to the Cat: alogue of Land and Fresh Water Mollusks of Cuba, by Arango (Repertorio I, 71), acquiesces in placing BL OE and other ae species in the synonymy of Sagemon. 197 198 Note on certain Terrestrial Mollusks. ting point to the outer laterals and marginals, appearing first on the ninth tooth. In correspondence on the subject of this difference, Binney remarked as follows : ‘¢ T have reéxamined the linguals of the Gonave and Cuban shells, with a view of verifying the existence of the side cut- ting point. In the Cuban Arangiana (Notes, Proc. Acad. N. 8S. Phila., pl. X-XI, fig. 1) you will see in the 8th and 11th teeth, an approach to a side cutting point by the bulging on the side of the main cutting point. This sometimes occurs on the extreme marginals also, both of Arangiana and Sag- emon (l. c. fig. 4), while in the Gonave species it is very much more pronounced on the outer laterals. The difference is quite worth noting; whether it be specific may well be doubted, especially as we have never examined many linguals of any one species to ascertain the limits of variation.” The occurrence in Haiti of the Cuban Sagemon affords additional evidence of the faunal connection of the two Islands. Identical species are, however, rare. The following may be mentioned as the most important: /Helicina rugosa, Pfr., Succinea ochracina, Gund., Zonites Gundlachi, Ptr., Helix Boothiana, Pfr., Montetaurina, Pfr., vortex, Pfr., Oleacina oleacea, Fér., Strophia striatella, Fér., microstoma, Pfr., Macroceramus Gundlachi, Pfr., Coecilianella Gund- lachi, Pfr., Stenogyra hasta, Pfr. Helix cepa, Mull. (Cepolis). Prof. Linden found in the vicinity of Port au Prince, living specimens of /7/. cepa, var. minor. The color is an uniform, very dark (blackish) chestnut,—rather more rufous at the apex; the pale band scarcely perceptible. I had not previously seen fresh specimens of this curious species. Liguus virgineus, L. This species doubtless lives on Gonave Island. Note on certain Terrestrial Mollusks. 199 Prof. Linden found specimens inhabited by living Pagurus, “moving about briskly in an old pasture, at a distance of two miles from the nearest sea beach.” Bulimulus Bahamensis, Pfr. One specimen was found by Prof. Linden near Port au Prince (at Fort Jacques), of the var. of B. Bahamensis collected by my friend Mr. D. Sargent, at Durham Creek, Great Inagua. In a former paper (Annals X, 318) I remarked on the faunal connection of that Island with Haiti. Amphibulima Rawsonis, nov. sp. T. ovato-oblonga, tenuis, subruguloso-striata, lineis impres- sis sutura parallelis subdecussata, nitens, vix pellucida, fusco-cornea, maculis rufis raris ornata; spira brevis, obtusi- uscula, rubescens ; linea rufa infra suturam impressam posita ; aufr. 3, ultimus convexus, antice perdeflexus, columella callosa, recedens ; apertura obliqua, peroblongo-ovalis, intus nitido-ceerulescens; perist. simplex, leviter incrassatum, margine dextro sinuato, columellari arcuato. Shell ovate-oblong, thin, with rather rib-like strie irregularly decus- sated by impressed lines parallel with the suture; shining, scarcely pel- lucid, rather dark horn-colored, ornamented with a very few reddish spots; spire short, rather obtuse, rufous; with a reddish line beneath the im- pressed suture; whorls 3, the last convex, much deflexed at the aperture; columella callous, receding; aperture oblique, oblong-oval, ccerulescent within; perist. simple, slightly thickened, right margin sinuous, colu- mellar margin arcuate. Long. 18; Diam. 10 mill.; Ap. longit. max. 14; Diam. max. (infra medium) 9 mill. Habitat. Island of Montserrat, West Indies. Remarks. This species is most nearly allied in form to A. pardalina, Guppy, of Dominica, but very distinct from A. patula and rubescens. The single specimen found was 200 Note on certain Terrestrial Mollusks. sent to me for determination by Sir Rawson W. Rawson, to whom I dedicate the species. W. G. Binney, in the preceding paper, has described the jaw and dentition of the animal, pointing out the peculiarities of the latter as compared with other species of the genus. As might be expected from the geographical position of Montserrat, the land shells inhabiting it, belong to the same fauna as that of the neighboring islands. With A. Rawsonis, were found H. Josephine, B. exilis, Helicina Guadelupensis and picta. Helix Van Nostrandi, nov. sp. (Triodopsis). This species is in form and character of the aperture very nearly allied to H. introferens, but is more decidedly costate, more convex at the base, with smaller umbilicus, and without the internal tubercle. It connects introferens and vultuosa with, but is quite distinct from fallax. The measurements of a specimen with 64 whorls, are, diam. max. 123: min. 11, mill. Alt. 7 mill. Of a specimen with 6 whorls; diam. max. 10; min. 8 mill.; alt. 5 mill. Several specimens were collected at Aiken, S. Carolina, in the winter of 1874-5 by Miss Emma Van Nostrand, daughter of my esteemed friend Mr. Henry D. Van Nostrand. _ Mr. W. G. Binney has, in the preceding paper, described the dentition of this species. : [Printed at the SALEM PRESS, March, 1876.] TERRESTRIAL AIR- BREATHING MOLLUSKS CA taeOGUr OF THE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ADJACENT TERRITORIES OF NORTH AMERICA. PUEMIONATA GEOPHIDA: Glandina Vanuxemensis, Lea. Zonites truncata, Gmel. AGNATHA. Glandina decussata, Desh. syn, parallela, W. G. Binn. bullata, Gld. Texasiana, Pfr. HOLOGNATHA VITRINEA. Macrocyclis Vancouverensis, Lea. sportella, Gld. concava, Say. Voyana, Newc. Duranti, Newc. Mesomphix. Zonites Binneyanus, Morse. capnodes, W. G. Binn. fuliginosus, Griff. friabilis, W. G. Binn. caducus, Pfr. leevigatus, Pfr. demissus, Binn. syn. Z. acerra, Lewis. ligerus, Say. intertextus, Binn. subplanus, Binn. inornatus, Say. sculptilis, Bland. Elliotti, Redf. cerinoideus, Anth. Hyalina, s. s. cellarius, Mill. Whitneyi, Newc. nitidus, Mill. arboreus, Say. viridulus, Mke. indentatus, Say. limatulus, Ward. ‘minusculus, Binn. milium, Morse. ¢ Vitrina Limax ferreus, Morse. conspectus, Bland. exiguus, Stimpson. chersinellus, Dall. capsella, Gld. placentula, Shuttl. Conulus. fulvus, Drap. Fabricii, Beck. Gundlachi, Pfr. Stearnsi, Bland. Gastrodonta. gularis, Say. suppressus, Say. lasmodon, Phillips. significans, Bland. internus, Say. multidentatus, latissima, Lewis. limpida, Gould. Angelicze, Beck. Pfeifferi, Newc. exilis, Morelet. Binn. maximus, L. flavus, L. agrestis, L. campestris, Binn. Hewstoni, J. G. Cooper. montanus, Ingersoll. Patula HOLOGNATHA HELICEA. solitaria, Say. -. strigosa, Gld. syn. Coopert, W. G. Binn. Haydent, Gabb. Hemphilli, Newc. Idahoensis, Newc. alternata, Say. Cumberlandiana, Lea. perspectiva, Say. striatella, Anth. syn. Cronkheitt, Newe. pauper, Gld. Horni, Gabb. asteriscus, Morse. Microphysa incrustata, Poey. vortex, Pir. 2 Lansingi, Bland. Ingersolli, Bland. Hemitrochus varians, Mke. Holospira Roemeri, Pfr. Goldfussi, Mke. Onchidella borealis, Dall. Tebennophorus Caroliniensis, Bosc. Helicodiscus lineatus, Say. Ferussacia subcylindrica, L. Ceecilianella acicula, Mill Stenogyra Pupa Rumiina. decollata, L. Opeas.. octonoides, C. B. Ad. subula, Pfr. Melaniella. gracillima, Pfr. Pupilla. muscorum, L.. Blandi, Morse. Hoppii,. Moll. variolosa, Gld. pentodon, Say. decora, Gld. corpulenta, Morse. Rowelli, Newc. Californica, Rowell. Leucochila, fallax, Say. “modica, Gld. Pupa Vertigo Strophia. Arion Ariolimax Arizonensis, Gabb. hordeacea, Gabb.. ’ armifera, Say. contracta, Say. rupicola, Say. corticaria, Say. pellucida, Pfr, borealis, Morelet. alticola, Ingersoll. Gouldi, Binn. Bollesiana, Morse. milium, Gld. ovata, Say. ventricosa, Morse. simplex, Gld. incana, Binn. * * fuscus, Mill. foliolatus, Gld. Columbianus, Gld, Californicus, J. G. Coop. niger, J. G. Coop. F Hemphilli, W. G. Binn. Andersoni, J. G. Coop. Prophysaon Hemphilli, Bland and Binn. Veronicella Floridana, Binn. olivacea, Stearns. Binneya notabilis, J. G. Coop. Hemphillia glandulosa, Bland and Binn. Pallifera Strobila dorsalis, Binn. Wetherbyi, W. G. Binn. labyrinthica, Say.: Hubbardi, A. D. Brown. Gonostoma Yatesi, J. G. Coop. Polygyra auriculata, Say. uvulifera, Shuttl. auriformis, Bland. Postelliana, Bland. espiloca, Ravenel. avara, Say. . ventrosula, Pfr. _ Hindsi, Pfr. Texasiana, Moricand. triodontoides, Bland. Mooreana, W..G. Binn. syn. tholus, WN. G. Binn. - Polygyra hippocrepis, Pfr. fastigans, L. W. Say. Jacksoni, Bland. Troostiana, Lee. - Hazardi, Bland. oppilata, Moricand. Dorfeuilliana, Lea. Ariadne, Pfr. septemvolva, Say, cereolus, Muhlf. _Carpenteriana, Bland. Polygyrella Stenotrema Triodopsis Mesodon ; Febigeri, Bland. pustula, Fer. pustuloides, Bland. leporina, Gld. [Coop. polygyrella, Bland and’J. G. spinosum, Lea. labrosum, Bland. Edgarianum, Lea. Edvardsi, Bland. barbigerum, Redfield. stenotremum, Fer. hirsutum, Say. maxillatum, Gld. monodon, Rack. germanum, Gld. palliata, Say. obstricta, Say. appressa, Say. inflecta, Say. Rugeli, Shuttl. tridentata, Say. Harfordiana, J. G. Coop. fallax, Say. introferens, Bland. Hopetonensis, Shuttl. Van Nostrandi, Bland. vultuosa, Gld. syn. Flenriette, Mazyck. loricata, Gld. major, Binn. albolabris, Say. divesta, Gld. -multilineata, Say. Pennsylvanica, Green. Mitchelliana, Lea. _elevata, Say. Clarki, Lea. Mesodon Christyi; Bland. exoleta, Binn: Wheatleyi,. Bland. dentifeta,Binn, Roémeri, : Pfr, - Wetherbyi, ‘Bland: thyroidés,} Say: syn, burtilenta, Gld, \: clausa, Say. Cokwmbiana, Lea Downiéana, Bland. Lawi, Lewis. jejuna, Say. Mobiliana, Lea. devia, Gld. syn. Mullant, Bland and J. profunda, Say. — [G. Coop. Sayli, Binn. : “syn. Chilhoweensts, Lewis. Acanthinula harpa, Say. Vallonia pulchella, Miill. Fruticicola hispida,: L. .rufescens, Penn. Dorcasia Berlandieriana, Moric. griseola, Pfr. Turricula terrestris, Chemn. Aglaia fidelis, ‘Gray. infumata, Gld. Hillebrandi, Newc. Arionta —_arrosa}..Gld. Townsendiana, Lea. isyn. ptychophora, A. D. tudiculata, Binn. [ Brown. Nickliniana, Lea. Ayresiana, Newc. redimita, W. G. Binn, intercisa, W. G. Binn. Kelletti, Fbs. Stearnsiana, Gabb. -exarata; Pfr. ramentosa. Gld. syn. reticulata, Pfr. Californiensis, Lea. » Carpenteri, Newc:. Mormonum, Pfr. sequoicola, J. G..Coop. ‘Diabloensis, J. G. Coop. Traski,- Newe. Arionta Dupetithouarsi, Desh. ruficincta, Newc. Gabbi, Newc: syn. facta, Newc. Glyptostoma Newberryanum, W. G. Binn. Euparypha Tryoni, Newc, Tachea hortensis, Mil: © Pomatia aspersa, Mill. Cylindrella Poeyana,’D’Orb. Macroceramus Kieneri, Pfr. . Gossei, Pfr. patriarcha, W. G. Binn. alternatus, Say. . Schiedeanus, Pfr. dealbatus, Say. serperastrus, Say. multilineatus, Say. Dormani, W. G. Binn. Marielinus, Poey. Floridanus, Pfr. jejuna, Gld. > GONIOGNATHA. | Liguus fasciatus, Mill. Punctum pygmzeum, Dr. Orthalicus undatus, Brug. syn. minutissimum, Lea. syn. zebra, Binn, ELASMOGNATHA. ss Haydeni, W. G. Binn. Succinea Totteniana, Lea. retusa, Lea. campestris, Say. Sillimani, Bland. Hawkinsi, Baird. ovalis, Gld., not Say. rusticana, Gld. Higginsi, Bland. Nuttalliana, Lea. Concordialis, Gld. Oregonensis, Lea. luteola, Gld. effusa, Shuttl. lineata, W: G. Binn. Salleana, Pfr. avara, Say. * Stretchiana, Bland. Haleana, Lea. Verrilli, Bland. Mooresiana, Lea. aurea, Lea.: Grosvenori, Lea. Groenlandica, Beck. Wilsoni, Lea. obliqua, Say. See Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Harvard College, Cambridge, Mass., Vol. IV. The Terrestrial Air-Breathing Mollusks of the United States and adjacent Territories of North America, by W.G. Binney, Vol. V. Cambridge, July, 1878. | Considering that the foregoing Catalogue, compiled from the latest and most complete work, will be of value to students and collectors, I publish it for distribution. THOS. BLAND. : NEw YorK, October, 1878. New Species of Triodopsis. 115 V.—Description of a New Species of. Triodopsis, from New Mexico. BY THOMAS BLAND. < Read November 22d, 1880. Triodopsis Levettei, nov. sp. Testa umbilicata, orbiculato-convexa, tenuis, nitens, translucens, leviter et irregulariter oblique striata, castanea, superne pailescens ; spira vix elevata, apice obtusa ; sutura impressa ; anfr. 7 convexiusculi, lente accres- centes, ultimus antice breviter depressus, spiraliter subobsolete striatus, pone aperturam constrictus, subscrobiculatus, basi subconvexus; umbilicus mediocris (} diametri), pervius; apertura perobliqua, subcircularis, dente albo, valido, fiexuoso, transverso, in pariete aperturali intrante coarctata ; peristoma reflexum, pallide castaneum, intus callosum, marginibus callo tenuissimo junctis, margine dextro dente albo, obtuso, erecto, submar- - ginali, basali dentibus duobus, albis, transversis, supero majore, instructo. Diam. maj. 16, min. 15, alt. 63; apert., perist. incluso, long. 7, lat. 8 mill. Triodopsis Levetiei, nat. size. . Shell umbilicate, orbiculate-convex, thin, shining, translucent, slightly and irregularly obliquely striated, chestnut colored, the upper whorls paler; 116 New Species of Triodopsis. spire scarcely elevated, apex obtuse ; suture impressed ; whorls 7, rather convex, gradually increasing ; the last somewhat depressed at the aperture, obsoletely spirally striated, constricted behind the aperture, and slightly scrobiculated, base sub-convex ; umbilicus moderate, ¢ diameter of the shell, pervious ; aperture very oblique, sub-circular, with a well developed flexuose, transverse white tooth on the parietal wall ; peristome reflected, pale chestnut colored, thickened within, the margins joined by a slight callus, the right margin with a white, obtuse, erect, submarginal tooth, the basal margin with two white transverse teeth, the upper one the larger. Habitat, near Santa Fé, New Mexico, where two living and one dead specimen were collected by my friend, Dr. G. M. Le- vette, who presented to me one of the former. Cabinet of Dr. Levette, and the Binney and Bland collection in the American Museum of Natural History, New York. Remarks.—VThis species is quite distinct from any known North American or other form. ‘The number of whorls, and of teeth, their form and color, with the color of the shell and peristome, are its peculiar features. The striez are by no means so well developed as shown in the figures. : Notes on Macroceramus Kienert, etc. 127 VIL.— Notes on Macroceramus Kieneri, Pfr. and M. pontificus, ay rould. BY THOMAS BLAND. Read January 24th, 1881. Macroceramus kieneri, Pir. Dr. Pfeiffer described Macroceramus Kieneri as a Bulimus, in Proc. Zool. Soc., 1846, and later, in Mon. Hel. Viv., II, 79, 1848, as follows: T. breviter rimata, cylindraceo-turrita, tenuis, oblique confertim costata, fusco-corneo et albido irregulariter marmorata ; spira turrita, apice acu- tiusculo nigricans ; sutura profunda, crenata ; anfr. 13 convexi, ultimus } . longitudinis subeequans, basi obsolete unicarinatus ; apertura lunato-circu- laris; perist. simplex, undique expansum, marginibus conniventibus, dextro valde arcuato, columellari dilatato, patente. Long. 18, diam. anfr. antepenult. 6 mill. Ap. 43 mill. longa, 4% lata. Habitat in Honduras. In the Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., III, 1848, Dr. Gould de- scribed Pupa pontifica, and the following description is given of the species, as Cylindrella pontifica, in Terr. Moll., II, 306, Plate LXIX, fig. 1. Shell fusiform, attenuated-cylindrical, whitish, or grayish clouded and marbled with brown ; spire acuminate ; whorls from 9 to 12, rounded, with numerous oblique, prominent striz, or ribs ; suture impressed, crenu- lated by the extension of the alternate ribs across it ; aperture rounded, ob- lique ; lip thin, somewhat reflected ; axis impressed, not truly perforate. On the last whorl, a colored line revolves : this is sometimes raised a little from the surface, and sometimes is sharp like a delicate carina. 128 Notes on Macroceramus Hieneri, etc. Extreme length, half an inch ; extreme diameter, 4 of an inch ; ordinary size less. Pfeiffer, in Mon. III and IV, places ©. pontifica, Gld., 1 the Syn. of his species. In Mon. VI and VIII, he, treating his spe- cies as a Macroceramus, separates it from Gould’s, assigning Florida and Orizaba, Mexico, as the habitats of the latter. Binney and Bland, in Smith. Misc. Coll.,- 1869, and W. G. Binney, in Terr. Moll., V, 1878, following Pfeiffer’s earlier opinions, described M. Avenert as a United States species, with Gould’s species in its synonymy. Crosse and Fischer (Moll. Terr. Mex., p. 428, 1873) treated M. pontificus, Gould,—as I have shown Pfeiffer to have done in his later works,—as distinct from M. Atenert, the latter from Honduras, and the former from Orizaba (Mexico), as well as Florida and the Florida Keys. Crosse and Fischer (I. c.) describe M. pontificus as follows : Testa ovato-fusiformis, superne attenuata, albida, griseo et fusco marmo- rata; sutura impressa, crenulata ; anfr. 12 rotundati, costulis crebris, obliquis, alternatim suturam praeteriuntibus ornati, ultimus subcarinatus ; apertura lateralis, circularis, campanulata ; columella recta, umbilicum linearem tegens; perist. reflexiusculum, albidum. Longitudo 18 mill., diam. maj. 6 mill. Apertura 43 mill. longa, A} lata. In some uncertainty as to the two species, I wrote to my friend Dr. Hy. Dohrn, the possessor of the late Dr. Pfeiffer’s collection, asking if he conld furnish me with an authentic spe- cimen of M. Kienert. In the latter part of 1879, Dr. Dohrn informed me, that in Pfeiffer’s collection he found three adult and one young specimen of M. Kienert, and very kindly sent to me one of the adults, which the foregoing figures represent, the left hand figure being of the natural size. It is certain that the species MM. Kieneri does not belong to the fauna of the United States. — DESCRIPTION OF A New Species of Triodopsis, from New Mexico. ON THE RELATIONS OF Tue Fiora AND Fauna or Santa Cruz, West InpiEs. NOTES ON Macroceramus Kieneri, Pir. & M. pontificus, Gould. By THOMAS BLAND: [From THE ANNALS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF ScrENcEs, Vou. II, No. 4.] 0 a ee ne On the Flora and Fauna of Santa Cruz. 117 VII.—On the Relations of the Flora and Fauna of Santa Cruz, West Indies. BY THOMAS BLAND. Read January 3d, 1881. Professor A. Agassiz (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, V, Nos. 14, 289, June, 1879) remarks, ‘One of the most interest- ing results reached by this year’s cruise, is the light thrown upon the former extension of the South American Continent, by the soundings taken while dredging, and those subsequently made in the passages between the islands by Commander Bartlett. These, together with the soundings already known, enable us to trace the outline of the old continent with tolerable accuracy, and thus obtain some intelligible, and at the same time trust- worthy, explanation of the peculiar geographical distribution of the fauna and flora of the West India Islands.” Professor Agassiz writes (1. c.): ‘‘In attempting to recon- struct, from the soundings, the state of things existing in a former period, we are at once struck by the fact, that the Virgin Islands are the outcroppings of an extensive bank. The great- est depth between these islands is less than forty fathoms, this same depth being found on the bank to the east of Porto Rico, the 100-fathom line forming, in fact, the outline of a large island, which would include the whole of the Virgin Islands, the whole of Porto Rico, and extend some way into the Mona Passage.” * * ‘*On examining the 500-fathom line, we thus find that Jamaica is only the northern spit of a gigantic pro- montory, which once extended toward Hayti from the mainland, Teaching from Costa Rica to the northern part of the Mosquito coast, and leaving but a comparatively narrow passage between it and the 500-fathom line encircling. Hayti, Porto Rico, and the Virgin Islands, in one gigantic island. The passage between Cuba and Jamaica has a depth of 3,000 fathoms, and that be- tween Hayti and Cuba is not less than 873 fathoms, the latter being probably an arm of the Atlantic. ‘The 500-fathom line 115 On the Flora and Fauna of Santa Cruz. connects, as a gigantic island, the banks uniting Anguilla to St. Bartholomew, Saba Bank, the one connecting St. Eustatius to Nevis, Barbuda to Antigua, and from thence extends south so as to include Guadeloupe, Marie-Galante, and Dominica. This 500-fathom line thus forms one gigantic island of the north- ern islands, extending from Saba Bank to Santa Cruz, and leaving but a narrow channel between it and the eastern end of the 500-fathom line running round Santa Cruz. As Santa Cruz is separated from St. Thomas by a channel of forty miles, with a maximum depth of over 2,400 fathoms, this plainly shows its connection with the northern islands of the Caribbean group, rather than with St. Thomas, as is also well shown by the geo- graphical relations of its mollusca.” Professor Agassiz gives (1. ¢.) an extract of a letter addressed to him by Commander Bartlett, from which I quote the follow- ing :—‘‘I finished up the line connecting Saba Bank with St. Croix. I found the connection perfect, but the ridge has 700 fathoms water on it near St. Croix. “There is 1,000 fathoms three miles north, and 1,800 fathoms five miles south of the ridge.” Professor Agassiz refers to the connection of Santa Cruz ‘‘with the northern islands of the Caribbean group, rather than with St. Thomas.” As he bases his argument on the deep chan- nel which separates Santa Cruz from St. Thomas, I judge that he excludes the Virgin Islands, of which St. Thomas is one, from the Caribbean group. In that case, in his view, Sombrero, Anguilla, St. Martin and St. Bartholomew (the three latter on the Anguilla Bank) and Saba (the Saba Bank connected by a ridge with Santa Cruz), are the ‘‘northern islands,” to which the Professor alludes. In my paper ‘‘ On the Physical Geography of, and the Distri- bution of Terrestrial Mollusca in the Bahama Islands” (Ann. N. Y. Lyc., X, 1873, 320), after quoting some of the views of Professor Dana, expressed in his work, ‘‘ Corals and Coral Islands,” 1872, I wrote as follows :— ‘*The facts regarding the diminution in size of the islands of the West Indies to the eastward, are of peculiar interest, not only as affording conclusive evidence of the greater subsidence in that direction, but in connection with geographical distribution.” On the Flora and Fauna of Santa Cruz. 119 “The banks and islands forming the long Bahama chain di- minish in size to the southeast, where are situated at its termi- nation the submerged Mouchoir Carré, Silver and Navidad Banks. In a similar manner, the submerged Virgin Island Bank (with Anegada on its northeastern extremity, geologically, in the opinion of Dr. Cleve, resembling the Bahamas), Sombrero and the Anguilla Bank, terminate the chain of the West Indies (parallel with the Bahamas) eastward from Cuba.” In a previous paper (Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., 1871, 57) I en- deavored to show, that the land-shell fauna of Porto Rico, with Viéque, the Virgin Islands, Sombrero, Anguilla, St. Martin, ‘St. Bartholomew and Santa Cruz, is unquestionably the same. My present object is to show that Santa Cruz is connected with St. Thomas, the fauna of both derived from Porto Rico, in common with that of Sombrero and the islands on the An- guilla bank, but by no means with Saba. Before discussing the statement of Prof. Agassiz as to the connection of Santa Cruz with the northern islands of the Carib- bean group rather than with St. Thomas (of the Virgin group), I would first shortly describe the general features of the geology of Santa Cruz, and the character of its flora. Dr. P. T. Cleve (Proc. Royal Swedish Acad. of Sciences, Stockholm, 1871) remarks :—‘‘ The geological formations of the Island belong to different ages. The northern mountain ridge is the oldest, and to judge from its great petrographical resem- blance with the rocks of the Virgin Islands, it would seem to belong to the same geological age as the latter, or the cre- taceous. Upon those highly disturbed strata, very little dis- turbed beds of coralline limestone and white marls rest ; they are probably of the miocene age. ‘The youngest formation con- sists of detritus swept down from the mountains by rains and mixed with the white marls, and in a recent formation of cal- careous sand around the shores.” * * * “The recent formations of the island are partly terrestrial, partly marine. The former covers a great deal of the surface of the island in the plains below the mountains. It consists of detritus and clay, sometimes mixed with white marl. In this detrital mass are found shells of terrestrial mollusca, some of which are of extinct species and some no more extant in St. 120 On the Flora and Fauna of Santa Cruz. Croix, but found living in the islands of Viéque, and Puerto Rico.” To Baron H. F. A. Eggers, scientists are indebted for an ex- tremely valuable paper on ‘‘The Flora of St. Croix and the Virgin Islands” (Bulletin U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 13; Washing- ton, 1879), from which I offer extracts. 'The distribution of the plants has an important bearing on that of the terrestrial mollusca, and the evidence to be derived therefrom as to the former faunal connections of Santa Cruz, Baron Eggers remarks :—‘* Looking at the vegetation of St. Croix and the Virgin Islands in its generality, and without en- tering into details, we may consider it to be identical, showing the same main features.” * * * ‘Yet, in looking more closely into details, we are soon struck by finding a great many species in the one which are not found in the other.” Referring to the list of plants given in his paper, it will be seen, the author says, that ‘‘out of a number of 881 indigenous phanerogamous species no less than 215, or c. 4, are found in the Virgin Islands only, whilst 98, or about 5, occur only in St. Croix, thus leaving only 568, or less than 3, common to both.” He adds, that it is ‘‘in the forest vegetation, which best re- presents the original flora of the islands, that the greatest and most varied differences are observed, showing especially the great variety of species in the Virgin Islands which are not at all found in St. Croix, and among which are many of the com- monest and most generally distributed forms.” * * * ‘‘HWowever great are the differences in the flora on the two groups of islands, yet this interesting fact is not due to their possessing endemic species, as all the plants known as growing on them are also found in other West India Islands, especially Porto Rico, whence the vegetation of both the Virgin Islands and St. Croix seems to be derived.” With respect to the question, ‘‘Why is it that St. Croix, although the largest of all, has received a comparatively and absolutely much less number of species than, for instance, the far smaller St. Thomas ?” Baron Eggers offers the following solution :—‘‘] am thus led to think that, at a former period, all the West India islands have been connected mutually, and perhaps with a part of the American continent also, during which time On the Flora and Fauna of Santa Cruz. 121 the plants in common to all the islands, as well as to the West Indies and the continent, have expanded themselves over their present geographical areas, at least as far as they are not pos- sessed of particular faculties for emigration over the sea. By a subsequent volcanic revolution, St. Croix, as well as many of the other islands, has thereafter been separated from Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, and put into its present isolated posi- tion, which it seems to have retained ever since, whilst the latter group of islands has either still, for a long period, remained in connection with Porto Rico, or, if separated at the same time from it as St. Croix, has, by another revolution, been again con- nected with the former.” As to the plants now living in Santa Cruz, which have not been found in the Virgin Isiands, Baron Eggers desires it to be understood, that whilst his investigations of Santa Cruz have been thorough, his explorations have been less complete, and he feels confident that not a few of such plants may, by closer re- search, still be discovered in the latter. _I propose, now, to examine the character of the terrestrial mollusca of Santa Cruz, and the evidence which they offer as to the connection of that island with others in its vicinity. The most important feature is the number of species found semi-fossil only,—several extinct, others still living elsewhere : of the whole, I add the following list. SEMI-FOSSIL SPECIES, EXTINCT. 2? Chondropoma basicarinatum, Pfr. fe chordiferum, ee The latter, perhaps, a variety of the former. C. Santacruzense, Pfr., now living in Santa Cruz and St. Thomas, is of much the same type, and may be considered the living representative of C. basicarinatum. In Malac. Blatt., xxi, p. 173, D. F. Weimland described a fossil, from Menke’s collection, attributed to Hayti, as Cyclostoma (Tudora?) Kazika. He sent to me a specimen of it, and I forwarded to him the Santa Cruz fossil (C. basicarinutum), which he considers the same, the habitat Hayti of Menke being erro- neous (Jahrb., vu, 1880). 122 On the Flora and Fauna of Santa Cruz, Thelidomus incerta, Fer. ‘This occurs, also semi-fossil, in St. Thomas;—its nearest ally is 7. notabilis, Shuttl. of St. Jan and Tortola. Plagioptycha Santacruzensis, Pfr. Allied closely to P. nemo- ralina, Pet., of St. Thomas, St. Jan and Tortola. Bulimulus extinctus, Pfr. Near to B. elongatus, Bolt., which inhabits Porto Rico, the Virgin Islands, islands on the Anguilla Bank, several of the northern Caribbees, Curacao and Buen Ayre. Bulimulus Riiset, Pfr. This can scarcely be compared with any known West Indian form. Strophia rudis, Pfr. var. latilabris, Pfr. Allied to species now living in Porto Rico and in several of the eastern Virgin Islands. SEMI-FOSSIL SPECIES, EXTINCT IN SANTA CRUZ, BUT LIVING ELSEWHERE. Chondropoma Tortolense, Pfr. A specimen from Santa Cruz, in my cabinet, I referred to this species, which now inhabits Tor- tola and several of the more eastern Virgin Islands. Caracolus caracolla, li. This species is found living in Porto Rico and Viéque; it is nearly allied to C. sarcochetila, Morch, C. insititia, Shuttl , and C. excellens, Pf., of Hayti. In my Catalogue, Ann. N. Y.. Liyc., vii, 1861, I included C. marginella, Gmel., as occurring semi-fossil in Santa Cruz, but erroneously, as I was assured by the late Mr. Robert Swift. Succinea approximans Shuttl.—I referred a specimen in my cabinet to this species, which occurs in Porto Rico, the Virgin Islands, and several of the Caribbees. On the Flora and Fauna of Santa Cruz. 123 SPECIES NOW LIVING IN, AND PECULIAR TO, SANTA CRUZz. Cistula rufilabris, Beck.—Allied in many respects to Chon- dropoma Julient, Pfr. of Sombrero. Cylindrella chordata, Pfr. (Z'rachelia. ) SPECIES NOW LIVING IN SANTA CRUZ AND ELSEWHERE. Chondropoma Santa-cruzense, Pfr. * Microphysa vortex, Pfr. Also, St. ‘Thomas. xX Bulimulus fraterculus, Fer. x BL. elongatus, Bolt. x BL. marginatus, Say. * Pupa pellucida, Pfr. x Succinea Riiset, Pfr. With regard to the genera of the semi-fossil species, I may remark, Zhelidomus is characteristic of Cuba and Jamaica, is represented in Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, but has one species only in the Caribbees, 7. discolor, Fér. Plagioptycha belongs to Hayti, and Caracolus to Cuba and Hayti, with a representative in Porto Rico, but neither in the Caribbees. : Strophia, with numerous species in Cuba and the Bahamas, several in Hayti, Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, does not occur in the Caribbees. One species, however, lives in Curacao and Buen Ayre. The impression only of a species, is found in the phosphatic lhme-rocks of Sombrero. * These species, more or less widely distributed, cannot be said to be characteristic of the faunas of any of the islands. 124 On the Flora and Fauna of Santa Cruz. The discovery of a submarine ridge, connecting Santa Cruz with Saba is interesting ; but its geological age is as uncertain as is that of the deep chasm now separating Santa Cruz from St. Thomas. I have shown, conclusively, I think, that the land-shells sup- ply abundant evidence of the former connection of Santa Cruz with St. Thomas, and the other islands of the Virgin group, but none of its connection with Saba. A variety of B. fraterculus occurs m Saba, and a Succinea, which I believe to be Ritsez, with several of the widely distributed Stenogyre, and Helicina picta, Fér., belonging to the Carib- bean fauna, is also found there. Very recently I have received from thence, through the kindness of my friend, Mr. F. A. Ober, many specimens of Amphibulima patula, Brug., hitherto known only from St. Christopher, Dominica and Marie-Galante. The five-hundred-fathom line mentioned, embraces Anguilla, St. Martin, and St. Bartholomew, but their land-shells are far more allied to those of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands than to Caribbean species. Macroceramus signatus, Guild., occurs in Anguilla and St. Bartholomew, in several of the Virgin Islands, and in Hayti,—the genus is not represented in the Caribbees. Pineria Schrammi, Fisch., of Guadeloupe, which I believe to be identical with P. Viequensis, Pfr., of Viéque and Barbados, inhabits each of the three islands on the Anguilla bank. With regard to changes of the flora and fauna of Santa Cruz, two causes have been suggested, but entirely under misappre- hension, and I deem it desirable to place the facts on record. The Rey. John P. Knox, in his ‘‘ Historical Account of St. Thomas, W. I.” (New York, 1852), relates circumstances con- nected with the establishment of a French colony in Santa Cruz, in 1650. The settlement, he says, proved at once very un- healthy. He adds :—‘‘ In order to arrest the mortality which was so rapidly thinning their numbers,—a mortality which arose from the dense and aged forests that covered the island, scarcely affording an opportunity for the winds to carry off the poison- ous vapors with which its morasses clogged the atmosphere,— ee Se se ee ee!!! UCU On the Flora and Fauna of Santa Cruz. 12 Or the colonists who remained, set fire to the woods, and, going on board their ships, became spectators of the conflagration. They returned on shore after the flames were extinguished.” Mr. Alfred Newton, in “Observations on the Birds of St. Croix” (bis, I, 59, 1859). quotes Knox’s account of the con- flagration, and in his remarks rather amplifies it. “That the simultaneous and sudden destruction by fire of all the woods on an island like this, would have a marked and last- ing effect upon its fauna, no one can doubt; and one of its re- sults may probably be traced in a fact ascertained by Herr Apothek Riise, of St. Thomas, that in St. Croix there occur the dead shells of about a dozen species of terrestrial molluscs, of which he has never found a single example inhabited by the liy- ing animal, though they are undoubtedly recent and not fossil forms. It is difficult to account for the extinction of so many species, unless it may be presumed that the changes brought about in the island by so great a fire, rendered it unsuitable for their longer habitation.” -Tealled the attention of Baron Eggers to this subject, and he entirely discredits any such general conflagration. He informed me, that old Pére Labat, when in 1700 he visited the island, after its having been given up and abandoned by the French in 1676, found it entirely covered with wood, as did also the first Danish settlers who, in 1739, went over there to found their plantations. The destruction of the species of mollusca referred to, must rather be attributed to geclogical changes. In the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club (N. Y., IV, No. 2, July, 1873), a communication appeared from Mr. F. Hubbard, on the subject of the desiccation of Santa Cruz. He wrote:— “* At my former visit, twenty-seven years ago, the dessication (of Santa Cruz) had undoubtedly made some progress, but it had not been sufficient to make itself manifest in a very marked degree. The change from fertility to barrenness, which at first must have been almost imperceptible, is no doubt taking place in an accelerating ratio.” He adds :—‘‘The final depopulation of this beautiful island seems now to be written indelibly among the decrees of fate.” 126 On the Flora and Fauna of Santa Cruz. Baron Eggers informs me, that the year 1873 was an uncom- monly dry one, as had been, also, 1872, and as was 1874. The effect of the drought was, he says, very plainly to be seen, but since, there have been not less than three or four very wet years, and the island at present (March, 1880) is as green as ever. Baron Eggers remarks :—‘* There can be no doubt that, com- pared with St. Thomas, Santa Cruz is more favored with moisture than the reverse; its.forests are still of some extent, and trees are not removed in the latter as in former times, when the land was continually cleared more and more to satisfy the increasing demand for sugar.” At the end of last century, he says, there were 27,000 acres in cane cultivation, now there are only 17,000. The difference of 10,000 acres-is again overgrown with trees, shrubs, grass, ete. The so-called desiccation of the island of Santa Cruz can, in fact, be no more accepted than the conflagration caused by the French colonists, as sufficient sensibly to affect its flora or fauna. 368 Two New Species of Zonites. [ From the Annals of the N. Y. Academy of Sciences, Vol. II, No. 12. 1883.] XXII.—Deseription of Two New Species of Zonites from Tennessee. BY THOMAS BLAND. Read May 2st, 1883. Zonites Wheatleyi, nov. sp. T. umbilicata, depressa, tenuis, nitens, pellucida, fusculo-cornea, de- licate striatula ; spira sub-planulata; sutura leviter impressa; anfr. 44, convexiusculis, ultimus basi convexior, ad aperturam rapide accrescens, vix descendens ; umbilicus pervius ; apertura depressa, oblique lunaris ; peristoma simplex, acutum, marginibus approximatis, callo tenui junctis. Fig. I. Shell umbilicated, depressed, thin, shining, pellucid, brownish horn-colored, finely striated; spire subplanulate, suture slightly impressed ; whorls little convex, the last more convex at the base, rapidly increasing at the aperture, scarcely descending; umbilicus pervious; aperture de- pressed, obliquely lunate; peristome simple, acute, the margins approximating, joined by a thin callus. is Diam., major 5, min. 33; Alt., 2 mill. Z. Wheatleyi. Habitat.—The Cliffs, Knoxville, Tennessee, Mrs. George Andrews; also, ‘Tiverton, Rhode Island, J. ps Thomson. Remarks.—This, with the following species, was discovered and communicated to me, in 1879, by Mrs. Andrews, who thus described the locality in which the two species were found :— “The Cliffs rise up 200 feet on the south side of the river,— they are very steep and rocky, face the north, are almost always shady, damp, and covered with mosses and ferns. — I collected the shells on the ledges of the rocks among the dead leaves, at an elevation above the river of about 100 feet. I have not found either of the species in any other locality.” Mr. J. H. Thomson, to whom I submitted specimens, sent to me examples of the same species collected by him, ‘‘on a high rocky ledge, covered with old trees, at Tiverton, Rhode Island.” Two New Species of Zonites. 369 This species, Z. Wheatleyi, is more nearly allied to Z. viridu- lus, Mke, than to any other North American form, but differs from it, especially in the form of aperture, in the descending last whorl], and in having a wider umbilicus. I dedicate the species to the memory of my late valued and lamented friend, Chas. M. Wheatley. Zonites petrophilus, nov. sp. T. late umbilicata, depresso-subglobosa, tenuis, nitens, translucens, albida, irregulariter striata; sutura mediocris ; anfr. 55—6, convexiusculis, ulti- mus convexior, non descendens ; umbilicus extus late excavatus, perspecti- vus ; apertura rotundato-lunaris ; peristoma simplex, paululo subincrassa- tum, sepe roseum, margine columellari reflexiusculo. Fig. I1. Shell broadly umbilicate, depressed; subglobose, thin, shining, translucent, whitish, irregularly striated ; su- ture moderately impressed ; whorls 54—6, rather convex, the last more convex, not descending; umbilicus widely excavated externally, pervious; aperture roundly lu- nate; peristome simple, somewhat thickened, often rose-colored, the columellar margin slightly reflected. Diam., major 6, min. 5,—5}; Alt. fere 3 mill. Z. petrophilus. Habitat.—The Cliffs, Knoxville, Tennessee, found with Z. Wheatleyi, Mrs. Geo. Andrews. Remarks.—Vhis species is, in general form, nearly allied to Z. arboreus, but the color is different, the striz are more de- veloped, and the umbilicus is much wider. My friend, Mr. W. G. Binney, examined the dentition of Z. petrophilus, and favored me with notes on the subject. He found the teeth 15—1—15, with two perfect laterals, one only on each side. Z. viridulus has the same number of laterals, but many more marginals. I would express my deep obligation to Mrs. Andrews for her uniform kindness and liberality in supplying me, during many years, with numerous rare and interesting species. ~~ > 2 Pe | | ps » A. | “ was oe : — *, ~TF ix =, ay att : LAE eee oir ‘> 4 he bi ses v “ { 1 > 33 Sate : .: - 5 2 F > a a ca a ise WES. SFR a eee cred el: RADNER A : Lgetoe tenes oe =, whys Lae oe ’ ah +> er -e 2’. A eal syed AS at Tae a .4 ve =~" wwe é ed rs ak 4a) Pak be a pe ‘ | ° “ * a Sy ‘= att : ye ou Sr OE: Ae eek | A ae Sigal f a + 4 - * »? , ad = 4 4 ? 4 J ; 1. a fe $i a + £ nd “Tr sca (aa aaa aa Py % Ree a“ Saale rot oe: bins “4 haaihige exe Ts Sa nate ay fae cad & rg re iy oy ee care: ‘sm eee ‘ae Hae ae * r : 5} 5 / ~~. ’ ; vit Ary Sin 4 370 Land Shells from Porto Rico. [ From the Annals of the N. Y. Academy of Sciences, Vol. II, No. 12. 1883.} Description of Two Species of Land Shells from Porto Rico, W. J. BY PROFESSOR EDWARD V. MARTENS. {Communicated by Thomas Bland. ] Read May 21st, 1883. Notre By T'Hos. BLAND: In 1882 I forwarded to Prof. v. Martens several shells re- ceived long since from my late friend, Mr. Robert Swift, col- lected, I believe, in Porto Rico, and which I was unable satisfactorily to determine. I had submitted the shells to Mr. G. W. Tryon, Jr., asking him to compare them with specimens in the Swift Collection, the property of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Mr. Tryon found no similar forms in the Academy collections, but pointed out the alliance of one of the species with Chondro- poma Tortolense, Pfr., especially with specimens so labelled, from the island of Anegada:—of this I informed Prof. v. Mar- tens, when presenting the shells to the Berlin Zéological Mu- seum. In my correspondence with Prof. v. Martens, I mentioned that I was preparing notes on the Geographical Distribution of the Land Shells of the West Indies, with complete lists of the species of each island. He was kind enough to forward to me the descriptions subjoined, for insertion in my proposed paper. The completion of that paper has, from various causes, been delayed; but I deem it desirable that the publication of the contribution of Prof. v. Martens should be no longer postponed. thas Celaigid at Foch HR ong J ales Setait + 2 4 wah all i* Se eal ey a ; +; a) f wl 7 A F Oh eae re K Wi, ; ee « i a "3 Neat a ce bated 2 ee 2, ete, By 2G ' ty” Pyqe Fal 2) . 7 . : > % re eee 5 pe. dh i we * ite ios tani ieee, ca ete es ae oi yi 4 + | 7 ee coke WEA ort ee habe ete eT ashen Pees : y eid i ee Vy r Land Shells from Porto Rico. 371 Cistula consepta, nov. sp. Testa ovato-conica, umbilicata, verticaliter confertim tenuiter et ineequa- liter lamellata, pallide brunnea, fasciis compluribus rufis ornata ; anfr. 7, priores duo leves, sequentes 4 regulariter crescentes, convexi, sutura pro- funda, utringue prolongationibus lamellarum albis consepta; anfractus ultimus in } peripheriz solutus, oblique descendens ; apertura subverticalis, fere ovata ; peristoma duplex, externum late expansum, subundulatum, rufo_ maculatum, internum distincte porrectum. Operculum paucispirum, oblique radiatim striatum. Longitudo 18; diam. 84 ; aperture longitudo, incluso peristomate externo, 6, latitudo 53; excluso, 4 et 24 mill. Porto Rico. R. Swift. ‘Chondropoma Tortolense, Pfr. (Mon. Pneum., Suppl. I, p. 142.) Var. Major. Testa paulum majore, fere unicolore, denticulis suture paulo magis pro- minentibus et magis fasciculatis, peristomatis externi lobo superiore et lobo columellari majoribus, distinctius pliculosis. Longitudo 18 ; diameter 18; aperturze longitudo, incluso peristomate 7 ; latitudo 6; excluso, 5 et 4 mill. Porto Rico. Oarded . A OM ca SiGe ab tert ) See goblin. ptt isl body nie Hees, ot (Treuleetepy ot ae aE Ay Sith bewih + (eetth.y Ththtola pS, iy aed eae Reena fo tir seas Merde > alee ats Sa SR ae ak f sreeceoey ax. pei? Cala sank yaa Sif) Gay Aa. aT hie 1% my dg fi iy Tanga ies . i Phe eis pot we SP ‘ ns i—y ‘ ets) (see ha res ot Font agen : a a (ats > FLAG t 2 aur eet ‘eT rae (ipa EGA IT IK co ae rw O RG) ats hs Rt nee TMNT EtG iy etme lM ss hs : . Tae -_ . - ' | i a ’ - in » ' t { ay. 7 i ee a et! hemes te hh lt i pt i a ty li yp penal A 1 —— — ey ~ ott ate eA sheeted ilo ieetieetenadtiinetiete ee eae ne ee ee eee Ne gs 8) “ ix er ee ee erecta gsmnatnatw—- ite fi ler ead ated i ° See io — _— omer caer Ry amo agile mmc Py Pi etter 044, ‘i | ; 4 f . v : F \ Ly a aoe Seen ies ie eee ee ee Gay ‘ “1 ir = o a ee a enema ites malonate ee eee oS ‘ i . 7 . ’ — o-~ mt ge dn agi . oh ble +7 erree|i atrnigee qe patenting phen emt tens skeen F r . hed Nhe J th das ne rn a aera eee eet anette. ast oe : F hee if f ans if oe : ‘ ts Gece oe oie tenis poe ig oat sme mete Ped gary en the ee ee ae ee ee eee 2 i 7 st meet ee Sa em ap i A inet a wees IPs § : re, — ~ - = — ee Ree 0 Qe ay tga a nae tall RG a i ‘ - - a . = . fo — i — a - _ ee ee en tei alee — cape ataigaae= meal mcarctiaentt iain eats ho weTOS a ; a { ; - ” = rr a re er er | } —_ i: _ a eee eee @»\ » ve ——— = Re eh Se »/ jy - + 4 al ‘ Pe eer | ‘ i if ° j ue iv M , * + ~ ern = , ee A eM -ie p+ me - ote _ wal a iia: |... SL ne ee etl kg Ph A teat! merit me mage dae da ail se Peele ieet Radia di Mica pill met } 3 TT f H i - , SOF eis, 8. tent Parsee ie teh ee ee ‘ i + AE Bie | ame. scanning | gm ee ae ene Cane - «ily, we Here owe ep ime ¢ lint 048 4 a martan, » “nts oe = > piebides te. ee | — ‘ x + LT Re des dailies ae Sa me J - _— a on fy tehetiee saleme P ie deel ae eee ete. ely, +O in ere —_— an ne hg ether —- ten At, > thumped nese haatinalipegsiipan i shed Wer st Pe as, ‘oll ; j a A, tle = sid -glpaycmansael fh Ci cl et ee ey ee ee naesaihe ene Lethal ae a ; “ / wine aby dy q\ ad ed aa aay ee a elle 6 ae) aR ene 5, > nati ase Ld — ne ; # AL a.) ‘bad, Peres ~ - sah». a a a ead y 90: Tater nl inne ares ae died ano bck eee Oe ie et ot ieL eee t \ p, . , alls : : 5 ln, keene oe Sat Sit St re rterreth Hii ese. fe Yee eee Fen — -* ¢ =o be es : ( Li > whe v ’ e. i, , y ae a a ty Sd ate — on te ee GR es sintiting Aiki dee — Se dret, Gmperipela al en of he f hi pave Gh eeen oe Cente reemees Sima egw, oy eee Ae adi rai ‘ tint Te mnt ~ | pater merle Seems Off Ieiphan erp’ tay Aiipe-deteae + eT : \ big bao aonb 3 ate taeda dom nee peplig 4 vol ‘yma mil le i i i ‘ shahnesd ae ee Se ee ere Fs hear penbininretefl inde acetal “lh ip sifcrmealeina tip piamai allies — Me penn mer | an am di al tle ele sed aes + deg ii lela a é ’ : eo i rit Fe aa tol say et oe ey Tot ep pani gator ipl) an) 6: adem eal v +2 , 4 i ; ah ‘ - ae a] } 7 i t j 5 = ¥ f ; hy ii ; : : a 1 : a z a i ee, ee ee ieee ee Poem rmrarimmen-e oma os = alain or est on rye eame ets ben ae e lier h = —itiae 2, (8! “ di ee. fk oe M4 | i 4 — — ——— @ © a i — = ae — = a cally ener ge aN A Ss am cee a Ege — ~ ly = — — - — a oe EE 8 eee - =a = -~ ae ’ - ES e+ ~~ om “ - ge = es - a = 1 egal Oh lle | american My! vipa fap ae teeta! Ai alia deta hes j 3 j re, st CIN eet hs Pe! tp Allaah ont pnw ppl tril se i gh A MA ld ih ( ag an 4 ’ w \ bis ‘ } - — sais Camm oh ob eae + i } $i ’ i eo vere L ay Sale $6) - G \ Freie ti pleeiersilbis Malpen bial (iS dy SF OS te by ma ‘ 7 a“ Y 7 \ al eB gra tl is Platt gy — i Aen Paes re as ‘ : : t : i! ic n . Pa) ‘ +» ete u } ’ SoS o t a ily A oho in, Lh pin cleaeipae ai imc le apne ee eo : ; ‘ sri ihiian he a f pbs . sy 7 . x ‘s ; ' C i » - v m Pi f Fe } 4 iI la, yg LANG cul ba ay oie alate ~ 9 YA eciiiiseealghingy Metal Ktot —a dete fe 4 eee Sr eee ee ee ee * rey ‘ Hd ; 2 \ ; ¥ i y ] ‘ i oe nn a + dancer ty s 'P peices >, stent tte ih fla ahem le y i eel es, a Sag! iret ly eek 7 1 gdm Lig tla eee ees sedan Reta ante =" : y . j ; A ot ; y A - i) Ti Sah nine pms agp ep ly am -% e . ‘ ies Spe . ‘i ys Daly a elt i / it rf t - gt remit Ris ale rns my Leer meet ys | : i f : ' : oti pd og ey ll eile end Neopeg| e “ea i . i Hl n i aoa i i alr eck ee Seian om 0 elena tale ean ae ta eed { 1 pecpallge fait Hime Madi Lies fi | : pea el j De er ae aie pin aE er a irypeieeet eke nm fied Gd eS ee aR ate edt a hat Sacer ts “nih ope Eyam | mode Lerten nfo mvanrth gedte: + seers ies z | | pF i r - ri i vane a A) te ~ ON ascent wetee —_— 7 mh tg, ep praetie ait Aerts ac at at er ee ‘ Ly 1 \ i | y \ if au 7 ; 7 ' : é echt epee alg ditt papabioteny nr ptenadlpntaittmeipied Sinn rey iia Sra al + i] ‘¢ et re ewe Ly he a agp cea! bane haem rph “ Pe ye a ty he “ot bial [ i ‘ om i { Vey i f ‘ ate ee, an : " a, et mmm ean op Pt mt fo Nc il a ita= a ae ee ot ar a ill * , eit: ba Watt gh ; j eR oS ‘ se. ~ ) ie a tat ‘ eae n a i cece a ca eg AS ag a ee ett oa ee ee te Se a ——ee — —— ao aoe i ll ag ee — Se ae — tl ET aS QS A mm an a a ~ ———— ee el” ey — a - ne ee eee ~ A en RE Se 2 ee ein - a a Se fo ee! - te Ws ab oa hit gh! ly fe hot erie tre of pean y Ave j Py RUG SS Aig te ant mapa ade arial ltt jaf vid eo cane ce fee eth rt ings rd *y ° F i t my . ‘ ' + ec ‘) j hes _ : $ ! Woy, iy j hed Ld hush Me i U H jl ' ie y ( ; rT Snr ed Caan D Meeerahendiidin, de anal ama eierinc iin Lee ieee Wiha fre emate We eat Pils x i “ Papp pei ser wep mol hai f i} ~—eG é “ erg a ie ek ee ee : ries (ie ee Se See er, “ : f . Pe bt ‘ Ls =—— ™ ane i rr ht i ! co ria sd * ' . “ 1 Ah he ine Han i it plage J of ssn tra i oy hai lh RAS Mie ; i i ; ay aye } ‘ iy j i ‘ie y ta i 4 f i hs = ‘ a § f fo te ihe ae ule heer i ea eee aa) See ee ee 0) eT ee a ak ny con renee ee | eS ee ee ee ree a elt cnet ie Anwar ment 1 | ; ( : t { \ A . Y ( ' 5 t t f “ 7 b Wad: i 1 ues yeh g “a - maa a bee dds, Can st hen + wv weet 0 ee oe H - lay mn pa | ,' | 1 " ’ ering ‘ Siar Ma rat DAA ead Hey vs don't deals Ace's 2s des a r Ty hd y i ‘i x, I ‘ , { are t j 3 P r { 7 } : } aan | ‘ mh as : : J ay foo tahle— wemtti te es ae re pen Yo ome ite onl ; pe RD ee te seal Senet , Nah meng , {tar ill geraliop ser oe aa Meg get tf dee 9 oman °abegron ny ihe bb ef oaatint ieee atieniel, corete ‘ i i jt ey i i ; } I : ; ‘ i et ae i ; t \ i » j PP ern ae i 1 ype prey emanation we ~ , é eee ual As - > I 1 f ee a : : i " F - , salient d (Siete ail Adee sags Fang ae hier i ah lh HE eam toa . ’ ty 2 + | n raat ; Sah, tele thy ye ab - \ ‘ pit ze at nl pti a an Ail i . { (CW lh ae oth ith theca aeirerent renee aie m sty dai eae ee ontis 1 TE Hire pt asap ‘0 a 4 Pea? } rie” ee : J t sone) shin cela mn dnaeliata ns Te hy Betray rsh — _ he - 7 Fhed Se ge ot ‘ ’ f c f r lela ? ’ / / H a f x te ‘ f rs si fillies -- sida’ nalts iueeaiineti meet ahead ean be res *r ee ee Se ee eee ne ~ \ So) sts aba an ihe wl la i | ; f t re Lacoste OPelqeme febchortie bal. ova a 1-0 ella pm ett Li daper: ope amy ie be ep oy en tram al ili sory ih ig 48 + ye tbrecee veh pp fh cit ap «pit ~ rv lal i : eyes ae, had : "ou iy eae “bis =e pe ie en ell a nl ll pala i" L * ri ty’ hl i ‘ ° L y r] i vr) Leek ee ee } ; ‘ : . i j : Hie jone i ; fra § al 4 ie ave , ‘ i ite [at reek Clg cin — anni meat sad heen tat ore tt ally Seay or ete peter nampa i ei he pan f t om en orm batter een tail paring anna aera te lel etic 5 MTs} b a. py uy, F } eet : we uy bate , : my {<4 {) os et eh eM Y re 4 ; ye Lay yy tg sal yea} i te Bei ; ‘ ale ei ; “maa eel T RERLARiaL uated haa ioe innate anaes en anieeiaetidn iam ieiont Mantes steele Cot Seeee ene omc oe, hea A) ea ’ Dae biter Lon te i" ‘ an Laas ah rviy \ ‘ WOR Do, eee TS GENE Cm UIE "Oued Wy ae wise wai WWW see Susu URC Pe Maeda eis Wt, ONY enon WUN vv Vy ee a Wiyey UUW Mw Ws ONC NO We ie Wie ~~) AY vy! z vi VI ye? Vv, WwW VY : — Vig i ~ ie. ko DL Vu u na 5 VRIVICAVAY RAM Re BYTUw x TERIA NS Sag wv — ay, Ve weve CS “Yel yy oy ley” Yovuy VPA Vivier — Yu 5 AOAC A VAY F OS : ; ve : v Y j V Papers of Bland. nhmoll QL31.B5B64 WY VY ite. Vv Vy uae Crave: y cee vane epee My Yup wets Va by ee ‘ie wey wiv vv | ) | ¥ Veeoses e ‘ Vieng: VIVIAN ‘ TAUVAas mayan WW il SMITHSONIAN iil) LIBRARIES 3 9088 0028327? «cc «4 ww